CDF Note No. 152
                          THE CDF EVENT STRUCTURE
                                Version 4.01
          Kurt Biery, Craig Blocker, Terry Carroll, Henry Frisch,
                Steve Hahn, John Huth, Cathy Newman-Holmes,
                 Jim Patrick, Jim Proudfoot, David Quarrie,
              Phil Schlabach, Marjorie Shapiro, Pekka Sinervo
           (and anybody else who feels their name should be here)
                               18 March 1994
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                          CONTENTS
       1       INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
       2       COORDINATE SYSTEM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
       3       NUMBERING  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
       4       CLUSTERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
       5       LOGICAL RECORD AND BANK FORMATS  . . . . . . . . . . 9
       6       EVENT RECORD BANKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
       6.1       LRID Bank - Logical Record IDentifier Bank . . .  10
       6.2       EVCL Bank - EVent CLassification Bank  . . . . .  13
       6.3       EVCD Bank - Full Level 0-3 Trigger Bits  . . . .  18
       6.4       TPID Bank - TaPe IDentification Bank . . . . . .  20
       7       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
       7.1       Detector Component Bank Structure  . . . . . . .  22
       7.2       Detector Component Bank Names  . . . . . . . . .  24
       7.3       VTWD Bank - VTPC Wire Raw Data Bank  . . . . . .  31
       7.4       CTCD Bank - CTC Raw Data Bank  . . . . . . . . .  35
       7.5       CDTD Bank - Central Drift Tubes Detector Bank  .  39
       7.6       CEMD Bank - Central EM Calorimeter Bank  . . . .  42
       7.7       CSID Bank - Central 90 Degree Crack Filler 
                 Detector Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
       7.8       CESD Bank - Central EM Calorimeter Strips Bank .  46
       7.9       CCRD Bank - Central Crack Detector Bank  . . . .  48
       CDF-152                                                 Page 2
       7.10      PEMD Bank - Endplug EM Calorimeter Cathode Pad 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
       7.11      PEAD Bank - Endplug EM Calorimeter Anode Bank  .  52
       7.12      PESD Bank - Endplug EM Calorimeter Strips Bank .  54
       7.13      LUMD Bank - Instantaneous Luminosity Bank  . . .  56
       7.14      FEMD Bank - Forward EM Calorimeter Cathode Pad 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
       7.15      FEAD Bank - Forward EM Calorimeter Anode Bank  .  59
       7.16      FHXD Bank - Forward Hadron Calorimeter Anode Bank 61
       7.17      CHAD Bank - Central Hadron Calorimeter ADC Bank   63
       7.18      CHTD Bank - Central Hadron Calorimeter TDC Bank   65
       7.19      WHAD Bank - Endwall Hadron Calorimeter ADC Bank   67
       7.20      WHTD Bank - Endwall Hadron Calorimeter TDC Bank   69
       7.21      PHAD Bank - Endplug Hadron Calorimeter Cathode 
                 Pad Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
       7.22      PHWD Bank - Endplug Hadron Calorimeter Anode Bank 73
       7.23      FHAD Bank - Forward Hadron Calorimeter Cathode 
                 Pad Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
       7.24      FHWD Bank - Forward Hadron Calorimeter Anode Bank 77
       7.25      CMUD Bank - Central Muon Detector Bank . . . . .  79
       7.26      TCMD Bank - Trigger Central Muon Matchbox 
                 Detector Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  81
       7.27      FMUD Bank - Forward Muon Wire Detector Bank  . .  85
       7.28      FMCD Bank - Forward Muon Counter Detector Bank .  89
       7.29      FMSD Bank - Forward Muon Strip Detector Bank . .  93
       7.30      FMTD Bank - Forward Muon Timing Detector Bank  .  96
       7.31      BBCD Bank - Beam Beam Counters Raw Data Bank . .  99
       7.32      BBLD Bank - Beam Beam Counters Latch Data Bank . 101
       7.33      CSXD Bank - Raw Data Bank For The Scintillators 
                 Of The Central Muon Extension  . . . . . . . . . 102
       7.34      CXRD Bank - Central Muon Extension Raw TDC Data 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
       7.35      CURD Bank - Central Muon Upgrade Raw TDC Data 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
       7.36      CSRD Bank - Central Muon Extension Scintillators 
                 Raw TDC Data Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
       7.37      SCLD Bank - Scaler Data Bank . . . . . . . . . . 112
       7.38      LATD Bank - Misc Latch, ADC And TDC Detector 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
       7.39      TL2D Bank - Level 2 Trigger Detector Bank, 1992 
                 Version  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
       7.40      TNND Bank - Level 2 Calorimeter Neural Net 
                 Trigger Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
       7.41      TCSD Bank - Level 2 Trigger Interceptor Bank . . 136
       7.42      TFRD Bank - CDF FRED Detector Bank . . . . . . . 144
       7.43      TRCD Bank - Raw/Cas Sum Registers  . . . . . . . 147
       7.44      BFLD Bank - B Field Detector Bank  . . . . . . . 152
       7.45      CFHD Bank - Ctc Fast Track-finder Hit Bank . . . 154
       7.46      CPTD Bank - CENTRAL PENN TRACK Detector Bank . . 156
       7.47      TBMD Bank - Block Mover Bank . . . . . . . . . . 160
       7.48      CFWD Bank - CTC Fast Track Finder Track Data 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
       7.49      CPMD Bank - CENTRAL PENN TRACK Ram Dump Bank . . 167
       7.50      TTLD Bank - Level 2 Track List Bank  . . . . . . 171
       CDF-152                                                 Page 3
       7.51      LULD Bank - Telescope Counters Latch Data Bank . 174
       7.52      SVXD Bank - Silicon Vertex Detector Raw Data 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
       7.53      VTRD Bank - VTPC Raw TDC Data Bank . . . . . . . 180
       7.54      CTRD Bank - CTC Raw TDC Data Bank  . . . . . . . 182
       7.55      TUPD Bank - Level One Trigger Central Muon 
                 Upgrade Detector Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
       7.56      TEXD Bank - Level One Trigger Central Muon 
                 Extension Detector Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
       7.57      CEGD Bank - Central EM High Gain Calorimeter 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
       7.58      CMRD Bank - Central Muon Upgrade Scintillators 
                 Raw TDC Data Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
       7.59      ERRD Bank - Error Reporting Bank . . . . . . . . 193
       7.60      ALMD Bank - MX Alarms And Limits Monitoring Bank 197
       7.61      CSPD Bank - Raw Data Bank For The Scintillators 
                 Of The Central Muon Upgrade  . . . . . . . . . . 199
       7.62      TMXD Bank - MX Scanner Time Bank . . . . . . . . 203
       7.63      PRMD Bank - RABBIT Card PROM Digital Data Bank . 205
       7.64      TODD Bank - Time Of Day Detector Bank  . . . . . 207
       7.65      MTPD Bank - MX Test Partition Bank . . . . . . . 208
       7.66      CPRD Bank - Central Preradiator Bank . . . . . . 210
       7.67      CMXD Bank - Central Muon Extension Raw Data Bank 212
       7.68      CMPD Bank - Central Muon Upgrade Raw Data Bank . 216
       8       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
       8.1       VTWX Bank - VTpc Wire Calibration Summary Bank.  221
       8.2       CTCX Bank - CTC Calibration Summary Bank   . . . 224
       8.3       CEMX Bank - Central EM Calorimeter MX 
                 Calibration Summary Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
       8.4       CHAX Bank - Central Hadron Calorimeter MX 
                 Calibration Summary Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
       8.5       WHAX Bank - Endwall Calorimeter MX Calibration 
                 Summary Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
       8.6       CTPD Bank - Central Calorimeter Temperature 
                 Probe Raw Data Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
       8.7       CTPX Bank - Central Calorimeter Temperature 
                 Probe MX Calibration   . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
       8.8       CSDD Bank - Central Calorimeter Cs-137 Source 
                 Drive Raw Data Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
       8.9       CSDX Bank - Central Calorimeter Cs-137 Source 
                 Drive MX Calibration   . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
       8.10      CCDD Bank - Central Calorimeter Digital Data Raw 
                 Data Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
       8.11      CECD Bank - Central EM Calorimeter Current 
                 Channel Raw Data Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
       8.12      CHCD Bank - Central Hadron Calorimeter Current 
                 Channel Raw Data Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
       8.13      WHCD Bank - Endwall Calorimeter Current Channel 
                 Raw Data Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
       8.14      LSAD Bank - Hadron Calorimeter Laser System ADC 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
       8.15      LSTD Bank - Hadron Calorimeter Laser System TDC 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
       CDF-152                                                 Page 4
       8.16      CPND Bank - Central EM Calorimeter PIN Diode Raw 
                 Data Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
       8.17      CPNX Bank - Central EM Calorimeter PIN Diode MX 
                 Calibration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
       8.18      SVXX Bank - Silicon Vertex Detector Xmode Data 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
       8.19      CMXX Bank - Central Muon Extension Calibration 
                 Summary Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
       8.20      CMPX Bank - Central Muon Upgrade Calibration 
                 Summary Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
       9       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
       9.1       UEMD Bank - Plug Upgrade EM Calorimeter Bank . . 268
       9.2       UHAD Bank - Plug Upgrade HAD Calorimeter Bank  . 270
       9.3       UECD Bank - Plug Upgrade EM Calorimeter Currents 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
       9.4       UHCD Bank - Plug Upgrade HAD Calorimeter 
                 Currents Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
       9.5       UEPD Bank - Plug Upgrade EM Calorimeter Position 
                 Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
       9.6       SABD Bank - Small Angle Beam Test Data . . . . . 278
       9.7       LSCD Bank - Test Beam Latch And Scaler Data Bank 281
       9.8       TBCD Bank - Test Beam Camac Data Bank  . . . . . 283
       9.9       TBSD Bank - Test Beam Stand Positions Data Bank  285
       9.10      SVTD Bank - SVX Temperature Detector Bank  . . . 287
       9.11      MAGD Bank - Test Beam MT5E-String Current Data . 289
       10      LEVEL 3 BANKS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
       10.1      L3HD Bank - Level 3 Header Bank  . . . . . . . . 292
       10.2      ENDD Bank - End Of Data Bank . . . . . . . . . . 297
       11      ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
       11.1      FMUH Bank - Forward Muon High Voltage Bank . . . 301
       11.2      FTCH Bank - Forward Tracking High Voltage Bank . 303
       11.3      CESH Bank - Central Strip High Voltage Bank  . . 305
       11.4      CMUH Bank - Central Muon High Voltage Bank . . . 307
       11.5      CDTH Bank - Central Drift Tube High Voltage Bank 309
       11.6      VTPH Bank - VTPC High Voltage Bank . . . . . . . 311
       11.7      VTTH Bank - CTC And VTPC Temperature Tolerance 
                 Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
       APPENDIX A      DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VERSIONS
       A.1     DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.00 AND V1.00  . . . . . . . A-1
       A.2     DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.3 AND V2.2  . . . . . . . . A-2
       A.3     DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.31 AND V2.3 . . . . . . . . A-3
       A.4     DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.32 AND V2.31  . . . . . . . A-3
       A.5     DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.33 AND V2.32  . . . . . . . A-3
       A.6     DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.34 AND V2.33  . . . . . . . A-4
       A.7     DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.4 AND V2.34 - MARCH 5, 1987 A-4
       A.8     DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.41 AND V2.4 - MARCH 20, 
               1987 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
       CDF-152                                                 Page 5
       A.9     DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.42 AND V2.41 - MARCH 26, 
               1987 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
       A.10    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.43 AND V2.42 - APRIL 15, 
               1987 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
       A.11    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.44 AND V2.43 - MAY 26, 1987 A-5
       A.12    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.5 AND V2.44 - SEPT 22, 1987 A-5
       A.13    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.51 AND V2.5 - OCT 1, 1987 . A-6
       A.14    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.52 AND V2.51 - OCT 7, 1987  A-6
       A.15    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.53 AND V2.52 - OCT 28, 1987 A-6
       A.16    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.6 AND V2.53 - NOV 20, 1987  A-6
       A.17    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.61 AND V2.6 - DEC 27, 1987  A-7
       A.18    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.70 AND V2.61 - APR 26, 1988 A-7
       A.19    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.80 AND V2.70 - JUNE 20, 
               1988 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
       A.20    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.90 AND V2.80 - JULY 8, 1988 A-8
       A.21    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V3.00 AND V2.90 - AUGUST 30, 
               1988 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
       A.22    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V3.10 AND V3.00 - MARCH, 1990  A-9
       A.23    DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V3.11 AND V3.10 - JUNE 1990  . A-9
       APPENDIX B      VARIOUS DEFINITIONS
       B.1     EXPERIMENT TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
       B.2     RUN TYPES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
       B.3     RECORD TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
       B.4     CDF COMPUTER IDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-2
       B.5     PARTITION NUMBERS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
       B.6     PROCESS IDS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3
       CDF-152                                                 Page 6
       INTRODUCTION
          ____________
       1  INTRODUCTION
            The basic form of the event structure is derived from the
       fact  that  all event-related data originates from electronics
       channels within Scanners (being either an  MEP+MX  combination
       or  a  SSP).   Each  Scanner  handles  the  data  either for a
       particular  detector  component  or  in  some  cases  for  all
       components  within  a  localised region of the detector.  Thus
       the basic identification for a particular electronics  channel
       is:-
            (Scanner ID, Channel ID)
            where the Scanner ID uniquely identifies  the  geographic
       location of the scanner and the Channel ID uniquely identifies
       the particular electronics channel within the scanner.
            Each Scanner produces a  YBOS  bank  so  that  the  basic
       identification becomes:-
            (Bank Name, Scanner ID, Channel ID)
            This organisation is rather un-natural in that it  has  a
       rather remote relationship to what the physicist would like to
       have, namely:-
            (Detector Component, Module ID, Channel ID)
            Note  that  there  is  not  a  one-to-one  correspondence
       between  Scanner  Bank  Name and Detector Component because of
       the layout of Scanners.  One example of this  is  the  Central
       Wedges;  all  components  in  a particular (Rapidity, Azimuth)
       range are readout by a scanner that  therefore  contains  data
       from  EM  Calorimetry  modules, Hadron Calorimetry modules and
       Muon Chamber modules.
            Furthermore  there  are  several  components  where   the
       Channel   ID   is   itself   composite,   examples  being  the
       Calorimeters which are  segmented  in  Rapidity,  Azimuth  and
       depth.
            One possible approach  would  be  that  each  application
       program would contain a "map" (perhaps hidden from the user by
       a subroutine call) so that the user  could  request  the  data
       from a particular physical channel and in some magical fashion
       he would receive it.  This is not only tedious  and  slow  but
       would  also  require  a fairly large table or subroutine to be
       slung around the necks of all users.
            The ideal situation would be to reformat the data in such
       a  way  that it was easily accessible under the physicist mode
       of access.  This would minimise the mapping and the burden  of
       tables  or  subroutines.   This  is the approach that has been
       chosen for CDF, where the responsibility for the  Reformatting
       CDF-152                                                 Page 7
       INTRODUCTION
       is  the Event Builder's.  This is a FASTBUS object (or process
       on the VAX in the early stages of the experiment)  that  reads
       in  the  individual  Scanner Banks and forms the new Component
       Oriented Banks from them.  Thus the physicist will  only  have
       available to him the Component Oriented Banks.
            This document discusses only the Component Oriented event
       organisation,   the   Scanner   oriented   organisation  being
       described in detail in another document.  In effect,  what  is
       described here is the raw data format for the CDF experiment.
            Before a detailed discussion of this data structure,  the
       coordinate  system, numbering schemes and other related topics
       will be discussed.
          __________ ______
       2  COORDINATE SYSTEM
            The Coordinate system is the standard CDF one, namely:-
            1.  The positive z  axis  is  in  the  direction  of  the
                protons
            2.  The positive y axis is vertical.
            3.  The positive x axis points out of the ring
            4.  Polar angle theta is zero along z axis.
            5.  Polar  angle  phi  is  zero  along  the  x  axis  and
                increases  from the positive x axis to the positive y
                axis.
          _________
       3  NUMBERING
            The Numbering scheme within each  Detector  Component  is
       essentially the same as that proposed by R.  Kadel except that
       all indices are in the range 0 through n-1.
            Most of our detector components are segmented in azimuth,
       rapidity and depth.  The numbering scheme is the following:-
            1.  Azimuth  Segmentation.   Channel  0  corresponds   to
                0<phi<delta   where  delta  is  a  positive  quantity
                dependant on segmentation (typically delta is 5 to 30
                degs).   Channel Numbers increase with increasing phi
                and   where   several   Photomultiplier   Tubes   are
                associated  with  one channel then these are numbered
                in increasing azimuth.
       CDF-152                                                 Page 8
       NUMBERING
            2.  Rapidity Segmentation.  Channel 0 corresponds to  the
                channel  in  the detector component with the smallest
                absolute rapidity  (i.e.   nearest  the  z=0  plane).
                Channel  Numbers  increase  with  increasing absolute
                rapidity.
            3.  Depth Segmentation.  Channel  0  corresponds  to  the
                channel  in  the detector component encountered first
                by a neutral particle generated  at  the  interaction
                region.  Channels increase with increasing "distance"
                from this region.
       Where the data for a  particular  component  is  contained  in
       separate  East  and West data blocks within a data bank, these
       blocks are arranged in the order:-
               West Block 1
               ...
               West Block n
               East Block 1
               ...
               East Block n
       This ordering  (first  blocks  with  negative  rapidity,  then
       positive)  is  then  compatible with the other ordering rules.
       Any further specific allocation of  channels  for  a  detector
       component  is  detailed  in  the  description  of the relevant
       banks.
          __________
       4  CLUSTERING
            The main aim of the data structure  is  to  minimise  the
       amount  of  "dead"  datawords required in the event record for
       identifying actual channel addresses.  The present scheme uses
       "clustering"  in  order  to  achieve  this, data from adjacent
       channels being identified only by the  first  channel  address
       and the cluster width followed by the contents of each channel
       in sequence.  Channel addresses themselves have  a  structure,
       identified by assigning specific bit fields for each component
       in the channel  specification.   Thus  bits  0-4  might  be  a
       channel  number,  bits  5-9  a  plane  number and bits 10-11 a
       module number.  Thus there might  be  discontinuities  in  the
       encoded  channel address range which would imply that clusters
       would be limited within these discontinuities.   However  this
       has the advantage that when scanning the event record a simple
       arithmetic comparison may be made  to  determine  whether  the
       channel  occurs  in  a  cluster  rather  than  having  to scan
       clusters in detail.
       CDF-152                                                 Page 9
       LOGICAL RECORD AND BANK FORMATS
          _______ ______ ___ ____ _______
       5  LOGICAL RECORD AND BANK FORMATS
            The  detailed  logical  record  and  bank   formats   are
       described  in  other  documents  so  won't  be  repeated here.
       CDF-156 (Version 3.00) contains a summary of these formats and
       should  be  used  as  the  reference  document for these.  The
       following descriptions of the banks  within  an  event  record
       uses  a  parameterisation  of  the  Bank  Type  that  is  also
       described in CDF-156.  Furthermore,  displacements  are  given
       relative  to  the Bank Data Index (INDDAT) returned by BLOCAT,
       rather than relative to the  basic  Bank  Index  (IND).   Thus
       displacements  are  all  relative to zero (in other words, the
       first word data word in the bank is located at offset 0).
       CDF-152                                                Page 10
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
          _____ ______ _____
       6  EVENT RECORD BANKS
                        _       _      __
       6.1  LRID Bank - Logical Record IDentifier Bank
            The LRID Bank is the first Bank in any logical record and
       has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name        :   "LRID"
            Bank Number      :       1
            Bank Data Length :       9
            Bank Type        :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       The Bank contains the following information:-
            Displacement    Word     
               (I*4)        Type      Description
                  0          I*4      Run Number
                  1          I*4      Run Type
                  2          I*4      Record No. 
                  3          I*4      Record No. of this Type
                  4          I*4      Record Type
                  5          I*4      Creating Process ID
                  6          I*4      Creation Date
                  7          I*4      Creation Time
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  Run Number.  Run Numbers for  runs  writing  data  to
                tape  or  disk shall be unique within each Experiment
                Type and shall monatonically increase.  Note that the
                Run Number is a "Managed" Resource, such that it will
                be  allocated  to  all   Partitions.    Within   each
                Partition  it  will monotonically increase, but there
                will  be  gaps  in  the  sequence,  caused  by  other
                Partitions  also  requesting a Run Number.  In Run1A,
                the Run Number was filled by the Event Builder  which
                received it from Run_Control.
            2.  Run Type.  This word has the following fields:-
                Bits   0-11  Run Type
                Bits  12-15  Run Modifier
                Bits  16-19  Partition Number
                Bits  20-23  Spare
                Bits  24-31  Experiment Type
                During Run1A, the Run Modifier field  was  not  used,
                the   Event  Builder  filled  in  the  Run  Type  and
                Partition Number which it received from  Run_Control,
                and  the  Data  Logger  and/or  Level 3 filled in the
                Experiment Type.
       CDF-152                                                Page 11
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
            3.  Record No.  This field indexes  each  event  (logical
                record)  sequentially  as  it  is  written to tape or
                disk.  It  is  only  specified  for  logical  records
                written   to   tape   or  disk  and  indexes  records
                commencing at 1  within  each  run.   It  was  filled
                during Run1A by the Data Logger or Express Logger.
            4.  Record No. of this type within Run.  This  field  was
                originally intended to index each logical record of a
                particular record type sequentially as it was written
                to  tape.   It was only specified for logical records
                written to tape and indexed records commencing  at  1
                within  each  run.  During Run1A, however, this field
                was used to store the alphabetic  characters  in  the
                raw  data  file  name.  With this information and the
                run  number,  the  full  raw  file  name   could   be
                reconstructed.  For example, if the run number for an
                event was 46497 and  the  value  of  this  field  was
                '00444152'X,  then the raw filename for the event was
                R46497AD.RAW.  This information was  only  filled  by
                the Data Logger, not by the Express Logger.
            5.  Record Type.  Identifies Logical Records  as  Events,
                Calibration  Records, Comments etc. This word has the
                following fields:-
                Bits   0-15  Record Type
                Bits  16-31  CDF Computer ID
                During Run1A, the Record Type was filled by the Event
                Builder  which  received it from Run_Control, and the
                CDF Computer ID was filled  by  the  Data  Logger  or
                Express  Logger.  Events written on B0CC06 during the
                last several months of Run1A do not have the Computer
                ID field filled, however.
            6.  Creating Process ID.  This  identifies  uniquely  the
                process  that was the creator of this logical record.
                It is made up of the following fields:-
                Bits  0-15  Process ID
                Bits 16-23  Release Number
                Bits 24-31  Version Number
                Thus each process that generates an event record  has
                assigned  to  it  a  unique  Identifier, being in the
                range 0-65535.  Additionally, each process is stamped
                by  Version  and  Release Numbers in the range 0-255.
                The Version Number should be  incremented  for  major
                changes  to  the software, whereas the Release Number
                should track such things as bug fixes etc.  within  a
                Version.   This information was filled by the Data or
                Express Logger, but it is not clear that this  format
                was used during Run1A.
       CDF-152                                                Page 12
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
            7.  Creation Date.  Date of creation of the record in the
                form:-
                     65536*Years + 256*Months + Days
                Where the Years should  be  in  4  digit  form  (e.g.
                1983).    This   format  has  the  property  that  it
                monatonically  increases  with  increasing  date  and
                therefore  enables  easy  searches  to be made.  This
                information was filled by the Data or Express  Logger
                during Run1A.
            8.  Creation Time.  Time of creation to nearest second in
                the form:-
                     65536*Hours + 256*Minutes + Seconds
                Where a 24 hour clock should be  used.   This  format
                has the property that it monatonically increases with
                increasing time and therefore enables  easy  searches
                to  be made.  This information was filled by the Data
                or Express Logger during Run1A.
       The various objects such as Record Type, Experiment  Type  and
       Run  Type  etc. are further described in an Appendix.  Include
       files   which   describe   the   parameters   for   LRID   are
       Run$Library:LRID_Bank.Inc and C$Inc:Rec152.Inc.
       CDF-152                                                Page 13
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
                        __    __
       6.2  EVCL Bank - EVent CLassification Bank
            The EVCL Bank contains information from  various  sources
       that  serve  to classify the event.  It has the following Bank
       Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name        :   "EVCL"
            Bank Number      :       1
            Bank Data Length :      16
            Bank Type        :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       The Bank contains the following information:-
            Displacement    Word     
               (I*4)        Type      Description
                  0          I*4      Trigger Number
                  1          I*4      Trigger Summary (1)
                  2          I*4      Trigger Summary (2)
                  3          I*4      Trigger Summary (3)
                  4          I*4      Trigger Summary (4)
                  5          I*4      Readout Times
                  6          I*4      TS Start Scan word
                  7          I*4      Components (1) Readout
                  8          I*4      Components (2) Readout
                  9          I*4      Components (3) Readout
                 10          I*4      Components (4) Readout
                 11          I*4      Components (5) Readout
                 12          I*4      Components (6) Readout
                 13          I*4      Run Conditions
                 14          I*4      Error Summary
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  Trigger  Number.   This  indicates   the   order   of
                digitisation  (creation of the event) and so does not
                necessarily monatonically increase  since  the  event
                sequence  downstream  of  the  Level 3 Processors may
                differ from the event sequence upstream.  Furthermore
                there  may  be  gaps  in  the Trigger Number sequence
                because  events  are  rejected   by   the   Level   3
                Processors.   The  Trigger  Number  is initialised to
                zero at run startup time.  During Run1A, the  Trigger
                Number  was assigned by the Buffer Manager and filled
                in EVCL by the Event Builder.
            2.  Trigger Summary.   These  four  longwords  contain  a
                summary  of  the  Level  1, 2 and 3 Trigger decisions
                such that the event may be classified.  This 128  bit
                summary   is   also  used  by  the  Data  Acquisition
                Interface Routines to decide whether the Event should
                be made available to Consumer Processes.
       CDF-152                                                Page 14
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
                     The original assignment of online  trigger  mask
                bits  in the EVCL bank was described in CDF note 338.
                The bit assignments were revised  in  September  1987
                and July 1988.  The most recent revision (sometime in
                1991) was implemented for the 1992 run (Run1A).
                     For Run1A, the concept of  Level  3  subtriggers
                was  introduced.   This allowed the number of Level 3
                triggers to expand beyond the 54 bits which  Level  3
                was  allocated  in  EVCL.   In  this scheme, the full
                Level 3 trigger mask was contained in the EVCD  bank,
                and   the  Level  3  bits  in  EVCL  corresponded  to
                "combined" triggers, i.e.   a  logical  "OR"  of  the
                associated subtriggers.
                     During Run1A, all information except the Level 3
                trigger  bits  and  the  Invalid  Event  Type bit was
                filled by the Event Builder with data from the  event
                record.
         Bit    Bits
        Field   Used   Name of Field   Description/Comment
       -------  ----   -------------   -------------------
         0:0      1                    Always on
         1:4      4    Global Accepts  Level 0, 1, 2, and 3 accepts
         5:5      1    Data Absent     Insufficient L1/L2 Trigger info
         6:9      4    Fastbus Errors
        10:10     1    Invalid Event Type
        11:11     1    Reserved
        12:15     4    Bunch ID        Hex code for bunch number
        16:31    16    Level 1         CDF FRED Level 1.  There is one 
                                       bit for each Level 1 trigger 
                                       defined in the physics table.
        32:73    42    Level 2         There is one bit for each of
                                       the 42 Level 2 triggers
                                       defined in the physics table.
        74:127   54    Level 3         There is one bit for each of the
                                       54 "combined" Level 3 triggers
                                       defined in the physics table.
                                       See the EVCD bank description
                                       for Level 3 subtriggers.
       CDF-152                                                Page 15
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
            3.  Information  to  construct  the  trigger   mask   was
                obtained from the following sources during Run1A:
                Bit Field   Num   Source
                ---------   ---   ------
                   0:0        1   Always on - set by EVB
                   1:1        1   L0 global - not used in Run1A
                   2:2        1   L1 global - OR of bits 16-31
                   3:3        1   L2 global - OR of bits 32-73
                   4:4        1   L3 global - set by Level 3
                   5:5        1   Data Absent (see below)
                   6:9        4   FASTBUS Errors (see below)
                  10:10       1   Invalid Event Type (see below)
                  11:11       1   Reserved
                  12:15       4   Bunch ID (see below)
                  16:31      16   L1 - TFRD block 0 word 1 bits 0:15
                  32:73      42   L2 bits (see below)
                  74:127     54   L3 bits - set by Level 3
            4.  The Data Absent bit is set by the Event Builder  when
                either  the  TFRD  bank  (the  source  of the Level 1
                trigger bits) or the TL2D bank  (the  source  of  the
                Level  2 trigger bits) is missing from the event data
                or the TL2D error bit is set (block 0 word 1 bit 0).
            5.  The FASTBUS error field set by the Event  Builder  is
                defined as follows:
                  Bit                  Description
                  ---     -------------------------------------
                   6      Scanner error
                   7      Error reading MX or SSP scanners
                   8      Error reformatting detector banks
                   9      Error writing event to Level 3 memory
            6.  The Invalid Event Type  bit  is  set  by  the  Buffer
                Manager when an invalid event type is reported by the
                Event Builder for an event.
            7.  The Bunch ID was obtained in the following way during
                Run1A.   Bits  12:14  were  copied from TFRD block 0,
                word 0, bits 28:30.  Bit 15 was always  set  so  that
                the Bunch ID would be in the range A-F (hexadecimal).
            8.  The Level 2 bits  were  determined  during  Run1A  by
                taking  a logical "OR" of TL2D block 4, words 2 and 4
                to obtain the lower 32 bits and  words  3  and  5  to
                obtain  the  upper  10  bits.   In  principle  it was
                possible to handle up to 64 Level  2  triggers  since
                bits  0:9 of the "OR" of words 3 and 5 were copied to
                bits 64:72 and bit 73 represented  an  "OR"  of  bits
                10:31  in  words  3 and 5.  In practice, however, the
                maximum number of Level 2 trigger bits used  was  42.
                The filling of the Level 2 bits was done by the Event
       CDF-152                                                Page 16
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
                Builder.
            9.  Readout Times.  This longword contains the  following
                fields:-
                Bits  00-15   Scanner DONE Timer
                Bits  16-31   Stale Event Timer
                This is not what you  get  when  you  ACDUMPEV  EVCL,
                however.
           10.  Trigger  Supervisor  Start   Scan.    This   longword
                contains the following fields:-
                Bits  00-01   Scanner Buffer Number
                Bits  02-07   Start Scan Event Number
                Bits  08-12   Reserved
                Bit      13   Flag for Start Scan Broadcast
                Bits  14-15   Reserved
                Bits  16-31   Partition ID
                This word was filled by the Event Builder  which  was
                passed the information from the Buffer Manager.
           11.  Components Readout.  These 6 longwords give a bit map
                of  the component banks which were built by the Event
                Builder.  For example, if  component  number  35  was
                present  in  the  event,  then  the  second  word  of
                Components  Readout  would  have  bit  3  set.    The
                component  number  for  each  bank  is  listed in the
                section entitled Detector Component Bank Names  which
                follows.
                     Note  that  the  Hardware  and  Software   Event
                Builders  set  these bits differently in X-mode.  The
                Software EVB sets the same bit for a given  component
                number independent of whether the bank is a D-mode or
                X-mode bank (the bit corresponding to  the  component
                number).  The Hardware EVB sets the bit corresponding
                to the component number in D-mode but in X-mode  sets
                the  bit  which  corresponds  to  the  internal HWEVB
                representation of the X-mode bank.   For  some  banks
                this  internal representation is simply the component
                number plus 100.  For most banks, things are not this
                simple,  and interested users should talk to an Event
                Builder expert if they want to decode the  Components
                Readout words from an X-mode, HWEVB event.
           12.  Run Conditions.  This longword contains the following
                fields:-
                Bit      00   Clock Source
                Bits  01-02   C&S Gate
                Bit      03   Unused
       CDF-152                                                Page 17
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
                Bits  04-05   EVB Control
                Bits  06-07   Unused
                Bits  08-15   Main Ring Conditions
                Bits  16-23   RABBIT Scanner
                Bits  24-31   SSP
                Only the EVB Control field was filled  during  Run1A.
                Run_Control  generated  this word and then sent it to
                the Event Builder which filled it in EVCL.
           13.  Error Summary.  This longword was intended to contain
                a  set  bit  if  there was a readout error associated
                with    the    corresponding     Scanner     oriented
                "pseudo-component".   This word was not filled during
                Run1A, however.
           14.  The Components Readout Words were extended on 29  Aug
                1985   to  accommodate  a  maximum  of  128  Detector
                Component IDs.  They were extended  again  on  6  Mar
                1986   to  accommodate  a  maximum  of  196  Detector
                component IDs.  At the same time, the Scanner Readout
                and Residual Scanner Readout words were removed.
       Include files which  describe  the  parameters  for  EVCL  are
       Run$Library:EVCL_Bank.Inc and C$Inc:Rec152.Inc.
       CDF-152                                                Page 18
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
       6.3  EVCD Bank - Full Level 0-3 Trigger Bits
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
        
            Bank Name   :   "EVCD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       The EVCD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            4      Number of blocks (trigger levels)
            1          P0=6     Pointer to block 0 (level 0 trigger results)
            2           P1      Pointer to block 1 (level 1 trigger results)
            3           P2      Pointer to block 2 (level 2 trigger results)
            4           P3      Pointer to block 3 (level 3 trigger results)
            5           P4      pointer to end of data + 1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, (level 0 trigger results)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P0                   Result bits for first 32 Level 0 triggers
            .                      .
            .                      .
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, (level 1 trigger results)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P1                   Result bits for first 32 Level 1 triggers
            .                      .
            .                      .
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 2, (level 2 trigger results)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P2                   Result bits for first 32 Level 2 triggers
            .                      .
            .                      .
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 3, (level 3 trigger results)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P3                   Result bits for first 32 Level 3 triggers
            .                      .
            .                      .
          --------------------------------------------------------------
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  EVCD is not a fixed length bank.  Each block contains
                enough words to specify the result of each trigger in
                that trigger level.  For example,  if  there  are  38
                Level 2 triggers, block 2 will be two words long.  If
                a trigger level uses no triggers, it  will  still  be
                allocated a minimum of one word in EVCD.
       CDF-152                                                Page 19
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
            2.  Trigger results are recorded by a trigger's bit being
                on  (the trigger passed) or off (the trigger failed).
                There is a one-to-one correspondence for each trigger
                level  between  trigger  result  bits in that trigger
                level's EVCD block and the triggers for that  trigger
                level  in  TAGC.   Trigger bits are assigned starting
                with the least significant bit of the first  word  in
                each trigger level.  Thus:
                Trigger #  1    - bit 0,  word 1 in trigger level's block
                Trigger # 32    - bit 31, word 1 in trigger level's block
                Trigger # 33    - bit 0,  word 2 in trigger level's block
                Trigger # 42    - bit 9,  word 2 in trigger level's block
                The remaining bits at the end of each block  are  set
                to zero.
            3.  The number of triggers in each level is not specified
                in  this  bank.  Information on the count of triggers
                in each level and the trigger names is  contained  in
                TAGC.
            4.  Although no Level 0 are being used in the  1992  run,
                EVCD  reserves  a block for Level 0 triggers.  Future
                runs may use Level 0 triggers.
            5.  For Run1A, there was one word for the L0  block,  one
                for  the L1 block, two for the L2 block, and four for
                the L3 block.  The L1 word,  bits  0-15  were  copied
                from  TFRD, block 0, word 0, bits 0-15.  The first L2
                word was the "OR" of TL2D, block 4, words  2  and  4.
                The  second  L2  word  was the "OR" of TL2D, block 4,
                words 3 and 5.  This information was filled  in  EVCD
                by the Event Builder.
       CDF-152                                                Page 20
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
                        _ _  __
       6.4  TPID Bank - TaPe IDentification Bank
            This bank contains raw tape and  file  name  information.
       It  is  also intended to provide a history of the parent files
       for the current file.  If you are creating your own  data  set
       and you wish to update this bank for your own output files use
       the A_C command:  "set TPID_Updating ON".   Offsets  for  this
       bank  are  defined  in  C$INC:DSTPID.CIN.   This  Bank has the
       following Bank Header Characteristics:-
        
            Bank Name   :   "TPID"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTAS (ASCII Character)
       The TPID bank format is:
       Displacement    Word
       (Longwords)     Type    Description
       ------------    ----    -----------
            0          C*8     Online Tape Drive Device Name
            2          C*8     Raw Data Tape Label
            4          C*16    Raw Data File Name
            8          C*16    Next file in production chain (if it exists).
            .           .
            .           .
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  The Online Tape Drive, Tape Label and File Name  will
                always  be  present.   Input file names will be added
                for each job along the production  chain.   The  bank
                data  size will indicate how many files there are:  4
                words (16 bytes) for the Raw Data  Tape  information,
                plus  4 words (16 bytes) for each file name (in terms
                of include  file  parameters  TPRDFN+N*TPNWPF,  where
                N=the  number of files).  The filenames will be added
                automatically  by  Analysis  Control  on  output   if
                TPID_Updating is enabled.
            2.  Words not  completely  filled  will  be  padded  with
                blanks.   We  suggest  you use UICYAC to unpack since
                this function is machine independent.
            3.  Filenames  with  more  than  16  characters  will  be
                truncated.
            4.  If you only want the raw data file name and TPID bank
                has  been  dropped from your data you can get it from
                the A_C function STATUS = ANGRFN(FILNAM)  which  uses
                information in the LRID bank to reconstruct the name.
       CDF-152                                                Page 21
       EVENT RECORD BANKS
            5.  The TPID bank is filled online by the Data  Logger(s)
                and  not  by the Express Logger.  In the data logging
                configuration for run 1A in which  we  have  multiple
                Data  Loggers and a single Express Logger, this means
                that not all of the events in the  express-line  data
                will  have  TPID filled with the online tape and file
                information.  Only those events  which  are  destined
                for  the  Data  Logger running on the same Vax as the
                Express Logger will have TPID filled.
       CDF-152                                                Page 22
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
          ________ _________ _____
       7  DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.1  Detector Component Bank Structure
            A typical Detector Component Bank has the following  Bank
       Header Characteristics:-
       Bank Name        :   "...."
       Bank Number      :       1
       Bank Type        :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is typically:-
           Displacement    
              (I*2)        Contents    Description
                 0             n       No. of Blocks
                 1           n+2       Pointer to First Block
                 .......
                 n                     Pointer to Last Block
               n+1                     End of Data Pointer
               n+2                     Data for Block 1
                 .......
                              etc.
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  No.   of  Blocks.   Indicates  how  many  Blocks  are
                contained  in  this Bank.  The only significance of a
                block is to allow more rapid searches to be  made  to
                locate  the  information  from  a particular channel.
                Typically a block will  contain  information  from  a
                major  portion  of  a  particular detector, such as a
                Wedge for the Central EM Calorimetry etc.
            2.  Block  Pointers.   Pointers  indicate  an   Integer*2
                displacement relative to the Bank Data Index.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Points past last dataword  such
                that  wordcount  for  last  Block  may be determined.
                Thus the wordcount for Ith block is calculated from
                     Pointer(I+1)-Pointer(I)
            The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               ....
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                                Page 23
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            1.  Cluster Width.  3 bit field in range  0-7  indicating
                the no.  of Channels in the Cluster in the range 1-8.
                This field is contained in bits 13-15 of the  Cluster
                Width/Start Channel word.
            2.  Start Channel.  13 Bit  field  indicating  the  first
                Channel identifier in the cluster, being contained in
                bits 0-12 of the Cluster Width/Start Channel word.
            3.  Channel contents.  16 Bit value.  For a Cluster of  N
                Channels,  N Channel contents will follow the Cluster
                Width/Start Channel word.
       CDF-152                                                Page 24
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.2  Detector Component Bank Names
       The following bank names are used for the detector components.
       A convention is adopted with 3 letters defining the particular
       detector component and one letter denoting the  type  of  bank
       (data (D) or calibration (X)).  Thus:-
       Bank Name  Component   Description
         UEMD         1       Plug Upgrade EM Calorimeter
         UHAD         2       Plug Upgrade HAD Calorimeter
         VTWD         3       Vertex Time Projection Chamber (Wires)
         CTCD         4       Central Tracking TDC
         CDTD         5       Central Drift Tubes
         UECD         6       Plug Upgrade EM Calorimeter Currents
         UHCD         7       Plug Upgrade HAD Calorimeter Currents
         CEMD         8       Central EM Calorimeter
         CSID         9       Central 90 degree Crack Modules
         CESD        10       Central EM Strips
         CCRD        11       Central Crack Detectors
         PEMD        12       Plug EM Calorimeter Cathode Pads
         PEAD        13       Plug EM Anode wires
         PESD        14       Plug EM Strips
         LUMD        15       Instantaneous Luminosity
         FEMD        16       Forward EM Calorimeter Cathode Pads
         FEAD        17       Forward EM Calorimeter Anode
         UEPD        18       Plug Upgrade EM Calorimeter Pos. Detector
         FHXD        19       Forward Hadron Anode Wires
         CHAD        20       Central Hadron Calorimeter (ADCs)
         CHTD        21       Central Hadron Calorimeter (TDCs)
         WHAD        22       Wall Hadron Calorimeter (ADCs)
         WHTD        23       Wall Hadron Calorimeter (TDCs)
       CDF-152                                                Page 25
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
         PHAD        24       Plug Hadron Calorimeter Cathode Pads
         PHWD        25       Plug Hadron Anode Wires
         FHAD        26       Forward Hadron Calorimeter Cathode Pads
         FHWD        27       Forward Hadron Anode Wires (1987)
         CMUD        28       Central Muon Detectors
         TCMD        29       Trigger Central Muon Matchbox
         FMUD        30       Forward Muon Wires
         FMCD        31       Forward Muon Counters
         FMSD        32       Forward Muon Strips
         FMTD        33       Forward Muon Timing
         BBCD        34       Beam-Beam Counters
         BBLD        35       Beam-Beam Counters Latch
         CSXD        36       Central Muon Extension Scintillators
         CXRD        37       Central Muon Extension Raw TDC Data
         CURD        38       Central Muon Upgrade Raw TDC Data
         CSRD        39       CMEX Scintillators Raw TDC Data
         SCLD        40       Scalers
         LATD        41       Miscellaneous Latch, ADC, TDC, etc.
         CTPD        42       Central Calib Temperature Probe
         TL2D        43       Level 2 Trigger
         CSDD        44       Central Calib Source Drive
         CCDD        45       Central Calib Digital
         TNND        46       Level 2 Calorimeter Neural Net Trigger Data
         CECD        50       Central EM Current Channel Data
         BGTD        52       BAT Timing Gates and Settings
                              (Undocumented)
         RLVD        53       RABBIT Low Voltages
                              (Undocumented)
       CDF-152                                                Page 26
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
         CHCD        54       Central Hadron Current Channel Data
         TCSD        55       Level 2 Trigger Interceptor Modules
         TFRD        56       Level 1/Level 2 CDF FRED Module
         TRCD        57       Level 1/Level 2 RAW/CAS Modules
         WHCD        58       Wall Hadron Current Channel Data
         LSAD        59       Hadron Laser System ADC
         LSTD        60       Hadron Laser System TDC
         ULSD        61       Not Yet Documented
         CPND        62       Central Xenon/PIN Raw Data
         BFLD        63       Solenoid B Field Data
         CFHD        64       Ctc Fast track-finder Hit Data
         CPTD        65       Central PENN Track processor Data
         TBMD        66       Block Mover Data
         CFWD        67       Ctc Fast track-finder Wirelist Data
         CPMD        68       Central PENN Track Ram Dump
         TTLD        69       Level 2 Track List Data
         SABD        70       Small Angle detector test Beam Data
         LULD        71       Telescope Counters Latch Data Bank
         LSCD        72       Latch and Scaler test beam Data
         SVXD        73       Silicon Vertex Detector Data
         TBCD        74       Test Beam Camac Data
         VTRD        75       VTPC Raw TDC Data
         CTRD        76       CTC Raw TDC Data
         TUPD        77       Level 1 Trigger CMUP Data
         TEXD        78       Level 1 Trigger CMEX Data
         CEGD        79       Central EM High Gain Calorimeter
         CMRD        80       CMUP Scintillators Raw TDC Data
       CDF-152                                                Page 27
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
         ERRD        81       Error Report
         ALMD        82       MX Alarms and Limits
         CSPD        83       Central Muon Upgrade Scintillators
         TMXD        84       MX Execution Time Data
         PRMD        85       RABBIT card Identifier Data
         TODD        86       Date and Time
         MTPD        87       MX Test Partition
         CPRD        88       Central Pre-radiator Data
         TBSD        89       Test Beam Stand Data
         SVTD        90       SVX Temperature Data
         THVD        91       Test Beam High Voltage data
                              (Undocumented)
         MAGD        92       Test Beam Magnetic Field data
         BATD        93       Combined BAT Monitoring Data
                              (Undocumented)
         CMXD        94       Central Muon Extension Raw Data
         CMPD        95       Central Muon Upgrade Raw Data
            This gives a reasonable compromise  between  having  many
       Banks  per event and letting YBOS do the work and the overhead
       of many bank headers.  The Component Number is  mapped  1-to-1
       to  the  different  raw  data banks and also specifies the bit
       assignment in the readout mask in the EVCL  Bank.   Each  Bank
       will now be specified in detail.
       CDF-152                                                Page 28
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            Banks with name ***X  result  from  calibration  activity
       performed  internally  by  scanners.   This  type  of  scanner
       operation is indicated by the Run Type  modifier.   The  block
       structure  for  these  banks  is  identical to corresponding D
       banks for the same detector component and these banks use  the
       same  bank  number  as a D bank in the EVCL readout mask.  The
       following calibration banks use component numbers defined  for
       event data D banks:
       Bank Name  Component   Description
                     
         UEMX       UEMD      Not Yet Documented
         UHAX       UHAD      Not Yet Documented
         VTWX       VTWD      VTpc Wire Calibration Summary
         CTCX       CTCD      CTC Calibration Summary
         CDTX       CDTD      Not Yet Documented
         UECX       UECD      Not Yet Documented
         UHCX       UHCD      Not Yet Documented
         CEMX       CEMD      Central EM MX Calibration Summary
         CSIX       CSID      Not Yet Documented
         CESX       CESD      Not Yet Documented
         CCRX       CCRD      Not Yet Documented
         PEMX       PEMD      Not Yet Documented
         PEAX       PEAD      Not Yet Documented
         PESX       PESD      Not Yet Documented
         FEMX       FEMD      Not Yet Documented
         FEAX       FEAD      Not Yet Documented
         UEPX       UEPD      Not Yet Documented
         FHXX       FHXD      Not Yet Documented
         CHAX       CHAD      Central Hadron MX Calibration Summary
         CHTX       CHTD      Not Yet Documented
         WHAX       WHAD      Wall Hadron MX Calibration Summary
         WHTX       WHTD      Not Yet Documented
       CDF-152                                                Page 29
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
         PHAX       PHAD      Not Yet Documented
         PHWX       PHWD      Not Yet Documented
         FHAX       FHAD      Not Yet Documented
         FHWX       FHWD      Not Yet Documented
         CMUX       CMUD      Not Yet Documented
         FMUX       FMUD      Not Yet Documented
         FMCX       FMCD      Not Yet Documented
         FMSX       FMSD      Not Yet Documented
         FMTX       FMTD      Not Yet Documented
         BBLX       BBLD      Not Yet Documented
         CSXX       CSXD      Not Yet Documented
         CXRX       CXRD      Not Yet Documented
         CURX       CURD      Not Yet Documented
         CSRX       CSRD      Not Yet Documented
         CTPX       CTPD      Central Temperature Probe MX Calib Summary
         TL2X       TL2D      Not Yet Documented
         CSDX       CSDD      Central Cs-137 Source Drive MX Calib Summary
         CCDX       CCDD      Not Yet Documented
         UAPX        47       EWE ADC vs Pedestal DAC Calib
                              (Undocumented)
         UTPX        48       EWE Threshold DAC vs Pedestal DAC Calib
                              (Undocumented)
         U4VX        49       EWE 4V Reference Calib
                              (Undocumented)
         CECX       CECD      Not Yet Documented
         BVCX        51       BAT VCAL Calib
                              (Undocumented)
         BGTX       BGTD      Not Yet Documented
         RLVX       RLVD      Not Yet Documented
       CDF-152                                                Page 30
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
         CHCX       CHCD      Not Yet Documented
         TCSX       TCSD      Not Yet Documented
         TFRX       TFRD      Not Yet Documented
         TRCX       TRCD      Not Yet Documented
         WHCX       WHCD      Not Yet Documented
         LSAX       LSAD      Not Yet Documented
         LSTX       LSTD      Not Yet Documented
         ULSX       ULSD      Not Yet Documented
         CPNX       CPND      Central Xenon/PIN MX Calibration Summary
         SABX       SABD      Not Yet Documented
         LULX       LULD      Not Yet Documented
         SVXX       SVXD      Silicon Vertex Detector Xmode Data
         TBCX       TBCD      Not Yet Documented
         CEGX       CEGD      Not Yet Documented
         ERRX       ERRD      Error Report
         CPRX       CPRD      Not Yet Documented
         BATX       BATD      Not Yet Documented
         CMXX       CMXD      Central Muon Extension Calibration Summary
         CMPX       CMPD      Central Muon Upgrade Calibration Summary
       CDF-152                                                Page 31
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.3  VTWD Bank - VTPC Wire Raw Data Bank
            This bank has TDC data for  the  Vertex  Time  Projection
       Chamber wires.
            The present VTPC Wire Detector Bank format for  raw  VTPC
       wire  data,  specified  in  this  document,  provides pointers
       allowing rapid access to any TDC in  each  phi  slice  of  the
       VTPC.  This format is similar to CTCD and FTCD.  The format is
       designed to allow convenient checking  of  the  integrity  and
       consistency  of  the data read out from the LRS 1879 TDCs used
       in the CTC, VTPC, and FTC CDF dectector systems.
            The detector raw data stored in such a VTWD bank are read
       and  printed  out  by  the  routine  VTWDPT,  and are read and
       converted to an "element bank", VTWE, by the  routine  VTWDTE.
       Both  these  routines  have identical error/format/consistency
       check  structure.   The  DPT  routine  prints   out   detected
       non-standard  data  together  with  a  message  indicating the
       existence of such corrupt data.  The DTE routine also  detects
       the  same  conditions,  but in formating the output VTWE bank,
       supresses any data found to violate the format rules.
            The structure of the YBOS raw data bank is shown  in  the
       diagram  below.   The  standard  YBOS  header is followed by a
       control block, A, with pointers to the  start  of  information
       from each phi slice.  Each of the 8 phi slices is organized as
       a sub-block of pointers, B0, directly followed by a  sub-block
       of  wire  TDC  data,  B1.   Here,  the term "pointer" means an
       "offset from the start of the current block"  rather  than  an
       absolute address.  All data are packed in I*4 words.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "VTWD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       CDF-152                                                Page 32
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The VTWD bank format is (INDDAT = VTWD data index):
          _______                  ________
          Address                  Contents
                      ________________________
                                              
          INDDAT+0    | Number of PS pointers| Block A
                +1    | PPS# = pointers to   |
                 .    |        each PS       | Phi Slice pointer
                 .    |                      | block
                +9    | Pointer - end of bank|
                      |           + 1        |
                      ________________________
                      |                      |
             +PPS0    | Number of TDCs (=CN) | Block B0
             +PPS0+1  | PC# = TDC pointers   | 
                 .    |        "       "     | TDC pointer block
                 .    |        "       "     | for Phi Slice 0
          +PPS0+CN+1  | Pointer - end of data|
                      |           block + 1  | 
                      ________________________
                      |                      |
          +PPS0 + PC0 | Data for TDC 0       | Block B1
                 .    |   "                  |
                 .    |                      | Data for Phi Slice 0
          +PPS0 + PCN | Data for TDC N       |
                 .    |   "                  |
                 .    |                      |
                      ________________________
                      |                      |
             +PPS1    | Number of TDCs       | TDC pointer block
                 .    | PC# = TDC Pointers   | for Phi Slice 1
                 .    |                      |
                      ________________________
                      |                      |
                 .    | Data                 |
                 .    |                      |
          
            ________________________________
            Block A: Phi Slice Pointer Block
           ____           ________
           word           Contents
            0    NPS = # of phi slices (8)
                     = # of pointer words - 1
            1+i  Pointers:
                   = pointer to word 0 of block B0(i)
                     for 0 < i < NPS-1
                   = pointer to end of YBOS bank + 1
                     for i = NPS
            __________________________________________________
            Block B0(i): TDC pointer sub-block for phi slice i
           ____           ________
           word           Contents
            0    NTDC(i) = number of TDCs in phi slice i
            1+j  Pointers:
                  = pointer to start of TDC j for 0 < j < NTDC(i) - 1
                  = pointer to "end-of-block + 1"
                    for j = NTDC(i)
       CDF-152                                                Page 33
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            It is permissible, if the entire phi slice  is  empty  of
       data, that the block B0(i) be omitted entirely.  The phi slice
       pointer in block A MUST be present in all cases, though it may
       just indicate a missing phi slice by its pointer offset value.
       In blocks pertaining to phi slices with data each TDC  has  an
       entry in this pointer block even if there are no hit data.
            Entries in  these  TDC  pointer  blocks  are  defined  as
       follows:
          bits   0-15  pointer to start of hit data for TDC j
                16-31  available bits, potentially available to flag 
                       detected corrupt or incomplete data
                       Bit 30 is set when the TDC is not fully read
                       out.  (This condition arises when the are too 
                       many hits in this TDC.  If this is so, various 
                       wire/hit limits are invoked, and not all data 
                       present are read out, in order to avoid 
                       overflowing buffer size limits.)
            ________________________________________________________
            Block B1(i,j): Hit data sub-block for phi slice i, TDC j
            TDC data have the following format:
          bits   0- 9  T = Leading edge TDC count.
                             (10 bits; bit 0 is the "phase" bit)
                10-18  L = Trailing edge clock count.
                             (9 bits, aligned with bits 1-9)
                19-25  C = Channel number within this TDC.
                             (0:95 are legal channels)
                   30  N = Flag bit, indicating that the data on this
                            wire were not completely read out.
                            (For the VTPC, there are a maximum of
                            15 hits on a wire in the read out. 
                            N=1 flags this.)
                   31  S = Stop bit = 1 for last hit on this wire.
            Only channels with hit data appear in these  blocks.   In
       the  actual  read  out  of a phi slice, wires in a single half
       module are read out  as  adjacent  TDC  channels,  ordered  in
       increasing radial separation from the beam axis.  Hits on each
       wire are ordered in time.  The read out of TDC0 commences with
       half  module 0 and increases with global Z (proton direction).
       The remaining TDCs are ordered in increasing global Z.
            There exists the possibility that the read out produces a
       different  number  of leading and trailing edge digitizations.
       In this case, by convention, the SSP fills  in  a  "0"  for  a
       missing trailing edge asociated to a leading edge, and a "511"
       for a leading edge that is missing the corresponding  trailing
       edge.   Both  these  anomalous  conditions  are checked by the
       CDF-152                                                Page 34
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       VTWDPT/VTWDTE routines.
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  For the VTPC, there are four TDCs for each phi slice,
                with  four  half  modules in each TDC.  The four half
                modules use exactly the number of channels  available
                in each TDC.  The exact case is described below:
                phi slice i: (16 half modules)X(24 wires) = 384 channels
                                                         
                                  ==> 4.0 TDCs all channels read out
                     Thus, a total of 64 TDCs is required.
            2.  Address of first word in TDC pointer  block  for  phi
                slice PSi:
                Address_PSi = VTWD_Data_Index
                                + VTWD(VTWD_Data_Index + 1 + PSi)
                            = IW(INDDAT + 1 + PSi)
                                for data in YBOS array IW
                Address_PSi = Address_PS(i+1) ==> no data in PSi
            3.  Address of first wire hit datum in TDC Cj:
                Address_Cj = Address_PSi + VTWD(Address_PSi + 1 + Cj)
                Address_Cj = Address_C(j+1) ==> no data in TDC Cj
            4.  Minimum bank length for no data (i.e.,  YBOS  "length
                of data") = 10
       CDF-152                                                Page 35
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.4  CTCD Bank - CTC Raw Data Bank
            This bank has TDC data for the Central Tracking Chamber.
            The present CTC Detector Bank format for  raw  CTC  data,
       specified  in  this document, provides pointers allowing rapid
       access to any TDC in each super layer of the CTC.  The  format
       is  designed to allow convenient checking of the integrity and
       consistency of the data read out from the LRS 1879  TDCs  used
       in the CTC, VTPC, and FTC CDF dectector systems.
            This detector bank format, with TDC data ordered first by
       channel  number  and then by time, can be provided by the SLAC
       Scanner Processor (SSP) at  moderate  Level  2  trigger  rates
       (10-20  Hz) but will require a new FASTBUS module to order and
       reformat the TDC data at higher trigger rates.
            The detector raw data stored in such a CTCD bank are read
       and printed out by the routine CTCDPT.  The DPT routine prints
       out  detected  non-standard  data  together  with  a   message
       indicating the existence of such corrupt data.
            The structure of the YBOS raw data bank is shown  in  the
       diagram  below.   The  standard  YBOS  header is followed by a
       control block, A, with pointers to the  start  of  information
       from  each  super  layer.   Each  of  the  9  super  layers is
       organized as a sub-block of pointers, B0, directly followed by
       a  sub-block  of  wire hit data, B1.  Here, the term "pointer"
       means an "offset from the start of the current  block"  rather
       than an absolute address.  All data are packed in I*4 words.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CTCD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       CDF-152                                                Page 36
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The CTCD bank format is:
          _______                  ________
          Address                  Contents
                      ________________________
                                              
          INDDAT+0    | Number of SL pointers| Block A
                +1    | PSL# = pointers to   |
                 .    |        each SL       | Super Layer pointer
                 .    |                      | block
                +11   | Pointer - end of data|
                      ________________________
                      |                      |
              PSL0    | Number of TDCs       | Block B0
              PSL0+1  | PC# = TDC pointers   | 
                 .    |        "       "     | TDC pointer block
                 .    |        "       "     | for Super Layer 0
                      ________________________
                      |                      |
           PSL0 + PC0 | Data for TDC 0       | Block B1
                 .    |   "                  |
                 .    |                      | Data for Super Layer 0
           PSL0 + PCN | Data for TDC N       |
                 .    |   "                  |
                 .    |                      |
                      ________________________
                      |                      |
              PSL1    | Number of TDCs       | TDC pointer block
                 .    | PC# = TDC Pointers   | for Super Layer 1
                      ________________________
                      |                      |
                 .    | Data                 |
                 .    |                      |
          
            __________________________________
            Block A: Super Layer Pointer Block
           ____           ________
           word           Contents
            0    NSL = # of super layers (9) + 1 
                     = # of pointer words - 1
            1+i  Pointers:
                   = pointer to word 0 of block B0(i)
                     for 0 < i < NSL-1
                   = pointer to end of YBOS bank + 1
                     for i = NSL
            ____________________________________________________
            Block B0(i): TDC pointer sub-block for super layer i
           ____           ________
           word           Contents
            0    NTDC(i) = number of TDCs in super layer i
            1+j  Pointers:
                 = pointer to start of TDC j for 0 < j < NTDC(i) - 1
                 = pointer to "end-of-block + 1"
                   for j = NTDC(i)
       CDF-152                                                Page 37
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            It is permissable, if the entire super layer is empty  of
       data,  that  the  block  B0(i) be omitted entirely.  The super
       layer pointer in block A MUST be present in all cases,  though
       it  may  just  indicate  a  missing super layer by its pointer
       offset value.  In blocks pertaining to super layers with data,
       each  TDC has an entry in this pointer block even if there are
       no hit data.
            Entries in  these  TDC  pointer  blocks  are  defined  as
       follows:
          bits   0-15  pointer to start of hit data for TDC j
                16-31  available bits, potentialy available to flag 
                       detected corrupt or incomplete data
                       Bit 30 is set when the TDC is not fully read 
                       out.  (This condition arises when the are too 
                       many hits in this TDC.   If this is so, various 
                       wire/hit limits are invoked, and not all data 
                       present are read out, in order to avoid 
                       overflowing buffer size limits.)
            
       __________________________________________________________
       Block B1(i,j): Hit data sub-block for super layer i, TDC j
            TDC data have the following format:
          bits   0- 9  T = Leading edge TDC count.
                             (10 bits; bit 0 is the "phase" bit)
                10-18  L = Trailing edge clock count.
                             (9 bits, aligned with bits 1-9)
                19-25  C = Channel number  within this TDC.
                             (0:95 are "legal" channels)
                   30  N = Flag bit, indicating that the data on this
                            wire were not completely read out.
                            (For the CTC, there are a maximum of
                            15 hits on a wire in the read out. 
                            N=1 flags this.)
                   31  S = Stop bit = 1 for last hit on this wire.
            Only channels with hit data appear in these blocks.   The
       96  channels 0:95 are potentially legal channels.  In 5 of the
       9 super layers, there remain more legal channels than are read
       out.   Both CTCDPT and CTCDTE check these channel numbers, and
       report anomalous conditions.  In the  actual  read  out  of  a
       super  layer,  wires in a single cell are read out as adjacent
       TDC channels, ordered in increasing radial separation from the
       beam  axis.   Hits on each wire are ordered in time.  The read
       out of TDC0 commences with cell 0 and increases with  azimuth.
       The remaining TDCs are ordered in increasing azimuth.
       CDF-152                                                Page 38
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            There exists the possibility that the read out produces a
       different  number  of leading and trailing edge digitizations.
       In this case, by convention, the SSP fills  in  a  "0"  for  a
       missing trailing edge asociated to a leading edge, and a "511"
       for a leading edge that is missing the corresponding  trailing
       edge.   Both  these  anomalous  conditions  are checked by the
       CTCDPT/CTCDTE routines.
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  For the CTC, there are an integral number of TDCs for
                each  super  layer,  as  TDC  readout is not extended
                accross a super layer boundry.  The exact case is  as
                follows:
       super layer 0 (30 cells)X(12 wires)= (360 channels)/(96 TDC channels)
                                                
           0  30         12     ==> 3.75 TDC, 24 legal channels not read out
           1  42          6         2.625,    36    (in the last TDC)
           2  48         12         6          0
           3  60          6         3.75      24    - " -     - " -
           4  72         12         9          0
           5  84          6         5.25      72    - " -     - " -
           6  96         12        12          0
           7 108          6         6.75      24    - " -     - " -
           8 120         12        15          0
       Thus, a total of 66 TDCs is required, since the TDC readout is
       not extended across super layer boundries.
            2.  The "Number of SL Pointers" (see address INDDAT+0) is
                ten even though there are only 9 super layers.  Block
                10 is always empty.
            3.  Address of first word in TDC pointer block for  super
                layer SLi:
                Address_SLi = CTC_BUF(3 + SLi)
            4.  Address of first wire hit datum in TDC Cj:
                Address_Cj  = Address_SLi + CTC_BUF(Address_SLi + 1 + Cj)
            5.  Minimum bank length for no data = 12
       CDF-152                                                Page 39
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.5  CDTD Bank - Central Drift Tubes Detector Bank
            This bank contains raw drift tube data  for  all  Central
       Drift  Tubes.   There  are 3 planes of drift tubes, each plane
       has 672 wires.  The detector surrounds  the  Central  Tracking
       Chamber,  and is segmented into 12 Sectors, each 30 degrees in
       azimuth.  In 1986, wires are ganged and read out in  pairs  at
       the East end of the detector.  The charge and time signals are
       read out using rabbit crates and the MX.  For each drift  tube
       (drift  tube pair in 1986) there are 2 ADCs and 1 TDC.  In the
       fully instrumented CDTD, each drift tube charge will  be  read
       out at East and West end.
            The CDTD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "CDTD"
            Bank Number :       5
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
            The CDTD bank format is:
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents      Description
               0             6         No. of Blocks
               1             P0        Pointer to Sector 0+1
               2             P1        Pointer to Sector 2+3
               3             P2        Pointer to Sector 4+5
               4             P3        Pointer to Sector 6+7
               5             P4        Pointer to Sector 8+9
               6             P5        Pointer to Sector 10+11
               7             P6        End of data pointer
               8                       data for Sector 0+1
       .....
                       etc
       --------------------------------------------------------------
                    Data for Block 0, Sector 0+1
       --------------------------------------------------------------
           P0       Cluster Width/Start Channel layer 0, drift tube 0
           P0+1     TDC  data for layer 0,drift tube 0
            .       ADC0 data for layer 0,drift tube 0
            .       ADC1 data for layer 0,drift tube 0
            .       Cluster Width/Start Channel layer 1, drift tube 0
            .       TDC  data for layer 1,drift tube 0
            .       ADC0 data for layer 1,drift tube 0
            .       ADC1 data for layer 1,drift tube 0
            .       Cluster Width/Start Channel layer 0, drift tube 1
            .       TDC  data for layer 0,drift tube 1
            .       ADC0 data for layer 0,drift tube 1
            .       ADC1 data for layer 0,drift tube 1
            .       Cluster Width/Start Channel layer 2, drift tube 0
            .       TDC  data for layer 2,drift tube 0
            .       ADC0 data for layer 2,drift tube 0
       CDF-152                                                Page 40
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            .       ADC1 data for layer 2,drift tube 0
            .
            .
            .       Cluster Width/Start Channel layer 0, drift tube 111
            .       TDC  data for layer 0,drift tube 111
            .       ADC0 data for layer 0,drift tube 111
            .       ADC1 data for layer 0,drift tube 111
            .       Cluster Width/Start Channel layer 1, drift tube 111
            .       TDC  data for layer 1,drift tube 111
            .       ADC0 data for layer 1,drift tube 111
            .       ADC1 data for layer 1,drift tube 111
            .       Cluster Width/Start Channel layer 2, drift tube 111
            .       TDC  data for layer 2,drift tube 111
            .       ADC0 data for layer 2,drift tube 111
            .       ADC1 data for layer 2,drift tube 111
       --------------------------------------------------------------
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  No of Blocks.  Corresponds to the  Sectors  taken  in
                pairs.
            2.  Block  pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent pointers.  For each block, the pointer
                Pi is .le. 8 + i*(4words/tube )*336 tubes/block
                when fully instrumented, or, in ganged scheme in 1986
                Pi is .le. 8 + i*(4words/tube )*168 tube pairs/block.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last block.
            4.  Note:  Drift tube 0 in each each layer is  the  drift
                tube with lowest phi (approximately = -15 deg) in the
                "3 o'clock" sector.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 Bits
               Channel Contents                16 Bits
               ...
               Channel Contents                16 Bits
               .....
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  The word is  composed  of
       CDF-152                                                Page 41
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                the following fields:-
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                 0: 1  TDC=0,ADC0=1,ADC1=2
                 2:12  (Block(0:5) * 336 + Tube(0:111)*3+Plane(0:2)
                       (0:2015)
                13:15  Cluster Width (0:2 ==> 1:3)
                       (Cluster width 0 corresponds to 1 data word)
            2.  Channel Contents.  16 bit ADC  value  (normalized  to
                nanocoulombs).  NB there is only one TDC per 2 ADC's.
                The 2 ADC's read out are :
                       ADC 0 (lower phi in ganged scheme, 
                              East ADC in fully instrumented 
                                                    detector) 
                       ADC 1 (higher phi in ganged scheme,
                              West ADC in fully instrumented 
                                                    detector) 
            3.  Minimum bank length is  8  I*2  words.   The  maximum
                length corresponding to reading out all wires is 8072
                I*2 words (4040 I*2 words in 1986).
       CDF-152                                                Page 42
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.6  CEMD Bank - Central EM Calorimeter Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CEMD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                                Page 43
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bit  0     x16 (0) or x1 (1) Gain
                     Bit  1     PhotoMultiplier Tube (0-1)
                     Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-9)
                     Bits 6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
                     Bits 11-12 Unused
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC  value  (normalised  to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                                Page 44
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.7  CSID Bank - Central 90 Degree Crack Filler Detector Bank
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            27-Dec-1987        MT      Original creation
            The CSID bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "CSID"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
            The CSID bank format is:
           Displacement    
             (I*2)         Contents            Description
                0              12              No. of Blocks
                1              14              Modules  0- 1 Pointer
               ..                              .......
               12                              Modules 22-23 Pointer
               13                              End of Data Pointer
               14                              Data for Modules  0-1
               ..                              ....
               ..                              ....
                               etc.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               ......
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                                Page 45
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel:
                  Bits    Contents
                  ----    --------
                  0- 4   Azimuth  Segmentation (0-23)
                  5- 8   Sub-azimuth  Segmentation (0-14)
                  9-10   Depth    segmentation (0-2)
                 11-12   Rapidity Segmentation (0-2)
                 13-15   Cluster Width (0-7)
            2.  Channel contents:  16 Bit ADC value.
            3.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the modules taken  in
                pairs.
            4.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            5.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            6.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only  one  or  two modules are present, the number of
                blocks may be set  to  1  and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).
       CDF-152                                                Page 46
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.8  CESD Bank - Central EM Calorimeter Strips Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CESD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               ....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bits 0-6   Strip (0-127) or Wire (0-63) Number
                     Bit  7     Strip (0) or Wire (1)
       CDF-152                                                Page 47
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                     Bits 8-12  Module Number (0-23)
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel  contents.   16  Bit  value  (normalised   to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                                Page 48
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.9  CCRD Bank - Central Crack Detector Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name  :       "CCRD"
            Bank Number:       1
            Bank Type  :       BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement
               (I*2)           Contents        Description
               0               16              No. of blocks
               1               10              West modules 0-5 pointer
               ......
               4                               West modules 18-23 pointer
               5                               East modules 0-5 pointer
               ......
               8                               East modules 18-23 pointer
               9                               End of data pointer
               10                              Data for west modules 0-5
               ......
                               etc.
            1.  No.  of blocks.  Corresponds to the west modules  and
                then  the  east  modules  taken  in  sixes (4 west, 4
                east).
            2.  Block  pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the bank data index.  The word count  for
                each  block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent pointers.
            3.  End of data pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster width/start channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               ....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster width/start channel.  16 bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first channel
                identifier in the cluster.  The word is  composed  of
                the following fields:-
       CDF-152                                                Page 49
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                               Bits 0-3        Pad number (0-9)
                               Bits 4-7        Unused
                               Bits 8-12       Module number (0-23)
                               Bits 13-15      Cluster width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel  contents.   16   bit   value   appropriately
                normalized.
       NOTE:  The crack chambers are read out three to a strip  card,
       with  strip  cards  in  whatever slots are assigned in modules
       1,4,7,10,13, 19, and 22, both west and east.
       CDF-152                                                Page 50
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.10  PEMD Bank - Endplug EM Calorimeter Cathode Pad Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "PEMD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-5 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 66-71 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-5 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 66-71 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-5
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then the East Modules taken in groups of 6 (30 deg in
                Azimuth).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  indicating
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bits 0-1   Depth Segmentation (0-2)
                     Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-15)
       CDF-152                                                Page 51
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                     Bits 6-12  Azimuth Segmentation (0-71)
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC value.
       CDF-152                                                Page 52
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.11  PEAD Bank - Endplug EM Calorimeter Anode Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "PEAD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            8        No. of Blocks
               1            10       West Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               4                     West Quadrant 3 Pointer
               5                     East Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               8                     East Quadrant 3 Pointer
               9                     End of Data Pointer
               10                    Data for West Quadrant 0
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  There are 8 blocks; the wire  planes
                are read out in quadrants.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                       Bits 0-5   Layer (0-33)
                       Bits 6-7   Quadrant (0-3)
                       Bits 8-12  Unused
       CDF-152                                                Page 53
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                       Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.   16  Bit  ADC  value  representing
                charge deposited.
       CDF-152                                                Page 54
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.12  PESD Bank - Endplug EM Calorimeter Strips Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "PESD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Sector 0 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Sector 11 Pointer
              13                     East Sector 0 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Sector 11 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Sector 0
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Sectors  and
                then the East Sectors (12 West, 12 East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               ....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bits 0-5   Strip Number (0-29 or 0-31)
                     Bit  6     Phi (0) or Theta (1)
                     Bits 7-10  Sector Number (0-11)
       CDF-152                                                Page 55
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                     Bits 11-12 Unused
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC value.
       CDF-152                                                Page 56
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.13  LUMD Bank - Instantaneous Luminosity Bank
            This bank  has  DVM  information  for  the  instantaneous
       luminosity  signals from the beam-beam counters and luminosity
       telescopes.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            16-Apr-92    MC          Structure copied from BFLD
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "LUMD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTR4 (REAL*4)
            The LUMD bank data format is:
            Displacement 
             from data
               index      Description
            ------------  -----------
                 0         East*West BBC  instantaneous luminosity (DVM Ch 0)
                 1         NE telescope   instantaneous luminosity (DVM Ch 1)
                 2         SE telescope   instantaneous luminosity (DVM Ch 2)
                 3         NW telescope   instantaneous luminosity (DVM Ch 3)
                 4         SW telescope   instantaneous luminosity (DVM Ch 4)
                 5         spare                                   (DVM Ch 5)
                 6         spare                                   (DVM Ch 6)
                 7         spare                                   (DVM Ch 7)
            Notes:
            1.  Data is read from a Transiac scanning DVM  (2032)  in
                CAMAC crate #2 in RR33G.
            2.  This bank has no block pointers at the beginning, the
                first  word  pointed  to  by  the  data  index is the
                East*West BBC instantaneous luminosity.
       CDF-152                                                Page 57
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.14  FEMD Bank - Forward EM Calorimeter Cathode Pad Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "FEMD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0             8       No. of Blocks
               1            10       West Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               4                     West Quadrant 3 Pointer
               5                     East Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               8                     East Quadrant 3 Pointer
               9                     End of Data Pointer
              10                     Data for West Quadrant 0
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  There are  8  blocks;  the  first  4
                correspond to the West Calorimeter taken in quadrants
                (90 degrees in Azimuth), the second  4  corresponding
                to the East Calorimeter taken in quadrants.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                       Bit  0     Depth Segmentation (0-1)
       CDF-152                                                Page 58
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                       Bits 1-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-19)
                       Bits 6-12  Azimuth Segmentation (0-71)
                       Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.   16  Bit  ADC  value  representing
                charge deposited.
       CDF-152                                                Page 59
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.15  FEAD Bank - Forward EM Calorimeter Anode Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "FEAD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            8        No. of Blocks
               1            10       West Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               4                     West Quadrant 3 Pointer
               5                     East Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               8                     East Quadrant 3 Pointer
               9                     End of Data Pointer
               10                    Data for West Quadrant 0
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  There are 8 blocks; the wire  planes
                are read out in quadrants.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                       Bits 0-4   Layer (0-29)
                       Bits 5-7   Region (0-4)
                       Bits 8-9   Quadrant (0-3)
       CDF-152                                                Page 60
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                       Bits 10-12  Unused
                       Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.   16  Bit  ADC  value  representing
                charge deposited.
       CDF-152                                                Page 61
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.16  FHXD Bank - Forward Hadron Calorimeter Anode Bank
            This bank has data from forward hadron calorimeter  anode
       wire planes.
               Bank History
               ____________
               12-Apr-1988     TK      Original creation
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "FHXD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0             8       No. of Blocks
               1            10       West Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               4                     West Quadrant 3 Pointer
               5                     East Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               8                     East Quadrant 3 Pointer
               9                     End of Data Pointer
              10                     Data for West Quadrant 0
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  There are  8  blocks;  the  first  4
                correspond to the West Calorimeter taken in quadrants
                (90 degrees in Azimuth), the second  4  corresponding
                to the East Calorimeter taken in quadrants.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                                Page 62
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                       Bits 0-4   Layer                 (0-26)
                       Bits 5-7   Region within Layer   (0-4)
                       Bits 8-9   Quadrant              (0-3)
                       Bits 10-12 Unused
                       Bits 13-15 Cluster Width         (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.   16  Bit  ADC  value  representing
                charge deposited.
       CDF-152                                                Page 63
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.17  CHAD Bank - Central Hadron Calorimeter ADC Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CHAD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                                Page 64
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bit  0     x16 (0) or x1 (1) Gain
                     Bit  1     PhotoMultiplier Tube (0-1)
                     Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-7)
                     Bits 6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
                     Bits 11-12 Unused
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC  value  (normalised  to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                                Page 65
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.18  CHTD Bank - Central Hadron Calorimeter TDC Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CHTD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                                Page 66
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bit  0-1   Not used (zero)
                     Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-7)
                     Bits 6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
                     Bits 11-12 Unused
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit TDC  value  (normalised  to
                ?????)
       N.B.  There is only one TDC for each pair of Phototubes.
       CDF-152                                                Page 67
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.19  WHAD Bank - Endwall Hadron Calorimeter ADC Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "WHAD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                                Page 68
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bit  0     x16 (0) or x1 (1) Gain
                     Bit  1     PhotoMultiplier Tube (0-1)
                     Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-5)
                     Bits 6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
                     Bits 11-12 Unused
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC  value  (normalised  to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                                Page 69
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.20  WHTD Bank - Endwall Hadron Calorimeter TDC Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "WHTD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                                Page 70
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bit  0-1   Not used (Zero)
                     Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-5)
                     Bits 6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
                     Bits 11-12 Unused
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit TDC  value  (normalised  to
                ?????)
       N.B.  These is only one TDC for each pair of Phototubes
       CDF-152                                                Page 71
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.21  PHAD Bank - Endplug Hadron Calorimeter Cathode Pad Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "PHAD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-5 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 66-71 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-5 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 66-71 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-5
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bits 0-3   Rapidity Segmentation (0-11)
                     Bits 4-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-71)
       CDF-152                                                Page 72
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                     Bits 11-12 Unused
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC  value  (normalised  to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                                Page 73
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.22  PHWD Bank - Endplug Hadron Calorimeter Anode Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "PHWD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Module 0 Pointer
               ......
               12                    West Module 11 Pointer
               13                    East Module 0 Pointer
               ......
               24                    East Module 11 Pointer
               25                    End of Data Pointer
               26                    Data for West Quadrant 0
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  There are 24 blocks; the wire planes
                are read out in 30 degree segments.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                       Bits 0-4   Layer (0-19)
                       Bits 5-8   Azimuthal segmentation (0-11)
                       Bits 9-12  Unused
       CDF-152                                                Page 74
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                       Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.   16  Bit  ADC  value  representing
                charge deposited.
       CDF-152                                                Page 75
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.23  FHAD Bank - Forward Hadron Calorimeter Cathode Pad Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "FHAD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0             8       No. of Blocks
               1            10       West Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               4                     West Quadrant 3 Pointer
               5                     East Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               8                     East Quadrant 3 Pointer
               9                     End of Data Pointer
              10                     Data for West Quadrant 0
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  There are  8  blocks;  the  first  4
                correspond to the West Calorimeter taken in quadrants
                (90 degrees in Azimuth), the second  4  corresponding
                to the East Calorimeter taken in quadrants.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bits 0-4   Rapidity Segmentation (0-19)
       CDF-152                                                Page 76
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                     Bits 5-11  Azimuth Segmentation (0-71)
                     Bit  12    Unused
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC  value  (normalised  to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                                Page 77
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.24  FHWD Bank - Forward Hadron Calorimeter Anode Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "FHWD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0             8       No. of Blocks
               1            10       West Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               4                     West Quadrant 3 Pointer
               5                     East Quadrant 0 Pointer
               ......
               8                     East Quadrant 3 Pointer
               9                     End of Data Pointer
              10                     Data for West Quadrant 0
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  There are  8  blocks;  the  first  4
                correspond to the West Calorimeter taken in quadrants
                (90 degrees in Azimuth), the second  4  corresponding
                to the East Calorimeter taken in quadrants.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
       CDF-152                                                Page 78
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                       Bits 0-4   Layer (0-26)               *** see notes below ***
                       Bits 5-7   Region within Layer (0-5)  *** see notes below ***
                       Bits 8-9  Quadrant (0-3)
                       Bits 10-12 Unused
                       Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.   16  Bit  ADC  value  representing
                charge deposited.
            3.  For the Jan-March 1987 run, the six regions within  a
                layer  are OR-ed in groups of three, resulting in two
                big regions.  In other words, the anode  wire  planes
                are  divided  in  two,  being region 1 the nearer and
                region 2 the farther from the z-y plane.
            4.  For Jan-March 1987, data are organized as follows for
                the Cluster width/Start channel word:
                Top quadrants (covering the angle phi between 0 and 180 degrees):
                       Bits 0-4 = 0  layer 0 region 1
                                = 1  layer 0 region 2
                                = 2  layer 2 region 1
                                = 3  layer 2 region 2
                                = 4  layer 4 region 1   not used in West side phi=0-90
                                = 5  layer 4 region 2   not used in West side phi=0-90
                                = 6  layer 6 region 1
                                       etc...
                  
                                =26  layer 26 region 1  not used in W/E side phi=90-180 
                                =27  layer 26 region 2  not used in W/E side phi=90-180
                       Bits 5-7 not used
                       Bits 8-15 as described above.
                Bottom quadrants (covering the angle phi between 180 and 360
                degrees) are organized as follows:
                       Bits 0-4 = 0  layer 1 region 1
                                = 1  layer 1 region 2
                                = 2  layer 3 region 1
                                = 3  layer 3 region 2
                                = 4  layer 5 region 1
                                = 5  layer 5 region 2
                                = 6  layer 7 region 1
                                       etc...
                                =24  layer 25 region 1
                                =25  layer 25 region 2
                       Bits 5-7 not used
                       Bits 8-15 as described above.
       CDF-152                                                Page 79
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.25  CMUD Bank - Central Muon Detector Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CMUD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         ********************************************************
         *                                                      *
         *     The Assignment of the Bit Fields in the          *
         *     Channel ID was changed 20-May-85 to              *
         *     accomodate 4 ADCs per TDC. This change           *
         *     has not yet been made to Monte Carlo             *
         *     or Testbeam generated data. (31 May 1985)        *
         *                                                      *
         ********************************************************
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-5 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 66-71 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-5 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 66-71 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-5
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
       CDF-152                                                Page 80
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bit  0-1   ADC or TDC Number (0-3)
                     Bit  2     TDC (0) or ADC (1)
                     Bits 3-5   Wire Number (0-5)
                     Bits 6-7   Plane Number (0-3)
                     Bits 8-12  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC  value  (normalised  to
                nanoCoulombs).
       N.B.  There is only one TDC for each quartet of ADCs.
       CDF-152                                                Page 81
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.26  TCMD Bank - Trigger Central Muon Matchbox Detector Bank
            This bank has data from the MU2T, CTCx  and  Cluster  Bus
       components of the Central Muon Level 2 Trigger System.
            The CTCx is a FASTBUS module which  receives  the  output
       from  the  Central Tracking Fast Processor.  CTCx maps the CTC
       track information into expected phi sector of the  calorimeter
       (0:23)  for  all stiff tracks, and into expected phi sector of
       the CMUD  (0:71)  in  order  that  they  be  tested  for  muon
       candidates.   The  outputs of this module are entered into the
       cluster bus directly, for all stiff tracks,  and  are  entered
       into  MU2T  modules to search for muon candidates.  The inputs
       to this module are entered into its DATA0 FIFO register.
            The MU2Ts are 24 FASTBUS modules  which  perform  trigger
       logic on the inputs from CMUD triggers and predicted CMUD hits
       as entered from CTCx.  Each MU2T has inputs from one CMUD  phi
       sector  (0:23) containing 6 cells (0:5) in both West (WHIT0:5)
       and East (EHIT0:5), as well as 2 ORs of  West  and  East  hits
       (WHITOR, EHITOR).
            The expected CMUD hits passed from CTCx have phi coverage
       corresponding to 2 CMUD cells, so that there are 3 of them per
       MU2T (PHIXX0:2).  The logic of the MU2T:
       WGOLD = (WHIT5+WHIT4)*PHIXX2 + (WHIT3+WHIT2)*PHIXX1
                                    + (WHIT1+WHIT0)*PHIXX0
       EGOLD = (EHIT0+EHIT1)*PHIXX2 + (EHIT2+EHIT3)*PHIXX1
                                    + (EHIT4+EHIT5)*PHIXX0.
            Both input from the CMUD and the output  of  the  trigger
       logic are in Data register of the MU2T.  Note that MU2T has no
       NTA.
            The Cluster  Bus  receives  inputs  from  CTCx  and  MU2T
       corresponding  to  stiff  tracks and stiff tracks confirmed as
       Golden Muon candidates, respectively.  The phi segmentation of
       the  inputs  is  15  degrees, corresponding to the the Central
       Calorimeter   segmentation.    The   Cluster   Bus    collects
       information  on  the  phi-eta  distribution  of the tracks and
       stores it in 24 phi x 42  eta  array.   For  each  track,  the
       Cluster  Bus  stores  its  stiffness  code  (charge  and 3 bit
       transverse momentum code), as well as the stiff  track  and/or
       Golden  Muon  bit.  There are 6 Cluster Bus boards with 2 to 4
       words read out from each.
       CDF-152                                                Page 82
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The TCMD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "TCMD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The TCMD bank format is:
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0             3       No. of Blocks
               1            P0       Pointer to block 0, 24 MU2T cards, Data reg 
               2            P1       Pointer to block 1, CTCx FIFO content
               3            P2       Pointer to block 2, Cluster Bus data
               4                     End of Data Pointer
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, MU2T (0:23), Data Reg 
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P0                     MU2T wedge 0
              P0+1                   MU2T wedge 1
               .                        .
              P0+23                  MU2T wedge 23
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, CTC Data Reg 0 = FIFO
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P1                     CTC input from Fast track proc word 0
              P1+1                   CTC input from Fast track proc word 1
               .                        .
               .                        .
               .                        .
               .                        .
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 2, Cluster Bus Interface Cards
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P2                     Cluster Bus word 0
              P2+1                   Cluster Bus word 1
               .                        .
               .                        .
               .                        .
              P2+59                  Cluster Bus word 59
          --------------------------------------------------------------
       CDF-152                                                Page 83
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            ______
            Notes:
                ____ ___ _____ __ ____ _______ ____ ________
            1.  Data for Block 0, MU2T (0:23), Data Register
                               
                       MU2T Wedge  0 FASTBUS Data register 0   32 bits
                       .....
                       .....
                       MU2T Wedge 23 FASTBUS Data register 0   32 bits
                ____ ___ _____ __ ____ _______ ____ ___ _
            2.  Data for Block 1, CTCx FASTBUS Data Reg 0
                       CTC encoded track address # 0           
                       CTC encoded track address # 1           32 bits
                       CTC encoded track address # 2           32 bits
                       CTC encoded track address # 3           32 bits
                       ....
                       ....
                ____ ___ _____ __ _______ ___
            3.  Data for Block 2, Cluster Bus
                  There are 12 I*4 words of data from each of 5 modules.
                       Cluster Bus Word 0                      32 bits
                       Cluster Bus word 1                      32 bits
                       ...
                       Cluster Bus word 59                     32 bits
            4.  Block 0, MU2T - bit field definition:
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                 00-lsb    status of WHIT0  input from chambers 
                 01        status of WHIT1  input from chambers 
                 02        status of WHIT2  input from chambers 
                 03        status of WHIT3  input from chambers 
                 04        status of WHIT4  input from chambers 
                 05        status of WHIT5  input from chambers 
                 06        status of WHITOR input from chambers 
                 07        status of WGOLD output of trigger logic
                 08        status of EHIT0  input from chambers   
                 09        status of EHIT1  input from chambers  
                 10        status of EHIT2  input from chambers  
                 11        status of EHIT3  input from chambers  
                 12        status of EHIT4  input from chambers  
                 13        status of EHIT5  input from chambers  
                 14        status of EHITOR input from chambers  
                 15        status of EGOLD output of trigger logic
                 16        status of ENBEHIT enables EHITOR as part of MUONOR
                 17        status of ENBWHIT enables WHITOR as part of MUONOR
                 18        status of ENBEGOLD enables EGOLD as part of GOLDOR
       CDF-152                                                Page 84
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                 19        status of ENBWGOLD enables WGOLD as part of GOLDOR
                 20        status of SEL0MUX  \
                 21        status of SEL1MUX   \ selects ECL output to 
                 22        status of SEL2MUX   /  P4 cable 
                 23        status of ENBMUX~  /  (see table below)
                 24        status of ENETA17  \
                 25        status of ENETA18   \
                 26        status of ENETA19    \
                 27        status of ENETA20     \ test bits for CDFCB board
                 28        status of ENETA21     / enabled by TESTENB in CSR0
                 29        status of ENETA22    /  otherwise ETA17-20 = WGOLD
                 30        status of ENETA23   /         and ETA21-24 = EGOLD
                 31-msb    status of ENETA24  /
            5.  Block 1, CTCx FIFO - bit field definition
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                 0:02    Stiffness Code ( 0: 7)
                 3:03    Muon Sign Code ( 0: 1) 0=Mu+; 1=Mu-
                 4:10    CTC Wire in TDC( 0:95)
                11:14    CTC TDC        ( 1:15)
                15:15    not used       ( 0: 0)
                16:25    Eta code       (not used yet)
                26:29    Stereo Code    (not used yet)
            6.  Block 2, Cluster Bus - bit field definition
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                 0:23   Wedge information (1 bit per wedge)     
                24:24   0  
                25:29   Eta   information
                30:31   Phi   information    
            7.  Minimum (Maximum) bank length = 41(565) I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                                Page 85
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.27  FMUD Bank - Forward Muon Wire Detector Bank
            This bank contains raw wire data  for  all  Forward  Muon
       chambers.   For each end (east, west) of the detector there is
       a Forward Muon toroid  pair  with  three  planes  of  chambers
       (0-2).  Each plane is segmented in wedges which are 15 degrees
       in azimuth and contain 96 wire  channels  and  15  pads.   The
       wires  are  wire  or'd  over  45  degrees in azimuth (octants)
       giving 4608 total wire channels and 2160 pads.  For  each  end
       there  are  two  scintillator  planes  segmented  in 15 degree
       wedges for a total of 96 paddles.  Wire signals are  digitized
       in  FASTBUS  by PSL TDC's and scintillator signals are latched
       in FB.  The FB TDC's and latches are read by SSP modules which
       produce  detector banks in I*4 formats typical of SSP detector
       components.  The pad signals are digitized in RABBIT and  read
       by  MX scanners which produce data in a separate detector bank
       with I*2 format.
            The format of FMUD is similar to  VTWD  and  CTCD.   Wire
       data  in  FMUD  begins with a list of octant pointers for West
       followed by East ends of the detector.   Blocks  of  data  for
       each  octant begin with the number of planes in the block (=3)
       and a list of pointers to the first hit in each plane.   There
       are  two  32-bit  words  per hit.  The maximum number of words
       read out per plane (each TDC) is 256, 32 words from each of  8
       RAMS.   Normally,  fewer  than this will be read out from each
       RAM starting with a pair of words (called marker words because
       the  clock  counter is zeroed at the start pulse and this pair
       of words is entered into the RAMS to mark the  start  of  data
       from this crossing) which have zeroes everywhere except in the
       wire set bits and the RAM number bits.  If more than  16  hits
       are  recorded in a RAM, this pair of words may be overwritten.
       The last pair of words to appear in a RAM will always  be  the
       same,  however.   They  will  look  like  the marker word pair
       except that the most significant half-word  will  contain  the
       final clock count (both words).  Only RAMS for which hits have
       been recorded since the start pulse will be read out.
            The FMUD bank header values are:
       Bank Name   :    "FMUD"
       Bank Number :        1
       Bank Type   :   BNKTI4  (Integer*4)
       CDF-152                                                Page 86
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The FMUD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0           16      Number of blocks (= 8 octants * 2 ends)
            1           S0      Pointer to octant 0 (W end,  0-45 degrees)
            2           S1      Pointer to octant 1 (W end, 45-90 degrees)
            .                         .
            .                         .
            9           S8      Pointer to octant 0 (E end,  0-45 degrees)
            .                         .
            .                         .
           16           S15     Pointer to octant 7 (E end, 315-360 degrees)
           17           S16     Pointer to end of data + 1
         ----------------------------------------------------------
                       Block for octant 0 (W end)
         ----------------------------------------------------------
          S0             3      No. of planes
          S0+1        P000      Pointer to plane 0, octant 0  
          S0+2        P001      Pointer to plane 1, octant 0  
          S0+3        P002      Pointer to plane 2, octant 0  
          S0+4        P003      Pointer to end of 0th octant + 1
          S0+P000               TDC data for plane 0 of octant 0
          S0+P000+1             TDC data for plane 0 of octant 0
            .                         .
            .                         .
          S0+P001               TDC data for plane 1 of octant 0
          S0+P001+1             TDC data for plane 1 of octant 0
            .                         .
            .                         .
          S0+P003-1             Last data word for octant 0
         ----------------------------------------------------------
                       Block for octant 1 (W end)
         ----------------------------------------------------------
          S1             3      No. of planes
          S1+1        P010      Pointer to plane 0 of octant 1
            .                         .
            .                         .
          S1+P010               TDC data for plane 0 of octant 1
            .                         .
            .                         .
            .                         .
            .                         .
          S16-1                 Last data word
         ----------------------------------------------------------
       CDF-152                                                Page 87
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  Octant pointers are displacements relative to INDDAT.
            2.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies displacement  to  the
                next  I*4  word  past  the  end of the data.  Used to
                calculate the word count for the last octant block.
            3.  The number of words in octant block N is equal to the
                difference  between  octant pointers to block N+1 and
                block N.  This word  count  includes  the  number  of
                planes  and  plane pointer words if they are present.
                If octant N is declared "off-line" in  the  constants
                list,  no  plane pointer words will be entered in the
                data bank.  In this  case  the  number  of  words  in
                octant  block  N  will be 0.  If octant N is declared
                "on-line" but no TDC hits were registered, the  plane
                pointer words will be entered and the number of words
                in octant block N will  be  5.   The  octant  pointer
                words  should always be checked first to determine if
                there are any data.
            4.  Each Plane Pointer word has the following format:
                      Bits  0:15 = pointer,
                      Bits 16:31 = plane word count.
                     Plane pointers are displacements relative to the
                1st  word (No.  of planes) in each octant block.  The
                number of words for each plane within an  octant  can
                be  calculated  from the difference between the plane
                pointers.
            5.  Each pair of 32 bit TDC data words  stores  a  single
                TDC hit in the following format:
                ______
                WORD 1
                 ____    ________
                 Bits    Contents
                 0:15    Contents of tapped delay line
                           (16 ns total with 1ns taps) 
                16:31    Clock Counter
                           (10ns/count from clock start=0)
                ______
                WORD 2
                 ____    ________
                 Bits    Contents
                 0:11    Set Wire Register
                           (0=not set,1=set for each of 12 wires)
                12:15    TDC RAM Number
                           (8 per TDC each with 12 wires,
                            numbered 0-7)
                16:31    Same as Word 1
       CDF-152                                                Page 88
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            6.  Octant and plane numbers can be determined  by  using
                the  pointers  and  counting  down  from INDDAT.  The
                naming convention for octant pointers  is  S0-S7  for
                West toroids and S8-S15 for East toroids in the above
                format description.
            7.  Minimum bank length is 18  I*4  words.   The  maximum
                length is set by the SSP buffer size.
            8.  Hit pairs are  ordered  by  time  first-in  first-out
                within each of the 8 TDC RAM's.
            9.  Each PSL TDC has 96 inputs which correspond to the 96
                drift  chamber  wires.  Wires 0-55 are the coordinate
                plane wires, which are closer to the  IP  than  wires
                56-95,  the  ambiguity  plane wires.  The wire number
                assignment is not the same as the RAM and wire number
                but  can  be obtained from these by means of a lookup
                table.
       CDF-152                                                Page 89
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.28  FMCD Bank - Forward Muon Counter Detector Bank
            This bank contains latch data  words  from  forward  muon
       counter and trigger control latches.
            The FMCD bank header values are:
       Bank Name   :    "FMCD"
       Bank Number :        1
       Bank Type   :   BNKTI4  (Integer*4)
            The FMCD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            2      Number of blocks
            1            4      Pointer to block 0 
            2           12      Pointer to block 1
            3           22      End of data pointer
            4                   West front scint bits 0-31
            5                   West front scint bits 32-62
            6                   West rear scint bits 0-31
            7                   West rear scint bits 32-62
            8                   West front+rear bits 63-71 each
            9                   Special scintillator tiles: 18 bits
           10            Z      West SINPAD + PUB control
           11            Z      ADC bits to Pucker (16 bits)
           12                   East front scint bits 0-31
           13                   East front scint bits 32-62
           14                   East rear scint bits 0-31
           15                   East rear scint bits 32-62
           16                   East front+rear bits 63-71 each
           17            0      Empty
           18                   Pucker trigger + Pucker 300%
           19                   SINPAD trigger (16 bits)
           20                   East Sinpad + Pucker control
           21            Z      Pucker test (16 bits)
       FMCD block format:
       Each block contains the data for one side, East or West.
       Each contains pairs of I*4 words of data for a 64 bit Struck Latch. The
       first word is the lower 32 latch bits. The second word is the upper
       32 latch bits.  The first 6 words are the scintillator bits for that side.
       The remaining 2 or 4 words are trigger control and/or trigger output bits.
       CDF-152                                                Page 90
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  Our trigger requires a pair of scintillator  hits,  a
                tower  in matching inductive pads, and a wire trigger
                road; which may be 1-3-3  (300%),  1-1-1  (100%),  or
                half cell 1-1-1 (50%).
            2.  We have 72 scintillators in two planes on each  side,
                numbered consecutively in phi from 0 to 71.  The bits
                for scintillators 0-62 fit neatly into one latch, and
                the  leftover  9  bits  are stuck into another latch.
                The leftover 9 bits from the front plane  is  in  the
                low  16  bits  of the first word, and the leftoever 9
                bits from the rear plane is in the high  16  bits  of
                the first word.
            3.  The West latch bits are in  proper  order.   However,
                the East bits are shuffled somewhat to accomodate the
                trigger electronics.   Their  bits  are  numbered  as
                follows:
                  
                  Bit  0  =  Phi 2
                  Bit  1  =  Phi 1
                  Bit  2  =  Phi 0
                  Bit  3  =  Phi 5
                  Bit  4  =  Phi 4
                  Bit  5  =  Phi 3
                  Bit  6  =  Phi 8
                   .           .
                   .           .
                  Bit 70  =  Phi 70
                  Bit 71  =  Phi 69
            4.  Words with contents marked `Z' above should be  0  in
                normal running.
            5.  Latches used for controlling various aspects  of  our
                trigger  are  called `Output' latches (`Output of the
                computer controls the trigger'), and those  used  for
                displaying  event-by-event  trigger  information  are
                called `Input' latches (`Input  to  the  computer  as
                data').
            6.  We also have  18  test  scintillators  in  3  planes,
                covering 5 degrees, and segmented in eta.  Their bits
                are in word 9.
               Each NUPU tests for the presence of trigger roads in one of
       our 16 octants, and forwards this information to the Pucker module.
       Each of the SINPADS tests for the presence of a scintillator pair
       hit and a pad tower (from the PPU boards in the collision hall) in the
       same 5 degree phi region in that side of the detector.  This information
       CDF-152                                                Page 91
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       is forwarded to the Pucker, which makes the final trigger.  The SINPAD's
       record their preliminary trigger bits in the East Input Latch.  The
       Pucker records the final trigger bits in the same latch.
               Description of Recorded Bits in East Input Latch
       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
               Function                Latch bit       Data word bit
       Pucker Trigger bits (final trigger)
               Not used                 1               0
               1 West Muon 50%          2               1
               1 West Muon 100%         3               2
               1 West Muon 300%         4               3
               2 West Mu 300% Same oct  5               4
               1 East Muon 50%          6               5
               1 East Muon 100%         7               6
               1 East Muon 300%         8               7
               2 East Mu 300% Same oct  9               8
               2 West Mu diff oct      10               9
               2 East Mu diff oct      11              10
               1 East + 1 West muon    12              11
               1 West Muon (any)       13              12
               1 East Muon (any)       14              13
               1 Muon trigger (any)    15              14
               2 Muon Trigger (any)    16              15
       Pucker 1-muon 300% Trigger bits (wire road)
               West octant 0           17              16
               East octant 0           18              17
               West octant 1           19              18
               East octant 1           20              19
               West octant 2           21              20
               East octant 2           22              21
               West octant 3           23              22
               East octant 3           24              23
               West octant 4           25              24
               East octant 4           26              25
               West octant 5           27              26
               East octant 5           28              27
               West octant 6           29              28
               East octant 6           30              29
               West octant 7           31              30
               East octant 7           32              31
       SINPAD Trigger bits (match of scintillator and pad in phi)
               West SINPAD oct 0       33               0
               West SINPAD oct 1       34               1
               West SINPAD oct 2       35               2
               West SINPAD oct 3       36               3
               West SINPAD oct 4       37               4
               West SINPAD oct 5       38               5
               West SINPAD oct 6       39               6
               West SINPAD oct 7       40               7
       CDF-152                                                Page 92
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
               East SINPAD oct 0       41               8
               East SINPAD oct 1       42               9
               East SINPAD oct 2       43              10
               East SINPAD oct 3       44              11
               East SINPAD oct 4       45              12
               East SINPAD oct 5       46              13
               East SINPAD oct 6       47              14
               East SINPAD oct 7       48              15
               In the East Output latch low word, in the upper half, are the
       bits which control our Pucker, which is the overall trigger control
       module for the Forward Muons system.
       Pucker Control bits
               Bit #   Meaning
               16      West 1-muon select bit 0
               17      West 1-muon select bit 1        (see note A)
               18      West 2-muon select bit 0
               19      West 2-muon select bit 1        (see note A)
               20      East 1-muon select bit 0
               21      East 1-muon select bit 1        (see note A)
               22      East 2-muon select bit 0
               23      East 2-muon select bit 1        (see note A)
               24      West+East 2-muon select bit 0
               25      West+East 2-muon select bit 1
               26      West+East 2-muon select bit 2
               27      West+East 2-muon select bit 3   (see note B)
               28      Force counters for West NUPU
               29      Force counters for East NUPU    (see note C)
               30      Enable halo counter veto (obsolete)
               31      Disable 2-muon from same NUPU   (see note D)
               A) Two select bits are used to describe the type of trigger
       road allowed.  If this is for 2 muons on the same side, both are required
       to satisfy the same road.
               0 = 300%
               1 = 100%
               2 =  50%
               3 = disable
               B) Two muons on different sides use 4 select bits to determine
       the type of trigger road each must satisfy.
               Bit 0   West muon select bit 0
               Bit 1   West muon select bit 1   (see note A)
               Bit 2   East muon select bit 0
               Bit 3   East muon select bit 1   (see note A)
               C) It is possible to override the requirement for scintillation
       counters by using the forcing bits.
       CDF-152                                                Page 93
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
               D) Another variety of two muon trigger is the OR of all the
       same-NUPU 2-muon signals, which use a 300% road.  This can be disabled
       if the rate is too high.
       PAGE
       7.29  FMSD Bank - Forward Muon Strip Detector Bank
            This bank has forward  muon  strip  data  which  is  also
       called "Pad" data in the muon toroid terminology.
            The FMSD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "FMSD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
            The FMSD bank format is:
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0             8       No. of Blocks
               1           P00       Pointer to block 0, W. end,   0- 90  degrees
               2           P01       Pointer to block 1, W. end,  90-180 degrees
               .             .          .
               5           P10       Pointer to block 0, E. end,   0- 90 degrees
               .             .          .
               8           P13       Pointer to block 3, E. end, 270-360 degrees
               9                     End of Data Pointer
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, West End
          --------------------------------------------------------------
             P00                     Cluster width/Start channel
             P00+1                   ADC Data word
               .                        .
               .                        .
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, West End
          --------------------------------------------------------------
             P01                     Cluster width/Start channel
             P01+1                   ADC Data word
               .                        .
               .                        .
               .                        .
                           etc.
       CDF-152                                                Page 94
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                                Page 95
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  Block pointers give displacements relative to INDAT.
            2.  Cluster  Width/Start  Channel  is   a   16-bit   word
                specifying  the  width  of  the cluster and the first
                Channel identifier in  the  cluster.   This  word  is
                composed of the following fields:-
                 ____    ________
                 Bits    Contents
                 0:01    Plane          (2 bits, 0-1)
                 2:04    Radius         (3 bits, 0-4)
                 5:11    Azimuth        (7 bits, 0-71)
                12:12    End            (West=0, East=1)
                13:15    Cluster width
            3.  Channel contents = 16-bit ADC  value  (normalized  to
                nanoCoulombs).   Analog  information  may  be used to
                distinguish multihits from multipulses.
            4.  Minimum bank length is 10 I*2 words.
       CDF-152                                                Page 96
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.30  FMTD Bank - Forward Muon Timing Detector Bank
            This bank has two additional PSL TDC's  for  the  forward
       muon  readout  system.   These  TDC's  can  be  used  to  more
       precisely measure the scintillation  counter  hit  times.   In
       addition,  these TDC's are used to record the time of the STOP
       signal from the Model B Gate Selector to fix the phases of the
       clock  signals  from  the  two PSL clock cards which drive the
       wire signal TDC's.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "FMTD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The FMTD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            2      Number of blocks
            1        P0(=4)     Pointer to block 0, West counter times
            2        P1(=260)   Pointer to block 1, East counter times
            3                   Pointer to end of data + 1
                               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, West counter times
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P0                   First data word - West TDC
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P0+255               Last  data word - West TDC
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, East counter times
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P1                   First data word - East TDC
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P1+255               Last  data word - East TDC
          --------------------------------------------------------------
       CDF-152                                                Page 97
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  Block 0 = West counter  times  and  West  clock  card
                phase.
            2.  Block 1 = East counter  times  and  East  clock  card
                phase.
            3.  The data format corresponds to  a  dump  of  the  TDC
                RAM's.   There  are  256 words of data space for each
                card corresponding to 8 TDC's per card with 32  words
                per  TDC.   Each TDC services 12 channels of frontend
                data.  The first unit's data is in data  space  0-1F,
                the second from 20-3F, etc.
            4.  Data word format is defined for each pair  of  32-bit
                words.
                Even addresses (0,2,4,...):
                       
                    Bits    Contents
                    ----    --------
                     0-11   Bit pattern for hit channels
                                  - hits are indicated by logic zero.
                    12-14   TDC unit (0-7)
                    16-27   Hit time in units of 10 ns
                    28-31   not used.
                Odd addresses (1,3,5,...)
                    Bits    Contents
                    ----    --------
                     0-15   'Tap' bits holding 1 ns time information
                    16-27   Hit time in units of 10 ns (same as above)
                    28-31   not used
            5.  The first word pair for each TDC is the clock shutoff
                time and should be the same for all TDC's common to a
                clock distribution module.
            6.  For any group of counters, the azimuth increases with
                TDC  channel  and  alternates between front and rear.
                For   example,   the   first    12    channels    are
                F0,R0,F1,R1,F2,R2,F3,R3,  F4,R4,F5,R5  where  'F' and
                'R' denote front plane and  rear  plane  respectively
                and the number denotes the azimuth (0-23).
       CDF-152                                                Page 98
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            7.  Forward muon timing signals:
                TDC channel    Counter Azimuth
                  (0-95)          (0-23)
                -------------------------------
                16-27          0-5
                32-43          6-11
                48-59          12-17
                64-75          18-23
                -------------------------------
                80             STOP signal
                -------------------------------
                other          unused
                -------------------------------
                Only 49 of the 96  channels are dedicated.
            8.  This bank format resembles but is not the same as the
                format  in  which  the  wire data TDC's are currently
                read out.  Differences are:
                     i) Only hit RAMS are read out for wires.
                    ii) The data is ordered by increasing time, starting with
                        the marker word pair if it is present(i.e., has not
                        been overwritten), otherwise the full 32 words from
                        the RAM.  For the new bank, data is reverse time
                        ordered and the whole RAM is always read out.
                   iii) The wire number and tap time words are also reversed
                        so the odd and even words don't mean the same thing
                        for wires as they do for scintillator.
       CDF-152                                                Page 99
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.31  BBCD Bank - Beam Beam Counters Raw Data Bank
            This bank  contains  the  raw  data  for  all  beam  beam
       counters.
            The BBCD bank header values are:
       Bank Name   :   "BBCD"
       Bank Number :       1
       Bank Type   :  BNKTI4  (Integer*4)
            ******************************************
            *                                        *
            * The Format of this Bank was changed on *
            * 12-Aug-1985 from I*2 to I*4 in order   *
            * to reflect change in readout from MX   *
            * to SSP.                                *
            *                                        *
            ******************************************
            The BBCD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)     Contents   Description
             0          2      Number of data blocks 
             1          4      ADC Data Block pointer
             2         68      TDC Data Block Pointer
             3        132      End of Data Pointer
             4   ADC data      West ADC Tube  0A
             .                .
             .                .
            67   ADC data      East ADC Tube 15B
            68   TDC data      West TDC Tube  0A
             .                 .
             .                 .
          131    TDC data      East TDC Tube 15B
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the ADCs and the  the
                TDCs.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       CDF-152                                               Page 100
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            4.  More TDCs may be  added  for  the  stop  and  chamber
                stops.
       CDF-152                                               Page 101
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.32  BBLD Bank - Beam Beam Counters Latch Data Bank
            This bank contains the raw data for 1  Struck  64-channel
       latch.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
       Bank Name   :   "BBLD"
       Bank Number :       1
       Bank Type   :  BNKTI4  (Integer*4)
            where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0             1       No. of Blocks
               1             3       1st Latch Block Pointer
               2             5       End of Data Pointer
               3                     BBC Latch (see notes)
               4                     BBC Latch (see notes)
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  There is 1 Block,  corresponding  to
                the 1 Latch Module.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers (being set to 2 for this bank).
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  This Bank is fixed length.
            5.  The BBC Latch is organised in the following manner:-
                       Bits  0-15 : West Halo 0-15
                       Bits 16-31 : East Halo 0-15
                       Bits 32-47 : West      0-15
                       Bits 48-63 : East      0-15
       CDF-152                                               Page 102
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.33  CSXD Bank - Raw Data Bank For The Scintillators  Of  The
             Central Muon Extension
            This bank has TDC  data  for  the  scintillators  of  the
       Central Muon Extension.
            The CSX Detector Bank format for raw TDC data is  similar
       to that of the CMX (Central Muon Extension), CMP (Central Muon
       Upgrade), CTC, and VTX.  These detector banks all contain  TDC
       hits from LRS 1879 TDCs read out by SSPs.
            The structure of the YBOS raw data bank is shown  in  the
       diagram  below.   The  standard  YBOS  header is followed by a
       control block, A, with pointers to the  start  of  information
       from  each  region.  There are 4 such pointers.  Each of the 4
       360 degree arc-sections (AS) is organized as  a  sub-block  of
       pointers,  B0,  directly  followed  by a sub-block of wire hit
       data, B1.  Here, the term "pointer"  is  an  offset  from  the
       start  of  the  current block rather than an absolute address.
       All data are packed in I*4 words.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics.
            Bank Name   :   "CSXD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CSXD bank format is as follows.
          _______       ________
          Address       Contents
                      ________________________
          INDDAT+0    | Number of pointers   | Block A
                +1    | PAS# = pointers to   |
                 .    |        each arc      | Arc Section pointer
                 .    |                      | block
                +5   | Pointer - end of data|
                      ________________________
              PAS0    | Number of TDCs       | Block B0
              PAS0+1  | PC# = TDC pointers   |
                 .    |        "       "     | TDC pointer block
                 .    |        "       "     | for Arc Section
                      ________________________
           PAS0 + PC0 | Data for TDC 0       | Block B1
                 .    |   "                  | Data for Arc Section 0
           PAS0 + PCN | Data for TDC N       |
                 .    |   "                  |
                      ________________________
              PAS1    | Number of TDCs       | TDC pointer block
                 .    | PC# = TDC Pointers   | for Arc Section 1
                      ________________________
                      |                      |
                 .    | Data                 |
       CDF-152                                               Page 103
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                 .    |                      |
            _____ __  ___ _______ _______ _____
            Block A:  Arc Section Pointer Block
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      NAS = # of Arc Sections (4) 
                       = # of pointer words - 1
            1+i    Pointers:
                     = pointer to word 0 of block B0(i)
                       for 0 < i < NAS-1
                     = pointer to end of YBOS bank + 1
                       for i = NAS
            _____ ______  ___ _______ _________ ___ ___ _______ _
            Block B0(i):  TDC pointer sub-block for Arc Section i
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      NTDC(i) = number of TDCs in Arc Section i
            1+j    Pointers:
                     = pointer to start of TDC j for 0 < j < NTDC(i) - 1
                     = pointer to "end-of-block + 1"
                       for j = NTDC(i)
            It is permissable, if the entire arc section is empty  of
       data,  that  the block B0(i) be omitted entirely.  The section
       pointer in block A MUST be present in all cases, though it may
       just  indicate  a  missing  arc  section by its pointer offset
       value.  In blocks pertaining to sections with data,  each  TDC
       has  an  entry  in this pointer block even if there are no hit
       data.
            Entries in  these  TDC  pointer  blocks  are  defined  as
       follows.
          bits   0-15  pointer to start of hit data for TDC j
                16-31  available bits, potentially available to flag detected
                       corrupt or incomplete data
                       Bit 30 is set when the TDC is not fully read out.
                       (this condition arises when the are too many hits
                       in this TDC.   If this is so, various wire/hit
                       limits are invoked, and not all data present are
                       read out, in order to avoid overflowing buffer
                       size limits)
       CDF-152                                               Page 104
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            _____ ________  ___ ____ _________ ___ ___ _______ __ ___
            Block B1(i,j):  Hit data sub-block for Arc Section i, TDC
       _
       j
            TDC data have the following format.
          bits   0- 9  T = Leading edge TDC count.
                             (10 bits; bit 0 is the "phase" bit)
                10-18  L = Width of the pulse in counts.
                             (9 bits, aligned with bits 1-9)
                19-25  C = Channel number  within this TDC.
                             (0:95 are "legal" channels)
                27-29  E = Error word
                         = 1 Pulse structure error
                           2 Unused channel
                           3 Illegal channel (>95)
                           4 Miscellaneous
                   30  N = Flag bit, indicating that the data on this
                            wire were not completely read out.
                            N=1 flags this.)
                   31  S = Stop bit = 1 for last hit on this wire.
       Only channels with hit data appear in these  blocks.   The  96
       channels   0:95   are   potentially   legal   channels.    The
       scintillator arcs are read out  in  increasing  azimuth.   The
       lowest  numbered  channel on each side is at an azimuth of -45
       degrees.  The 4 blocks of CSX data correspond to the  detector
       sections described below.
                          ________      __________________
                          Detector      Number of Channels
                          Location      Used       Unused
            Arc Section 0 WEST Inner    73         None
            Arc Section 1 WEST Outer    73         None
            Arc Section 2 EAST Inner    69         35-38
            Arc Section 3 EAST Outer    69         35-38
            --------------------------------------------
            Total number of channels   284         8
       In the 1992 run configuration, the signals of  every  section,
       after  being  discriminated,  go  in  one  TDC  which is fully
       contained in a single "block".
            There exists the possibility that the read out produces a
       different  number  of leading and trailing edge digitizations.
       In this case, by convention, the SSP fills  in  a  "0"  for  a
       missing  trailing  edge  associated  to  a leading edge, and a
       "511" for a leading edge that  is  missing  the  corresponding
       trailing edge.
       CDF-152                                               Page 105
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  Each arc section must be read out within an  integral
                number  of  TDC  modules,  thus  1 TDC per section is
                required.  There are  23  unused  channels  for  both
                regions on the west side and 23+4 unused channels for
                both regions on the east side.
            2.  The regions begin at CDF phi of -45  degrees  on  the
                west  side of the detector and increase in phi.  They
                continue beginning at phi of -45 degrees on the  east
                side and increase in phi.  For the first part of 1992
                run, there will be  no  scintillators  on  the  floor
                (225-315 degrees).  Due to the solenoid chimney, four
                counters in both regions of the east side are missing
                (75-105 degrees) in the 1992 run.
            3.  A total of 4 TDC modules are required for 1992 run.
            4.  The "Number of AS Pointers" (see address INDDAT+0) is
                4.
       CDF-152                                               Page 106
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.34  CXRD Bank - Central Muon Extension Raw TDC Data Bank
            This bank  has  raw,  unreformatted  1879  data  for  the
       Central Muon Extension.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            21-Jun-1991      PS      Original Creation
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CXRD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CXRD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            8      Number of blocks (quarter sections(QS))
            1           P0      Pointer to block 0, data for QS 0
            2           P1      Pointer to block 1, data for QS 1
            .                       .    .    .
            .                       .    .    .
            8           P7      Pointer to block 7, data for QS 7
            9           P8      pointer to end of data + 1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, (QS 0)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P0        NTDC2      Number of TDCs x 2 in QS 0
           P0+1        TL0      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 0
           P0+2        TT0      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 0
           P0+3        TL1      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 1
           P0+4        TT1      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P0+NTDC2+1           Pointer to first word of next block
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, (QS 1)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P1        NTDC2      Number of TDCs x 2 in QS 1
           P1+1        TL0      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 0
           P1+2        TT0      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 0
           P1+3        TL1      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 1
           P1+4        TT1      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P1+NTDC2+1           Pointer to first word of next block
            .                      .
                        etc.
       CDF-152                                               Page 107
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The Data for each Block has the format:-
               TDC data word 0         32 bits
               TDC data word 1         32 bits
               .....
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  With the exception of the number of  blocks  of  data
                and  the  number  of TDCs associated with each block,
                CMX TDC data is the same as that of the CMP, CTC, and
                VTX.
            2.  The TDC hits are not in order  by  time  or  channel.
                However,  they are also not totally randomly ordered.
                Each TDC block starts with all the data from the  set
                of  first  channels  in each TDC hextant (channels 0,
                16, 32, 48, 64, 80) ordered by  time  (NOT  channel).
                Then  comes all the data from channels 1, 17, 33, 49,
                65, and 81 ordered by time.  This pattern is repeated
                for the remaining 14 sets of channels.  Note that the
                data for a particular channel  does  appear  in  time
                order.   The  trailing  edge  data  follows  the same
                pattern, however the leading and trailing  edge  data
                is  NOT  in  matching order, they each must be sorted
                independently.
            3.  Definition of bit fields in the TDC hit word
                          Bits    Contents
                          ----    --------
                          0:00    Phase bit
                          1:09    Number of TDC counts (4 ns/count) (0-511)
                         16:22    TDC channel number 
                                      (0-127, but only 0-95 are legitimate)
                         27:31    FASTBUS slot number where the TDC resides
            4.  All quartersections contain 3 TDCs for a total of  24
                TDCs
            5.  CMX reformatted TDC data is saved in bank CMXD.
            6.  Minimum bank length = 74 I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 108
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.35  CURD Bank - Central Muon Upgrade Raw TDC Data Bank
            This bank  has  raw,  unreformatted  1879  data  for  the
       Central Muon Upgrade chambers.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            21-Jun-1991      PS      Original Creation
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CURD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CURD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            4      Number of blocks (regions (RS))
            1           P0      Pointer to block 0, data for RS 0
            2           P1      Pointer to block 1, data for RS 1
            3           P2      Pointer to block 2, data for RS 2
            4           P3      Pointer to block 3, data for RS 3
            5           P4      pointer to end of data + 1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, (RS 0)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P0        NTDC2      Number of TDCs x 2 in RS 0
           P0+1        TL0      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 0
           P0+2        TT0      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 0
           P0+3        TL1      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 1
           P0+4        TT1      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P0+NTDC2+1           Pointer to first word of next block
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, (RS 1)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P1        NTDC2      Number of TDCs x 2 in RS 1
           P1+1        TL0      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 0
           P1+2        TT0      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 0
           P1+3        TL1      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 1
           P1+4        TT1      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P1+NTDC2+1           Pointer to first word of next block
            .                      .
                        etc.
       CDF-152                                               Page 109
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The Data for each Block has the format:-
               TDC data word 0         32 bits
               TDC data word 1         32 bits
               .....
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  With the exception of the number of  blocks  of  data
                and  the  number  of TDCs associated with each block,
                CMP TDC data is the same as that of the CMX, CTC, and
                VTX.
            2.  The TDC hits are not in order  by  time  or  channel.
                However,  they are also not totally randomly ordered.
                Each TDC block starts with all the data from the  set
                of  first  channels  in each TDC hextant (channels 0,
                16, 32, 48, 64, 80) ordered by  time  (NOT  channel).
                Then  comes all the data from channels 1, 17, 33, 49,
                65, and 81 ordered by time.  This pattern is repeated
                for the remaining 14 sets of channels.  Note that the
                data for a particular channel  does  appear  in  time
                order.   The  trailing  edge  data  follows  the same
                pattern, however the leading and trailing  edge  data
                is  NOT  in  matching order, they each must be sorted
                independently.
            3.  Definition of bit fields in the TDC hit word
                          Bits    Contents
                          ----    --------
                          0:00    Phase bit
                          1:09    Number of TDC counts (4 ns/count) (0-511)
                         16:22    TDC channel number 
                                      (0-127, but only 0-95 are legitimate)
                         27:31    FASTBUS slot number where the TDC resides
            4.  Regions 0, 2 and 3 contain 3 TDCs; region  1  has  4.
                The total number of TDCs is 13.
            5.  CMP reformatted TDC data is saved in bank CMPD.
            6.  Minimum bank length = 40 I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 110
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.36  CSRD Bank - Central Muon Extension Scintillators Raw TDC
             Data Bank
            This bank  has  raw,  unreformatted  1879  data  for  the
       Central Muon Extension scintillators.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            21-Jun-1991      PS      Original Creation
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CSRD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CSRD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            9      Number of blocks (superlayers (SL))
            1           P0      Pointer to block 0, data for SL 0
            2           P1      Pointer to block 1, data for SL 1
            3           P2      Pointer to block 2, data for SL 2
            4           P3      Pointer to block 3, data for SL 3
            5           P4      pointer to end of data + 1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, (SL 0)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P0        NTDC2      Number of TDCs x 2 in SL 0
           P0+1        TL0      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 0
           P0+2        TT0      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 0
           P0+3        TL1      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 1
           P0+4        TT1      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P0+NTDC2+1           Pointer to first word of next block
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, (SL 1)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P1        NTDC2      Number of TDCs x 2 in SL 1
           P1+1        TL0      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 0
           P1+2        TT0      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 0
           P1+3        TL1      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 1
           P1+4        TT1      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P1+NTDC2+1           Pointer to first word of next block
            .                      .
                        etc.
       CDF-152                                               Page 111
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The Data for each Block has the format:-
               TDC data word 0         32 bits
               TDC data word 1         32 bits
               .....
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  With the exception of the number of  blocks  of  data
                and  the  number  of TDCs associated with each block,
                CSX TDC data is the same as that  of  the  CMP,  CMX,
                CTC, and VTX.
            2.  The TDC hits are not in order  by  time  or  channel.
                However,  they are also not totally randomly ordered.
                Each TDC block starts with all the data from the  set
                of  first  channels  in each TDC hextant (channels 0,
                16, 32, 48, 64, 80) ordered by  time  (NOT  channel).
                Then  comes all the data from channels 1, 17, 33, 49,
                65, and 81 ordered by time.  This pattern is repeated
                for the remaining 14 sets of channels.  Note that the
                data for a particular channel  does  appear  in  time
                order.   The  trailing  edge  data  follows  the same
                pattern, however the leading and trailing  edge  data
                is  NOT  in  matching order, they each must be sorted
                independently.
            3.  Definition of bit fields in the TDC hit word
                          Bits    Contents
                          ----    --------
                          0:00    Phase bit
                          1:09    Number of TDC counts (4 ns/count) (0-511)
                         16:22    TDC channel number 
                                      (0-127, but only 0-95 are legitimate)
                         27:31    FASTBUS slot number where the TDC resides
            4.  All superlayers contain 1 TDC for a total of 4 TDCs
            5.  CSX reformatted TDC data is saved in bank CSXD.
            6.  Minimum bank length = 22 I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 112
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.37  SCLD Bank - Scaler Data Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
       Bank Name   :   "SCLD"
       Bank Number :       1
       Bank Type   :  BNKTI4  (Integer*4)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement
            (I*4)      Contents        Description
             0            16           No. of Scalers
             1            P0(=19)      CFRED STATS - Scaler Pointer
             2            P1           CFRED TRIGS - Scaler Pointer
             3            P2           BBC LUMIN   - Scaler Pointer
             4            P3             .   .     - Scaler Pointer
             5            P4             .   .     - Scaler Pointer
             6            P5             .   .     - Scaler Pointer
             7            P6             .   .     - Scaler Pointer
             8            P7             .   .     - Scaler Pointer
             9            P8           BBC RINGS   - Scaler Pointer
            10            P9           LUMINOSITY  - Scaler Pointer
            11            P10          INHIBITS/BC - Scaler Pointer
            12            P11          CMU #1      - Scaler Pointer
            13            P12          CMU #2      - Scaler Pointer
            14            P13          CDT #1      - Scaler Pointer
            15            P14          CDT #2      - Scaler Pointer
            16            P15          LEVEL 2     - Scaler Pointer
            17            P16          Not yet documented
            18                         End of Data Pointer
            19                         Data for 1st Scaler
            ....                        etc.
            1.  This Bank has  a  fixed  format  whereby  each  Block
                contains  the 32 datawords for the appropriate Struck
                scaler.
            2.  For the September 1985 Run there were 4 scalers;  the
                first  2  for the "Run Gate" and the second 2 for the
                "Live Time Gate".  These  are  described  in  TGN-29,
                "Scalers for the September Run".
            3.  This bank  began  in  January  1987  with  4  trigger
                scalers,  increased  to  8 scalers early in March and
                increased to 10 scalers near the end  of  March.   It
                was  changed  to  14 scalers at the start of the 1988
                run and increased to 15 scalers in August, 1988.
       CDF-152                                               Page 113
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            4.  Scalers 1-8 were originally described in Trigger Note
                57.   Scalers  for the 1988 run are described in note
                TGN 67.
            5.  The 16 scalers read out for the run starting in  1992
                are two CDF FRED scalers, six luminosity scalers, one
                BBC scaler, one telescope scaler, one inhibits and BC
                scaler,  two  CMU  scalers,  two  CDT scalers and one
                Level 2 scaler.
                SCLD Blk  Scaler        GATE    Description
                ========  ======        ====    =========================
                    0        1          RUN     CDF FRED STATS
                    1        2          RUN     CDF FRED Level 1
                  2-7      3-8          LIVE    BBC Luminosity
                    8        9          LIVE    BBC Rings
                    9       10          LIVE    LUMINOSITY
                   10       11          LIVE    INHIBITS AND BC
                11-12    12-13                  CMU - Central Muon
                13-14    14-15                  CDT - Central Drift Tubes
                   15       16                  Level 2
            6.  CFRED STATS = CDF FRED  L1/L2  Statistics  with  most
                signals gated by GLIVE:
                        Channel   0-7   not used
                        Channel     8   # L1 queries
                        Channel     9   # L1 acknowledges
                        Channel    10   # Event scans
                        Channel    11   # Events accepetd by Level 2
                        Channel    12   # Events rejected by Level 2
                        Channel 13-15   not used
                        Channel 16-19   L1 Calorimetry triggers (Summer A,B,C,D)
                        Channel    20   BBC west
                        Channel    21   BBC east
                        Channel    22   CMU Level 1
                        Channel    23   FMU Level 1
                        Channel    24   CFT Level 1 trigger
                        Channel    25   CFT Level 1 low
                        Channel    26   CMU Dimuon
                        Channel    27   Forward Si Level 1
                        Channel    28   Beam crossing from Master Clock
                        Channel 29-31   not used
            7.  CFRED TRIGS = CDF FRED Level 1 scaler:
                        Channel  0-15   CDF FRED L1 after  rate limiting
                        Channel 16-31   CDF FRED L1 before rate limiting
       CDF-152                                               Page 114
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            8.  BBC LUMIN = BBC Live scalers for 6 bunches:
                Channel          Description
                =======          ===========
                    0           Beam crossing from Master Clock
                    1           OR of BBC West
                    2           OR of BBC East
                    3           OR of BBC West Halo
                    4           OR of BBC East Halo
                    5           East AND West
                    6           East AND West with no halo hits
                    7           BBC West > N hits
                    8           BBC East > M hits
                    9           BBC (W > N) AND (E > M)
                   10           BBC "Lost Proton"
                   11           BBC "Lost PBAR"
                12-15           spare
                   16           NE Coincidence A*B*C
                   17           NE Coincidence A*B*C*(BBC West)
                   18           SE Coincidence A*B*C
                   19           SE Coincidence A*B*C*(BBC West)
                   20           NW Coincidence A*B*C
                   21           NW Coincidence A*B*C*(BBC East)
                   22           SW Coincidence A*B*C
                   23           SW Coincidence A*B*C*(BBC East)
                24-31           spare
            9.  BBC RINGS = BBC sum of rings:
                Channel          Description
                =======          ===========
                 0-3            West rings 1-4
                 4-7            West North, Top, South, Bottom
                 8-11           East rings 1-4
                12-15           East North, Top, South, Bottom
                16-19           West Halo rings 1-4
                20-23           West Halo North, Top, South, Bottom
                24-27           East Halo rings 1-4
                28-31           East Halo North, Top, South, Bottom
           10.  LUMINOSITY = Telescope Live scalers:
                Channel          Description
                =======          ===========
                 0-5            North East A, B, C, A*B, B*C, A*C
                 6-11           South East A, B, C, A*B, B*C, A*C
                12-17           North West A, B, C, A*B, B*C, A*C
                18-23           South West A, B, C, A*B, B*C, A*C
                24-25           North East A*B*C, A*B*C*(BBC West)
                26-27           South East A*B*C, A*B*C*(BBC West)
                28-29           North West A*B*C, A*B*C*(BBC East)
                30-31           South West A*B*C, A*B*C*(BBC East)
       CDF-152                                               Page 115
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
           11.  Inhibits and BC = Inhibits and Beam Crossing scaler:
                Channel          Description
                =======          ===========
                   0            OR of all HV inhibits dot Beam Cross
                   1            MR veto counters dot Beam Cross
                   2            Beam Crossings
           12.  CMU 1 = Central Muon No.1 scaler:
                Channel          Description
                =======          ===========
                   0            Wedge 0, East
                   1            Wedge 0, West
                   2            Wedge 1, East
                   3            Wedge 1, West
                 4-15           Wedges 2-7 (East, West)
                   16           spare
                   17           OR of brass muons
                   18           spare
                   19           ?
                   20           spare
                   21           OR of gold muons
                22-23           spare
                   24           60 Hz clock
                   25           Two brass muons
                   26           spare
                   27           Clear and Strobe
                   28           ?
                   29           Two gold muons
                30-31           spare
           13.  CMU 2 = Central Muon No.2 scaler:
                Channel          Description
                =======          ===========
                   0            Wedge 8, East
                   1            Wedge 8, West
                   2            Wedge 9, East
                   3            Wedge 9, West
                 4-31           Wedges 10-23 (East, West)
           14.  LEVEL 2 scaler  is  Level  2  triggers  with  channel
                number  defined  as the Level 2 trigger number in the
                trigger table and trigger mask.
       CDF-152                                               Page 116
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.38  LATD Bank - Misc Latch, ADC And TDC Detector Bank
            This bank has miscellaneous Latch, ADC and TDC data.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            18-Aug-88  JP      Add Camac 24  bit  latch  and  inhibit
       mask.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "LATD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The LATD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            3      Number of blocks
            1           P0      Pointer to block 0, Latch data
            2           P1      Pointer to block 1, ADC data
            3           P2      Pointer to block 2, TDC data
            4                   pointer to end of data + 1
                               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, Miscellaneous Latch data
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P0                  Main Ring energy in 2.697 MeV units
           P0+1                Main Ring intensity
           P0+2                Time in MR supercycle (1/360 sec)
           P0+3                Time in MR cycle
           P0+4                not used
           P0+5                not used
           P0+6                24 bit CAMAC latch
           P0+7                Inhibit status
           P0+8                Inhibit enable mask
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, Miscellaneous ADC data
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P1                   
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 2, Miscellaneous TDC data
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P2                   
       CDF-152                                               Page 117
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  CAMAC 24 bit latch:
                 Bits   Contents
                 ----   --------
                 00    Main Ring east counter
                 01    Main Ring west counter
                 02    unused
                 03    unused
                 04    Macro blanking
                 05    Micro blanking
                 06    Injection  blanking
                 07    Coalescing blanking
                 08    Extraction blanking
                 09-12 unused
                 13    29 cycle
                 14    2A cycle
                 15    2B cycle
                 16    2D cycle
                 17    2E cycle
                 18-23 unused
            2.  Trigger inhibit inputs:
                 Bits   Contents
                 ----   --------
                 00    VTPC fast trip
                 01    CTC  fast trip
                 02    FTC  fast trip
                 03    CES  fast trip
                 04    CDT  fast trip
                 05    CMU  fast trip
                 06    Plug fast trip
                 07    unused
                 08    Forward fast trip
                 09    unused
                 10    FMU  fast trip
                 11    unused
                 12    Main Ring blanking
                 13-15 unused
            3.  The trigger inhibit enable mask  indicates  which  of
                the inhibit conditions are enabled.  If an enable bit
                is 1, AND the MRINHIBIT Level 0 trigger is  specified
                in   the   trigger   table,   then  presence  of  the
                corresponding  input  will  inhibit  triggers.    Bit
                assignments  for  the  "trigger  inhibit  input"  and
                "trigger inhibit enable" words are identical.
       CDF-152                                               Page 118
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.39  TL2D Bank - Level 2 Trigger Detector Bank, 1992 Version
           This bank contains the raw event-by-event data from the Level 2
       trigger.  Data come from the following boards in the Level 2 
       processor crate:
               1.  Level 2 Cluster Memory boards (contain the cluster list)
               2.  Level 2 Mercury Boards  (the fast decision  boards)
               3.  Level 2 Jupiter Modules  (the sequencer and processor)
               4.  Level 2 Nemesis Boards 
                    (Neural Net, PEM Spike Killer, CES/CPR Trigger)
           The Level 2 Cluster Memory boards hold the list of clusters sent 
       by the Listmaker and the list of muons and/or stiff tracks from the muon
       Match Box. The format is given below.  Note that the number of clusters 
       and hence the length of this block is variable, and MUST be determined
       from the pointers.
           The Level 2 Mercury boards make a fast decision based on a simple 
       counting of event attributes (jets, electrons, muons, total ET, etc.)
       from the cluster list above as the list is read into the Cluster
       Memory modules.  The format for the Mercury registers is given below:
       new Mercury modules can and will be added to the list, and so the
       format will grow.
           The Level 2 Jupiter modules consist of a sequencer which controls
       the data flow in the Level 2 processor, and a processor module which
       makes and holds the decisions. Jupiter  compares the number of jets,
       electrons, etc.  to preloaded numbers and issues a L2 accept
       or reject to FRED. 
               Bank History
               ____________
               14-Aug-1986     HJF     Original Creation (3 Mercury modules only)
               22-Oct-1986     HJF     Add Mercury 4, Jupiter 
               25-Oct-1986     HJF     Myron's and Mel's comments and corrections
               29-Oct-1986     HJF     Terry Carroll's comments:reorder blocks
               29-Aug-1988     JH      Add blocks 10, 11 and 12.
               29-Dec-1992     WFB     Update for 1992
            The TL2D bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "TL2D"
            Bank Number :       1       Hardware (Real Event)
            Bank Number :       2       Simulation 
            Bank Number :       3       Reconstructed from TCSD,1
            Bank Number :       4       De-compressed from TL2Q
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       CDF-152                                               Page 119
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The TL2D bank format is:
         Displacement    
            (I*4)     Contents             Description
       ____________________________________________________________________________
               0       26        No. of Blocks
               1       P0        Pointer to block  0, NCLUST from Timing Control
               2       P1        Pointer to block  1, Cluster Memory Board 0
               3       P2        Pointer to block  2, Cluster Memory Board 1
               4       P3        Pointer to block  3, Cluster Memory Board 2
               6       P4        Pointer to block  4, Level 2 Summary Block
               5       P5        Pointer to block  5, Jupiter Prcssor User Registers
               7       P6        Pointer to block  6, Mercury_ET1 (ET and Jet ET)
               8       P7        Pointer to block  7, Mercury_ELP1 (Plug Elec/Photons)
               9       P8        Pointer to block  8, Mercury_MUC1 (Cent Muons/miss ET)
               10      P9        Pointer to block  9, Mercury_L1
               11      P10       Pointer to block 10, Mercury_L1X
               12      P11       Pointer to block 11, Mercury_ELC1 (Central Elec/Phot)
               13      P12       Pointer to block 12, Mercury_TAU (Tau-like Jets)
               14      P13       Pointer to block 13, Mercury_ET2 (2nd Mercury-ET)
               15      P14       Pointer to block 14, Mercury_MUC2 (2nd Mercurt-MUC)
               16      P15       Pointer to block 15, Nemesis_Level-1
               17      P16       Pointer to block 16, Nemesis_PEM-Spike-Killer
               18      P17       Pointer to block 17, Nemesis_Neural-Net-Result
               19      P18       Pointer to block 18, Nemesis_Neural-Net-Seed
               20      P19       Pointer to block 19, Mercury_ELF1 (Pass 1 FEM El/Ph)
               21      P20       Pointer to block 20, Mercury_ELC2 (Pass 2 CEM El/Ph)
               22      P21       Pointer to block 21, Mercury_ELC3 (Pass 3 CEM El/Ph)
               23      P22       Pointer to block 22, Mercury_ELP2 (Pass 2 PEM El/Ph)
               24      P23       Pointer to block 23, Mercury_ELP3 (Pass 3 PEM El/Ph)
               25      P24       Pointer to block 24, Mercury_ELF2 (Pass 2 FEM El/Ph)
               26      P25       Pointer to block 25, Mercury_ELF3 (Pass 3 FEM El/Ph)
               27      P26       Pointer to block 26, Nemesis-CES/CPR
               28                End of Data Pointer
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, Level 2 Status Block
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P0       Number of Decision Pass Clusters
                       (Clusters used in making the Level 2 Decision)
              P0+1     Cluster Finder Analog Noise Flag, Decision Pass (bit <0>)
                        If on, analog noise detected and TL2D may be corrupted
              P0+2     Cluster Finder Analog Noise Flag, Repeat Pass (bit <0>)
                        If on, analog noise detected and TL2D may be corrupted
              P0+3     Number of Decision + Repeat Pass Cluster
                       (Repeat Clusters are performed after a Level 2 Accept and
                        are used to fill the Level 2 Section of TBMD; Not filled
                        in simulation.)
              NB: The two cluster counters determine which clusters in the 
                  cluster list (Blocks 1,2,3) are "decision" clusters and
                  which are "repeat" clusters.
                  In the description below, N=Decision+Repeat Clusters (P0+3)
       CDF-152                                               Page 120
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                  ("Repeat" Clusters are not simulated by TrigSim, nor are
                   they retained in the TL2Q or TL2D,4 banks.)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, Cluster Memory Board 0
                       EM ET           (64-bit word 0)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P1       Cluster 0,Wd0[31:0]     Cluster 0, Word 0, bits 0-31
              P1+1     Cluster 1,Wd0[31:0]     Cluster 1, Word 0, bits 0-31
              P1+2     Cluster 2,Wd0[31:0]     Cluster 2, Word 0, bits 0-31
               .                        .
               .                        .
              P1+N-1   Cluster N-1,Wd0[31:0]   Cluster NCLUST-1, Word 0, bits 0-31
              P1+N     Cluster 0,Wd0[63:32]    Cluster 0, Word 0, bits 32-63
              P1+N+1   Cluster 1,Wd0[63:32]    Cluster 1, Word 0, bits 32-63
              P1+N+2   Cluster 2,Wd0[63:32]    Cluster 2, Word 0, bits 32-63
               .                        .
               .                        .
              P1+2N-1  Cluster N-1,Wd0[63:32]  Cluster NCLUST-1, Word 0, bits 32-63
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 2, Cluster Memory Board 1
                       Total =EM + Had ET              ( 64-bit word 1)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P2       Cluster 0,Wd1[31:0]     Cluster 0, Word 1, bits 0-31
              P2+1     Cluster 1,Wd1[31:0]     Cluster 1, Word 1, bits 0-31
              P2+2     Cluster 2,Wd1[31:0]     Cluster 2, Word 1, bits 0-31
               .                        .
               .                        .
              P2+N-1   Cluster N-1,Wd1[31:0]   Cluster NCLUST-1, Word 1, bits 0-31
              P2+N     Cluster 0,Wd1[63:32]    Cluster 0, Word 1, bits 32-63
              P2+N+1   Cluster 1,Wd1[63:32]    Cluster 1, Word 1, bits 32-63
              P2+N+2   Cluster 2,Wd1[63:32]    Cluster 2, Word 1, bits 32-63
               .                        .
               .                        .
              P2+2N-1  Cluster N-1,Wd1[63:32]  Cluster NCLUST-1, Word 1, bits 32-63
               The format of the Word 0 (EM) and Word 1 (TOT) blocks above are:
       Bits    Length(bits)    Quantity        Description             Units
       ====    ============    ========        ===========             =====
       (9:0)      10              ET           Transverse Energy       0.5 GeV/ct
       (19:10)    10           ETsinphi        y component of ET       0.5 GeV/ct
       (29:20)    10           ETcosphi        x component of ET       0.5 GeV/ct
       (31:30)     2           spare           2-bits extra            ----
       (39:32)     8           <y>             Mean rapidity           0.0330/ct
       (47:40)     8           sigma-y         Width in rapidity       0.0250/ct
       (54:48)     7           <phi>           Mean phi                0.0491/ct
       CDF-152                                               Page 121
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       (55)        1           spare           spare                   ----
       (63:56)     8           sigma-phi       Width in phi            0.0250/ct
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 3, Cluster Memory Board 2
                       PT bits, etc.           (64-bit word 2)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P3       Cluster 0,Wd2[31:0]     Cluster 0, Word 2, bits 0-31
              P3+1     Cluster 1,Wd2[31:0]     Cluster 1, Word 2, bits 0-31
              P3+2     Cluster 2,Wd2[31:0]     Cluster 2, Word 2, bits 0-31
               .                        .
               .                        .
              P3+N-1   Cluster N-1,Wd2[31:0]   Cluster NCLUST-1, Word 2, bits 0-31
              P3+N     Cluster 0,Wd2[63:32]    Cluster 0, Word 2, bits 32-63
              P3+N+1   Cluster 1,Wd2[63:32]    Cluster 1, Word 2, bits 32-63
              P3+N+2   Cluster 2,Wd2[63:32]    Cluster 2, Word 2, bits 32-63
               .                        .
               .                        .
              P3+2N-1  Cluster N-1,Wd2[63:32]  Cluster NCLUST-1, Word 2, bits 32-63
               The format of the Word 2 block above is:
       Bits    Length(bits)    Quantity        Description
       ====    ============    ========        ==============
       (3:0)       4           Origin code     1 = Jet Clusters
                                               2 = Sum-Et Cluster
                                               3 = Muon Cluster (CMU or CMX)
                                               4 = Stiff Track (Repeat Pass Only)
                                               5 = EM Clusters, Pass #1
                                               6 = EM Clusters, Pass #2
                                               7 = EM Clusters, Pass #3
                                               8-15 = Currently Undefined
       (11:4)      8           N               # of towers in cluster
       (17:12)     6           YSEED           Y of seed tower in cluster
       (22:18)     5           PHISEED         Phi of seed tower in cluster
                                               (Seed not valid for Sum-ET Clusters)
       (23)        1           Stifftrack bit  1=stiff track present
       (27:24)     4           PT              sign+ 3-bit PT of track
                                               (Stiff Track bit and PT valid only
                                                for Muon,Stiff Track, and EM Clusters)
       (28)        1           CMX Muon        CMX Muon Cluster Flag
       (29)        1           CMU/CMP Muon    CMU/CMP Muon Cluster Flag
                                               Muon flags only valid for Muon Clusters
                                               (Cluster Origin Code = 3)
       (31:30)     2           spare           spare bits
       (63:32)    32           spare           spare bits
       CDF-152                                               Page 122
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 4, Level 2 Summary Block
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P4       Level 2 Processing Timeout Counter
              P4+1     Level 2 Cluster Finder Analog Noise Error Counter
              P4+2     L2 Processor #1 Trigger Mask, Triggers 0-31
              P4+3     L2 Processor #1 Trigger Mask, Triggers 32-63
              P4+4     L2 Processor #2 Trigger Mask, Triggers 0-31
              P4+5     L2 Processor #2 Trigger Mask, Triggers 32-63
              P4+6     Number of Level 2 Triggers N  (from Physics Table)
              P4+7     Prescale factor for Trigger 1   (from Physics Table)
               .               .       .       .       .       .       .
               .               .       .       .       .       .       .
              P4+6+N   Prescale factor for Trigger N (from Physics Table)
              P4+7+N   Number of events passing Trigger 1  output from prescale
               .               .       .       .       .       .       .
               .               .       .       .       .       .       .
              P4+6+2N  Number of events passing Trigger N output from prescale
              P4+7+2N  Remainder of Trigger  1  input to prescale
               .               .       .       .       .       .       .
               .               .       .       .       .       .       .
              P4+6+3N  Remainder of Trigger N input to prescale
              P4+7+3N  Count of Trigger  1  before prescale
               .               .       .       .       .       .       .
               .               .       .       .       .       .       .
              P4+6+4N  Count of Trigger  N before prescale
           NB:  For 1992, the Remainder starts at the prescale value and counts
                down to zero.  (Opposite of 1988-89 scheme.)
           NB:  The Level 2 Trigger Mask is the bit _OR_ of the Trigger Masks
                from the two Level 2 Processors.  The Level 2 TAGC is then created
                by taking the resulting mask and ORing the triggers >= 42 into
                a single bit.
           --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 5, Jupiter Processor user registers
           --------------------------------------------------------------
              P5       Processor User Defined Register 0, L2 Processor #1
              P5+1     Processor User Defined Register 1, L2 Processor #1
               .       .       .       .       .       .
              P5+15    Processor User Defined Register 15, L2 Processor #1
              P5+16    Processor User Defined Register 0, L2 Processor #2
              P5+17    Processor User Defined Register 1, L2 Processor #2
               .       .       .       .       .       .
              P5+31    Processor User Defined Register 15, L2 Processor #2
            NB: These are registers used in the Level 2 Processors for internal
                purposes.  They are for hardware diagnostic purposes only.
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 6, Mercury_ET1 Module
                       Jets, Em-jets, total ET, and cluster ET
       CDF-152                                               Page 123
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
          --------------------------------------------------------------
          NB: Had*1992 means that Hadronic Energy was included in that quantity 
              for the 1992 run.  (And not for earlier runs)
              P6       Merc_ET1, D0(31:0)   Mercury_ET1,Data register 0 (31:0)
              P6+1     Merc_ET1, D0(63:32)  Mercury_ET1,Data register 0 (63:32)
              P6+2     Merc_ET1, D1(9:0)    Highest cluster ET(EM+Had)
              P6+3     Merc_ET1, D2(9:0)    Next-highest cluster ET(EM+Had)
              P6+4     Merc_ET1, D3(9:0)    Highest cluster ET(EM+Had*1992)
              P6+5     Merc_ET1, D4(9:0)    Next-highest cluster ET(EM+Had*1992)
              P6+6     Merc_ET1, D5(9:0)    Index of highest cluster ET(EM+Had)
              P6+7     Merc_ET1, D6(9:0)    Index of Next  "      "    "
              P6+8     Merc_ET1, D7(9:0)    Index of highest cluster ET(EM+Had)
              P6+9     Merc_ET1, D8(9:0)    Index of Next  "      "    "
              P6+10    Merc_ET1, D9(11:0)   Sum of cluster ET(EM+Had)
              P6+11    Merc_ET1, D10(11:0)  Sum of cluster ET(EM)
              P6+12    Merc_ET1, D11(9:0)   Total ET(EM+Had)
              P6+13    Merc_ET1, D12(9:0)   Total ET(EM+Had*1992)
       where the format of the zeroth word (Mercury data register 0 bits (31:0)) is:
       Bits    Length(bits)            Description             
       ====    ============            ===========             
       (3:0)       4           # of clusters with ET(EM+Had)>Merc_ET1 register 16
       (7:4)       4           # of clusters with ET(EM+Had)>Merc_ET1 register 17
       (11:8)      4           # of clusters with ET(EM+Had)>Merc_ET1 register 18
       (15:12)     4           # of clusters with ET(EM+Had*1992)>Merc_ET1 register 24
       (19:16)     4           # of clusters with ET(EM)>Merc_ET1 register 25
       (23:20)     4           # of clusters with ET(EM+Had*1992)>Merc_ET1 register 26
       (24)        1           Sum of cluster ET(EM+Had)>Merc_ET1 register 19
       (25)        1           Sum of cluster ET(EM+Had)>Merc_ET1 register 20
       (26)        1           Sum of cluster ET(EM+Had*1992)>Merc_ET1 register 27
       (27)        1           Sum of cluster ET(EM+Had*1992)>Merc_ET1 register 28
       (28)        1           Total (Sum-ET)ET(EM+Had)>Merc_ET1 register 21
       (29)        1           Total (Sum-ET)ET(EM+Had)>Merc_ET1 register 22
       (30)        1           Total (Sum-ET)ET(EM+Had)>Merc_ET1 register 23
       (31)        1           Total (Sum-ET)ET(EM+Had*1992)>Merc_ET1 register 29
       and the format of the first word (Mercury data register 0 bits (63:32)) is:
       (0)         1           Total (Sum-ET)ET(EM+Had*1992)>Merc_ET1 register 30
       (1)         1           Total (Sum-ET)ET(EM+Had*1992)>Merc_ET1 register 31
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 7, Mercury_ELP1 Module
                       Plug Electrons and Photons (No Tracking)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P7       Merc_ELP1, D0(19:0)    Mercury_ELP1,Data register 0 (19:0)
              P7+1     Merc_ELP1, D1(9:0)     Highest ET(EM) Electron/Photon
              P7+2     Merc_ELP1, D2(9:0)     Index of highest ET(EM) el/phot 
              P7+3     Merc_ELP1, D3(9:0)     Highest ET(EM) Electron/Photon
              P7+4     Merc_ELP1, D4(9:0)     Index of highest ET(EM) el/phot
       CDF-152                                               Page 124
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
          NB: CFT Tracking does not extend well into the PEM, so Level 2 CFT
              Track Matching is disabled for all thresholds in the Mercury-Plug 
              Boards.
          NB: ELP1 looks at clusters only from the first EM Calorimetry Cluster
              Finding pass (Cluster Code #5)
       where the format of the zeroth word (Mercury_ELP1 data register 0 bits (19:0))
       Bits    Length(bits)    Description             
       ====    ============    ===========             
       <3:0>        4          # of  PEM electron/photons; ET(EM)>=Reg. #16
       <7:4>        4          # of  PEM electron/photons; ET(EM)>=Reg. #17
       <11:8>       4          # of  PEM electron/photons; ET(EM)>=Reg. #18
                                               and |PT|>=Reg. #21 (disabled)
       <15:12>      4          # of  PEM electron/photons; ET(EM)>=Reg. #19
                                               and |PT|>=Reg. #22 (disabled)
       <19:16>      4          # of  PEM electron/photons; ET(EM)>=Reg. #20
                                               and |PT|>=Reg. #23 (disabled)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 8, Mercury_MUC1 Module
                       Central Muons, CMU/CMP and CMX; and Misssing ET
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P8       Merc_MUC1, D0(18:0)    Mercury_MUC1,Data register 0 (18:0)
              P8+1     Merc_MUC1, D1(2:0)     |PT| of highest |PT| CMX muon
              P8+2     Merc_MUC1, D2(9:0)     Index of highest |PT| CMX muon
              P8+3     Merc_MUC1, D3(2:0)     |PT| of highest |PT| CMU/CMP muon
              P8+4     Merc_MUC1, D4(9:0)     Index of highest |PT| CMU/CMP muon
              P8+5     Merc_MUC1, D5(16:0)    Missing ET-squared(EM+Had) (GeV**2)
                                              From the Sum-ET Cluster
              P8+6     Merc_MUC1, D6(9:0)     Index to Sum-ET Cluster
              P8+7     Merc_MUC1, D7(3:0)     # of Jet clusters (Code 1)    
              P8+8     Merc_MUC1, D8(3:0)     # of Sum-ET       (Code 2)
              P8+9     Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of Muon Clusters (CMX+CMU) (Code 3)
              P8+10    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of Stiff Track Clusters (Code 4)
              P8+11    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of EM Pass 1 Clusters (Code 5)
              P8+12    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of EM Pass 2 Clusters (Code 6)
              P8+13    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of EM Pass 3 Clusters (Code 7)
              P8+14    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of Cluster Code 8 (currently undef)
              P8+15    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of Cluster Code 9 (currently undef)
              P8+16    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of Cluster Code 10 (currently undef)
              P8+17    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of Cluster Code 11 (currently undef)
              P8+18    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of Cluster Code 12 (currently undef)
              P8+19    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of Cluster Code 13 (currently undef)
              P8+20    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of Cluster Code 14 (currently undef)
              P8+21    Merc_MUC1, D9(3:0)     # of Cluster Code 15 (currently undef)
       where the format of the zeroth word (Mercury_MUC1 data
       register 0 bits (18:0))is:
       Bits    Length(bits)    Description             
       ====    ============    ===========             
       CDF-152                                               Page 125
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       <3:0>         4         # of  CMX muons; |PT|>=Reg. #17,ET(TOT)<>Reg16
       <7:4>         4         # of  CMX muons; |PT|>=Reg. #18,ET(TOT)<>Reg16
       <11:8>        4         # of  CMU/CMP muons; |PT|>=Reg. #20,ET(TOT)<>Reg19
       <15:12>       4         # of  CMU/CMP muons; |PT|>=Reg. #21,ET(TOT)<>Reg19
       <16>          1         ET2(EM+Had)>=Reg. #22
       <17>          1         ET2(EM+Had)>=Reg. #23
       <18>          1         ET2(EM+Had)>=Reg. #24
         NB:  For 1992, the polarity of the ET cut can be switched.
              It is defined in the trigger table.
         NB:  Earlier than 1992, the CMX triggers slots were reserved for FMU 
              Level 2 Triggers (FMU Level 2 never implemented).
         NB:  The Mercury-MUC1 board accepts clusters from cluster code #3
              It uses the CMU/CMP and CMX Muon Cluster Flags (see cluster description)
              to determine whether the Muon Cluster is located in the CMX or
              CMU/CMP regions.  It is possible to have a muon cluster spread 
              between both regions;  in this case it will be counted as both 
              a CMX and a CMU/CMP muon cluster by the Mercury Module.
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 9, Mercury_L1 registers
          --------------------------------------------------------------
             P9        'Latch' bits for the 12 Level 1 triggers (Input Spigots)
             Not used in 1992.
        
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 10, Mercury_L1X registers
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P10      'Latch' bits for the 16 Level 1 triggers (Triggers Out)
              Not used in 1992.
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 11, Mercury_ELC1 registers
                       EM Pass #1, Central Electrons/Photons
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P11      Merc_ELC1, D0(19:0)    Mercury_ELC1,Data register 0 (19:0)
              P11+1    Merc_ELC1, D1(9:0)     Highest ET(EM) Central "Photon"
              P11+2    Merc_ELC1, D2(9:0)     Index of highest ET(EM) Central "Photon"
              P11+3    Merc_ELC1, D3(9:0)     Highest ET(EM) Central "Electron"
              P11+4    Merc_ELC1, D4(9:0)     Index, highest ET(EM) Central "Electron"
            NB: The distinction between "Electrons" and "Photons" is that a
                Level 2 CFT Track is required to match for "Electrons", but not
                for "Photons".  Therefore, there may be some overlap between the
                two types of objects.
       CDF-152                                               Page 126
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            NB: ELC1 looks at clusters only from the first EM Calorimetry Cluster
                Finding pass (Cluster Code #5)
       Bits    Length(bits)    Description             
       ====    ============    ===========             
       <3:0>        4          # of Central electron/photons; ET(EM)>=Reg. #16
       <7:4>        4          # of Central electron/photons; ET(EM)>=Reg. #17
       <11:8>       4          # of Central electrons;ET(EM)>=Reg. #18
                                 and |PT|>=Reg. #21  (From CFT Match)
       <15:12>      4          # of Central electrons; ET(EM)>=Reg #19
                                 and |PT|>=Reg. #22  (From CFT Match)
       <19:16>      4          # of Central electrons; ET(EM)>=Reg #20
                                 and |PT|>=Reg. #23  (From CFT Match)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 12, Mercury_TAU registers
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P12      Merc_TAU, D0(19:0)    Mercury_TAU,Data register 0 (19:0)
              P12+1    Merc_TAU, D1(9:0)     Highest el/phot ET(EM)
              P12+2    Merc_TAU, D2(9:0)     Index of highest ET(EM) el/phot 
              P12+3    Merc_TAU, D3(9:0)     Highest central el ET(EM)
              P12+4    Merc_TAU, D4(9:0)     Index of highest ET(EM) central el 
            NB:  For 1992, no CFT Track Matching is required for Tau Jet Clusters.
                 The Mercury-Tau accepts Jet clusters from Cluster Code 1
       The registers are basically identical to Mercury_ELP1 in block 7
       The format of the zeroth word (Mercury_TAU data register 0
       bits (19:0)) is:
       Bits    Length(bits)    Name    Description             
       ====    ============    ====    ===========             
       <3:0>        4                   # of Tau Jets, ET(EM)>=Reg. #16
       <7:4>        4                   # of Tau Jets, ET(EM)>=Reg. #17
       <11:8>       4                   # of Tau Jets, ET(EM)>=Reg. #18
                                               and |PT|>=Reg. #21 (disabled)
       <15:12>      4                   # of Tau Jets ET(EM)>=Reg #19
                                               and |PT|>=Reg. #22 (disabled)
       <19:16>      4                   # of Tau Jets, ET(EM)>=Reg #20
                                               and |PT|>=Reg. #23 (disabled)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 13, Mercury_ET2 Module
                       Jets, Em-jets, total ET, and cluster ET
          --------------------------------------------------------------
             P6...P6+13
           Identical to Mercury-ET1 Module
           Used for extra ET thresholds.
          --------------------------------------------------------------
       CDF-152                                               Page 127
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                       Data for Block 14, Mercury_MUC2 Module
                       Central Muons, CMU/CMP and CMX; and Misssing ET
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P14...P14+21
           Identical to Block 8, Mercury-MUC1
           Used for extra muon thresholds.
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 15, Nemesis-Level_1 Registers
          --------------------------------------------------------------
             
              P15      <11:0>      Level 1 CDF Fred Input Spigots
                                   (See Hardware Facts table for specification)
                       <31:16>     Level 1 CDF Fred Triggers (Outputs)
                                   (Copy of Level 1 Trigger Mask)
              P15+1    <15:13>     FMU Level 1 Trigger Threshold bits
                                   <15> 12.0 GeV
                                   <14> 7.5 GeV
                                   <13> 4.5 GeV
                                   (Not yet verified)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 16, Nemesis-PEM Spike Killer
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P16      <31:0>     PEM Anode Sections over threshold
                                  <15:0>     West PEM
                                     <3:0>   Quadrant 3
                                     <7:4>   Quadrant 2
                                     <11:8>  Quadrant 1
                                     <15:12> Quadrant 0
                                  <31:16>    East PEM
                                     <19:16> Quadrant 7
                                     <23:20> Quadrant 6
                                     <27:24> Quadrant 5
                                     <31:28> Quadrant 4
             (See PEM Spike Killer Documentation for more information.)
             P16+1     Not used, 1992  (Future CES/CPR Latch)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 17, Nemesis-Neural-Net-Results
          --------------------------------------------------------------
             P17       <15:0>    Neural Net CEM Isolation, Board #1 Result
                                 <11:0>   Digitized Neuron Output
                                 <15:12>  Comparator Bits (not enabled)
                                 <14>     Processing Done bit
                       <31:16>   Neural Net CEM Isolation, Board #2 Result
                                 <27:16>  Digitized Neuron Output
                                 <31:28>  Comparator Bits (not enabled)
                                 <30>     Processing Done bit
             P17+1     <15:0>    Neural Net PEM Isolation Result
                                 <0>      Processing Done bit
                                 <11:1>   Digitized Neuron Output
       CDF-152                                               Page 128
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                                 <15:12>  Comparator Bits (enabled)
                       <31:16>   Neural Net CEM B-Tag Result
                                 <27:16>  Digitized Neuron Output
                                 <31:28>  Comparator Bits (not enabled)
                                 <30>     Processing Done bit
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 18, Nemesis-Neural-Net-Cluster Seed Latch
          --------------------------------------------------------------
             P18       <4:0>     NN CEM (Iso) Cluster 1, Phi Seed Index
                       <9:5>     NN CEM (Iso) Cluster 1, Eta Seed Index
                       <20:16>   NN CEM (Iso) Cluster 2, Phi Seed Index
                       <25:21>   NN CEM (Iso) Cluster 2, Eta Seed Index
             P18+1     <4:0>     NN PEM (Iso) Cluster, Phi Seed Index
                       <9:5>     NN PEM (Iso) Cluster, Eta Seed Index
                       <20:16>   NN CEM BTag Cluster, Phi Seed Index
                       <25:21>   NN CEM BTag Cluster, Eta Seed Index
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 19, Mercury_ELF1 Module
                       Forward Electrons and Photons (No Tracking)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P19...P19+4
           Duplicate of Block 7, Mercury_ELP1 for Forward Electrons/Photons
           Not yet implemented
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 20, Mercury_ELC2 Module
                       Central Electrons and Photons 
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P20...P20+4
           Duplicate of Block 11, Mercury_ELC1 for Central Electrons/Photons
           Except that this Module accepts only Cluster from EM Calorimetry
           pass #2 (Cluster Code 6)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 21, Mercury_ELC3 Module
                       Central Electrons and Photons 
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P21...P21+4
           Duplicate of Block 11, Mercury_ELC1 for Central Electrons/Photons
           Except that this Module accepts only Cluster from EM Calorimetry
           pass #3 (Cluster Code 7)
           Not yet implemented
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 22, Mercury_ELP2 Module
                       Plug Electrons and Photons (No Tracking)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P22...P22+4
           Duplicate of Block 7, Mercury_ELP1
           Except that this Module accepts only Cluster from EM Calorimetry
           pass #2 (Cluster Code 6)
           Not yet implemented
       CDF-152                                               Page 129
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 23, Mercury_ELP3 Module
                       Plug Electrons and Photons (No Tracking)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P23...P23+4
           Duplicate of Block 7, Mercury_ELP1
           Except that this Module accepts only Cluster from EM Calorimetry
           pass #3 (Cluster Code 7)
           Not yet implemented
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 24, Mercury_ELF2 Module
                       Forward Electrons and Photons (No Tracking)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P24...P24+4
           Duplicate of Block 19, Mercury_ELF1 for Forward Electrons/Photons
           Except that this Module accepts only Cluster from EM Calorimetry
           pass #2 (Cluster Code 6)
           Not yet implemented
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 25, Mercury_ELF3 Module
                       Forward Electrons and Photons (No Tracking)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P25...P25+4
           Duplicate of Block 19, Mercury_ELF1 for Forward Electrons/Photons
           Except that this Module accepts only Cluster from EM Calorimetry
           pass #3 (Cluster Code 7)
           Not yet implemented
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 26, Nemesis_CES/CPR Latch
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P26...P26+1         Not yet implemented or defined
                               (Future site of CES/CPR Trigger Latch bits)
       ==============================================================================
       CDF-152                                               Page 130
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.40  TNND Bank - Level 2 Calorimeter Neural Net Trigger Bank
            This bank contains the contents of the  digitized  neuron
       outputs of up to four Analog Neural Network chips in the Level
       2 Calorimeter Neural Net Trigger  System,  and  the  digitized
       inputs  of  one  of the chips.  Optionally, it can contain two
       extra  diagnostic  blocks  of  information  to   monitor   the
       performance of the Neural Net system.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            13-May-1992 DW  Original Creation
            2-June-1992 WFB Add more descriptive comments
            6-Oct-1992  WFB Shorten blocks 1-4, and correct mistakes 
                            Add blocks 5 and 6
            The TNND bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "TNND"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The TNND bank format is:
         Displacement
            (I*4) Contents   Description
             0       5-7     Number of Blocks  (diagnostic blocks are optional)
             1       P0      Pointer to block 0, Neuron Inputs
             2       P1      Pointer to block 1, Neuron Outputs, Board #1
             3       P2      Pointer to block 2, Neuron Outputs, Board #2
             4       P3      Pointer to block 3, Neuron Outputs, Board #3
             5       P4      Pointer to block 4, Neuron Outputs, Board #4
             6       P5      Pointer to block 5, Reference Voltages (diagnostic)
             7       P6      Pointer to block 6, Board #4 Neuron Inputs (diagnostic)
             8       P7      End of Data Pointer
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 0, Digitized Neuron Inputs
          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Block 0:  Digitized Input Data -- Analog signals from the Neural Net Crate
                  back plane.
                  This block will be the digitized values of the last cluster that
                  was found and sent to the NN Crate.  If no NN clusters were found
                  in the event, then all data in this bank will be invalid and
                  should be ignored.
                  The order of readout is from center of detector (abs(eta) = 0) 
                  outward.
       CDF-152                                               Page 131
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       FASTBUS READOUT:  Block 0 is a fixed length block read via a data space block 
       transfer from NEURALNET_INTERFACE_0, Registers 0-3F.
        Word = I*4, Offset = P0 + Word Number
        
       Word  Fastbus DSR  Bits     Item    Description   
       ----  -----------  ----     ----    -------------
        0         0       <11:0>   NN01    analog signal 1, EM   * note interleaving
        1         1       <11:0>   NN02    analog signal 2, EM   * of EM and HAD info.
        2         2       <11:0>   NN03    analog signal 3, EM 
        3         3       <11:0>   NN04    analog signal 4, EM 
        4         4       <11:0>   NN05    analog signal 5, EM 
        5         5       <11:0>   NN06    analog signal 6, HAD 
        6         6       <11:0>   NN07    analog signal 7, HAD 
        7         7       <11:0>   NN08    analog signal 8, HAD 
        8         8       <11:0>   NN09    analog signal 9, HAD 
        9         9       <11:0>   NN10    analog signal 10, HAD 
        10        A       <11:0>   NN11    analog signal 11, EM 
        11        B       <11:0>   NN12    analog signal 12, EM 
        12        C       <11:0>   NN13    analog signal 13, EM 
        13        D       <11:0>   NN14    analog signal 14, EM 
        14        E       <11:0>   NN15    analog signal 15, EM 
        15        F       <11:0>   NN16    analog signal 16, HAD 
        16       10       <11:0>   NN17    analog signal 17, HAD 
        17       11       <11:0>   NN18    analog signal 18, HAD 
        18       12       <11:0>   NN19    analog signal 19, HAD 
        19       13       <11:0>   NN20    analog signal 20, HAD 
        20       14       <11:0>   NN21    analog signal 21, EM 
        21       15       <11:0>   NN22    analog signal 22, EM 
        22       16       <11:0>   NN23    analog signal 23, EM 
        23       17       <11:0>   NN24    analog signal 24, EM 
        24       18       <11:0>   NN25    analog signal 25, EM 
        25       19       <11:0>   NN26    analog signal 26, HAD 
        26       1A       <11:0>   NN27    analog signal 27, HAD 
        27       1B       <11:0>   NN28    analog signal 28, HAD 
        28       1C       <11:0>   NN29    analog signal 29, HAD 
        29       1D       <11:0>   NN30    analog signal 30, HAD 
        30       1E       <11:0>   NN31    analog signal 31, EM 
        31       1F       <11:0>   NN32    analog signal 32, EM 
        32       20       <11:0>   NN33    analog signal 33, EM 
        33       21       <11:0>   NN34    analog signal 34, EM 
        34       22       <11:0>   NN35    analog signal 35, EM 
        35       23       <11:0>   NN36    analog signal 36, HAD 
        36       24       <11:0>   NN37    analog signal 37, HAD 
        37       25       <11:0>   NN38    analog signal 38, HAD 
        38       26       <11:0>   NN39    analog signal 39, HAD 
        39       27       <11:0>   NN40    analog signal 40, HAD 
        40       28       <11:0>   NN41    analog signal 41, EM 
        41       29       <11:0>   NN42    analog signal 42, EM 
        42       2A       <11:0>   NN43    analog signal 43, EM 
        43       2B       <11:0>   NN44    analog signal 44, EM 
        44       2C       <11:0>   NN45    analog signal 45, EM 
        45       2D       <11:0>   NN46    analog signal 46, HAD 
        46       2E       <11:0>   NN47    analog signal 47, HAD 
       CDF-152                                               Page 132
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
        47       2F       <11:0>   NN48    analog signal 48, HAD 
        48       30       <11:0>   NN49    analog signal 49, HAD 
        49       31       <11:0>   NN50    analog signal 50, HAD 
        50       32       <11:0>   NN51    analog signal 51
        51       33       <11:0>   NN52    analog signal 52
        52       34       <11:0>   NN53    analog signal 53
        53       35       <11:0>   NN54    analog signal 54
        54       36       <11:0>   NN55    analog signal 55
        55       37       <11:0>   NN56    analog signal 56
        56       38       <11:0>   NN57    analog signal 57
        57       39       <11:0>   NN58    analog signal 58
        58       3A       <11:0>   NN59    analog signal 59
        59       3B       <11:0>   NN60    analog signal 60
        60       3C       <11:0>   NN61    analog signal 61
        61       3D       <11:0>   NN62    analog signal 62
        62       3E       <11:0>   NN63    analog signal 63
        63       3F       <11:0>   NN64    analog signal 64
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 1, Digitized Neuron Outputs, Board #1
          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
          
       Block 1:  Contains the First Central Photon NNet board results.
       -------
       FASTBUS READOUT:  Block 1 is a fixed length block read via a data space block 
       transfer from NEURALNET_INTERFACE_0, Registers 40-43, and can be implemented
       as a continuation of the block transfer from Block 0.
        Word = I*4, Offset = P1 + Word Number
       Word FB DSR  Bits    Item     Description   
       ---- ------  ----    ----     -------------
        0     40    <11:0>  Neuron1  Output of neuron 1, Central Photon board #1
        1     41    <11:0>  Neuron2  Output of neuron 2, Central Photon board #1
        2     42    <11:0>  Neuron3  Output of neuron 3, Central Photon board #1
        3     43    <11:0>  Neuron4  Output of neuron 4, Central Photon board #1
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 2, Digitized Neuron Outputs, Board #2
          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Block 2:  Contains the Second Central Photon NNet board results.
        --------
       FASTBUS READOUT:  Block 2 is a fixed length block read via a data space block 
       transfer from NEURALNET_INTERFACE_1, Registers 40-43.
       Module NEURALNET_INTERFACE_1 and this block may not always exist.
       CDF-152                                               Page 133
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
        Word = I*4, Offset = P2 + Word Number
       Word FB DSR  Bits    Item     Description   
       ---- ------  ----    ----     -------------
        0     40    <11:0>  Neuron1  Output of neuron 1, Central Photon board #2
        1     41    <11:0>  Neuron2  Output of neuron 2, Central Photon board #2
        2     42    <11:0>  Neuron3  Output of neuron 3, Central Photon board #2
        3     43    <11:0>  Neuron4  Output of neuron 4, Central Photon board #2
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 3, Digitized Neuron Outputs, Board #3
          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Block 3:  Contains the Plug Electron/Photon NNet board results. 
        -------
       FASTBUS READOUT:  Block 3 is a fixed length block read via a data space block 
       transfer from NEURALNET_INTERFACE_2, Registers 40-43.
       Module NEURALNET_INTERFACE_2 and this block may not always exist.
        Word = I*4, Offset = P3 + Word Number
       Word FB DSR  Bits    Item     Description   
       ---- ------  ----    ----     -------------
        0     40    <11:0>  Neuron1  Output of neuron 1, Plug Photon/Electron board
        1     41    <11:0>  Neuron2  Output of neuron 2, Plug Photon/Electron board
        2     42    <11:0>  Neuron3  Output of neuron 3, Plug Photon/Electron board
        3     43    <11:0>  Neuron4  Output of neuron 4, Plug Photon/Electron board
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 4, Digitized Neuron Outputs, Board #4
          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Block 4:  Contains results of the Central Electron NNet board.
        -------    
       FASTBUS READOUT:  Block 4 is a fixed length block read via a data space block 
       transfer from NEURALNET_INTERFACE_3, Registers 40-43.
       Module NEURALNET_INTERFACE_3 and this block may not always exist.
        Word = I*4, Offset = P4 + Word Number
       Word FB DSR  Bits    Item     Description   
       ---- ------  ----    ----     -------------
        0     40    <11:0>  Neuron1  Output of neuron 1, Central Electron board 
        1     41    <11:0>  Neuron2  Output of neuron 2, Central Electron board 
        2     42    <11:0>  Neuron3  Output of neuron 3, Central Electron board 
       CDF-152                                               Page 134
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
        3     43    <11:0>  Neuron4  Output of neuron 4, Central Electron board 
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 5, Reference Voltage diagnostic information
          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Block 5:  Contains the Reference and Bias Voltage settings for each
        -------   of the 4 Neural Net Boards.  
       FASTBUS READOUT:  Block 5 is a fixed length block read from all four 
       NEURALNET_INTERFACE_0...3.  This bank contains digitized reference and bias
       voltages from the boards, and is present for diagnostic purposes.  (That is,
       this block may be deleted in the future to speed read out time.)
       All reads are single reads from CSR.
        Word = I*4, Offset = P5 + Word Number
       Word FB CSR   Bits    Description   
       ---- ------   ----    -----------
            Read from NEURALNET_INTERFACE_0, Central Photon Board #1:
        0   C0000002 <0:11>  VRef_I, Neuron Input Reference voltage
        1   C0000003 <0:11>  VRef_O, Neuron Output Reference voltage
        2   C0000004 <0:11>  Comparator Threshold voltage
        3   C0000005 <0:11>  VBias, Neuron Input Bias Voltage
        4   C0000006 <0:11>  VGain, Neuron Output Sigmoid Function Bias Voltage
            Read from NEURALNET_INTERFACE_1, Central Photon Board #2:
        5   C0000002 <0:11>  VRef_I, Neuron Input Reference voltage
        6   C0000003 <0:11>  VRef_O, Neuron Output Reference voltage
        7   C0000004 <0:11>  Comparator Threshold voltage
        8   C0000005 <0:11>  VBias, Neuron Input Bias Voltage
        9   C0000006 <0:11>  VBias, Neuron Output Sigmoid Function Bias Voltage
            Read from NEURALNET_INTERFACE_2, Plug Photon/Electron Board:
        10  C0000002 <0:11>  VRef_I, Neuron Input Reference voltage
        11  C0000003 <0:11>  VRef_O, Neuron Output Reference voltage
        12  C0000004 <0:11>  Comparator Threshold voltage
        13  C0000005 <0:11>  VBias, Neuron Input Bias Voltage
        14  C0000006 <0:11>  VBias, Neuron Output Sigmoid Function Bias Voltage
            Read from NEURALNET_INTERFACE_3, Central Electron Board:
        15  C0000002 <0:11>  VRef_I, Neuron Input Reference voltage
        16  C0000003 <0:11>  VRef_O, Neuron Output Reference voltage
        17  C0000004 <0:11>  Comparator Threshold voltage
        18  C0000005 <0:11>  VBias, Neuron Input Bias Voltage
        19  C0000006 <0:11>  VBias, Neuron Output Sigmoid Function Bias Voltage
          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 6, Bias Inputs for Plug Electron/Photon Board
          ------------------------------------------------------------------------
       CDF-152                                               Page 135
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
        Block 6:  Contains the digitized value of the last 15 analog inputs to 
        -------   the Plug Electron/Photon Board.  This is also a diagnostic bank,
                  and may be deleted to speed read out time.  The Plug board is
                  specially modified so that these 15 inputs come from DACs rather
                  than the analog backplane.
       FASTBUS READOUT:  Block 6 is a fixed length block read from board 
       NEURALNET_INTERFACE_2, data space registers 31-3F (hex)
        Word = I*4, Offset = P6 + Word Number
       Word FB DSR   Bits    Description   
       ---- ------   ----    -----------
        0     31     <0:11>  Neuron Input 50 (from DAC)
        1     32     <0:11>  Neuron Input 51 (from DAC)
        .
        .
        .
        13    3E     <0:11>  Neuron Input 63 (from DAC)
        14    3F     <0:11>  Neuron Input 64 (from DAC)
       **************************************************************************
       CDF-152                                               Page 136
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.41  TCSD Bank - Level 2 Trigger Interceptor Bank
               This bank contains the contents of the trigger Interceptor Boards, which
               latch and store the ET, ETcosphi, etc. sums from each trigger Cratesum
               for each digitization.  They thus contain the sums from each of 10 
               crates for each Level 1 sum, each Level 2 cluster, and the Level 2 muons
               and stiff tracks.  See the notes below for further detail, and the UC
               TGNs for more.
               Level 2 Clustering algorithm was changed somewhat for the 1992/93
               run.  See the TL2D bank description for more information.
               Bank History
               ____________
               20-Aug-1986     HJF     Original Creation 
               26-Oct-1986     HJF     Change block order per MJS and MKC instructions 
               02-Nov-1986     HJF     Change from I*4 to I*2
               12-Dec-1986     HJF     Change from I*2 to I*4
               15-Sep-1987     TC      No of blocks = 64.
               15-Mar-1988     CP      Description for blocks 60 - 62.
               27-Aug-1993     WFB     Describe new CMU and CMX flags, block 63
                                       Add comments to tower count
                                       Update cluster codes
            The TCSD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "TCSD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The TCSD bank format is:
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0            64       No. of Blocks
               1            P0=66    Pointer to block 0, Interceptor 0,Iblock 0 
               2            P1       Pointer to block 1, Interceptor 0,Iblock 1 
               3            P2       Pointer to block 2, Interceptor 0,Iblock 2 
               4            P3       Pointer to block 3, Interceptor 0,Iblock 3 
               5            P4       Pointer to block 4, Interceptor 1,Iblock 0 
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              60           P59       Pointer to block 59, Interceptor 14,Iblock 3
               .             .         .       .       .
              64           P63       Pointer to block 63
              65           P64       End of Data Pointer
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, Interceptor 0, Iblock 0
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P0       EM0 Ntow,Cl 0   EM crate 0, Ntower Cluster 0
       CDF-152                                               Page 137
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
              P0+1     EM0 Ntow,Cl 1   EM crate 0, Ntower Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P0+N-1   EM0 Ntow,Cl N-1 EM crate 0, Ntower Cluster NDIG-1
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, Interceptor 0, Iblock 1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P1       EM0 ET,Cl 0     EM crate 0, Sum ET Cluster 0
              P1+1     EM0 ET,Cl 1     EM crate 0, Sum ET Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P1+N-1   EM0 ET,Cl N-1   EM crate 0, Sum ET Cluster NDIG-1
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 2, Interceptor 0, Iblock 2
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P2       HAD0 Ntow,Cl 0  HAD crate 0, Ntower Cluster 0
              P2+1     HAD0 Ntow,Cl 1  HAD crate 0, Ntower Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P2+N-1   HAD0 Ntow,Cl N-1 HAD crate 0, Ntower Cluster NDIG-1
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 3, Interceptor 0, Iblock 3
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P3       HAD0 ET,Cl 0    HAD crate 0, Sum ET Cluster 0
              P3+1     HAD0 ET,Cl 1    HAD crate 0, Sum ET Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P3+N-1   HAD0 ET,Cl N-1  HAD crate 0, Sum ET Cluster NDIG-1
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 4, Interceptor 1, Iblock 0
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P4       EM0 ETy,Cl 0    EM crate 0, Sum ETy Cluster 0
              P4+1     EM0 ETy,Cl 1    EM crate 0, Sum ETy Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P4+N-1   EM0 ETy,Cl N-1  EM crate 0, Sum ETy Cluster NDIG-1
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 5, Interceptor 1, Iblock 1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P5       EM0 ETy2,Cl 0   EM crate 0, Sum ETy2 Cluster 0
              P5+1     EM0 ETy2,Cl 1   EM crate 0, Sum ETy2 Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P5+N-1   EM0 ETy2,Cl N-1 EM crate 0, Sum ETy2 Cluster NDIG-1
       CDF-152                                               Page 138
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 6, Interceptor 1, Iblock 2
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P6       HAD0 ETy,Cl 0   HAD crate 0, Sum ETy Cluster 0
              P6+1     HAD0 ETy,Cl 1   HAD crate 0, Sum ETy Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P6+N-1   HAD0 ETy,Cl N-1 HAD crate 0, Sum ETy Cluster NDIG-1
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 7, Interceptor 1, Iblock 3
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P7       HAD0 ETy2,Cl 0  HAD crate 0, Sum ETy2 Cluster 0
              P7+1     HAD0 ETy2,Cl 1  HAD crate 0, Sum ETy2 Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P7+N-1   HAD0 ETy2,Cl N-1        HAD crate 0, Sum ETy2 Cluster NDIG-1
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 8, Interceptor 2, Iblock 0
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P8       EM0 Cosphi_ET,Cl 0      EM crate 0, Sum Cosphi_ET Cluster 0
              P8+1     EM0 Cosphi_ET,Cl 1      EM crate 0, Sum Cosphi_ET Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P8+N-1   EM0 Cosphi_ET,Cl N-1    EM crate 0, Sum Cosphi_ET Cluster NDIG-1
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 9, Interceptor 2, Iblock 1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P9       EM0 Sinphi_ET,Cl 0      EM crate 0, Sum Sinphi_ET Cluster 0
              P9+1     EM0 Sinphi_ET,Cl 1      EM crate 0, Sum Sinphi_ET Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P9+N-1   EM0 Sinphi_ET,Cl N-1    EM crate 0, Sum Sinphi_ET Cluster NDIG-1
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 10, Interceptor 2, Iblock 2
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P10      HAD0 Cosphi_ET,Cl 0     HAD crate 0, Sum Cosphi_ET Cluster 0
              P10+1    HAD0 Cosphi_ET,Cl 1     HAD crate 0, Sum Cosphi_ET Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P10+N-1  HAD0 Cosphi_ET,Cl N-1   HAD crate 0, Sum Cosphi_ET Clustr NDIG-1
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 11, Interceptor 2, Iblock 3
       CDF-152                                               Page 139
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P11      HAD0 Sinphi_ET,Cl 0     HAD crate 0, Sum Sinphi_ET Cluster 0
              P11+1    HAD0 Sinphi_ET,Cl 1     HAD crate 0, Sum Sinphi_ET Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P11+N-1  HAD0 Sinphi_ET,Cl N-1   HAD crate 0, Sum Sinphi_ET Clustr NDIG-1
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 12, Interceptor 3, Iblock 0
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P12      EM0 Ntow,Cl 0   EM crate 1, Ntower Cluster 0
              P12+1    EM0 Ntow,Cl 1   EM crate 1, Ntower Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P12+N-1  EM0 Ntow,Cl N-1 EM crate 1, Ntower Cluster NDIG-1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 59, Interceptor 14, Iblock 3
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P59      HAD5 Sinphi_ET,Cl 0     HAD crate 5, Sum Sinphi_ET Cluster 0
              P59+1    HAD5 Sinphi_ET,Cl 1     HAD crate 5, Sum Sinphi_ET Cluster 1
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
               .             .         .       .       .       .       .
              P59+N-1  HAD5 Sinphi_ET,Cl N-1   HAD crate 5, Sum Sinphi_ET Clustr NDIG-1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 60, Interceptor 15, Iblock 0
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Bits
              P60      <0>    blank
                       <4:1>  Cl code,Cl 0     Cluster code 
                                               1 = Calorimeter "Jet" Cluster
                                               2 = Sum-ET Cluster (aka "L1 Repeat")
                                               3 = Muon Cluster
                                               4 = Stiff Track Cluster
                                               5 = EM Calorimeter Pass 1 
                                               6 = EM Calorimeter Pass 2 
                                               7 = EM Calorimeter Pass 3
                                               8-15 = Undefined
                       <10:5> Yseed,  Cl 0     Eta of seed tower, Cluster 0
              P60+1    <0>    blank
                       <4:1>  Cl code,Cl 1     Cluster code, Cluster 1
                       <10:5> Yseed,  Cl 1     Eta of seed tower, Cluster 0
               .       .       .       .       .       .       .
              P60+N-1  <0>    blank
                       <4:1>  Cl code,Cl N-1   Cluster code, Cluster N-1
       CDF-152                                               Page 140
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                       <10:5> Yseed,  Cl N-1   Eta of seed tower, Cluster N-1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 61, Interceptor 15, Iblock 1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Bits
              P61      <0>    blank
                       <5:1>  Phiseed,  CL 0   Phi of seed tower, Cluster 0
                       <6>    Strk flag,Cl 0   Stiff track present, Cluster 0
                       <9:7>  Strk |Pt|,Cl 0   |Pt| from track processor, Cluster 0
                       <10>   Pt sign,  Cl 0   Sign of |Pt| (0 = +ve, 1 = -ve)
              P61+1    <0>    blank
                       <5:1>  Phiseed,  CL 1   Phi of seed tower, Cluster 1
                       <6>    Strk flag,Cl 1   Stiff track present, Cluster 1
                       <9:7>  Strk |Pt|,Cl 1   |Pt| from track processor, Cluster 1
                       <10>   Pt sign,  Cl 1   Sign of |Pt| (0 = +ve, 1 = -ve)
                .      .       .       .       .       .       .
              P61+N-1  <0>    blank
                       <5:1>  Phiseed,  CL N-1  Phi of seed tower, Cluster N-1
                       <6>    Strk flag,Cl N-1  Stiff track present, Cluster N-1
                       <9:7>  Strk |Pt|,Cl N-1  |Pt| from track processor, Cluster N-1
                       <10>   Pt sign,  Cl N-1  Sign of |Pt| (0 = +ve, 1 = -ve)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 62, Interceptor 15, Iblock 2
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Bits
              P62      <0>    blank
                       <8:1>  Ntwrs, CL 0       Number of trigger towers in 
                                                cluster, Cluster 0
                       <10:9> blank
                       <11>   Tower Count Overflow Bit, Cluster 0
              P62+1    <0>    blank
                       <8:1>  Ntwrs, CL 1       Number of trigger towers in 
                                                cluster, Cluster 1
                       <10:9> blank
                       <11>   Tower Count Overflow Bit, Cluster 1
               .       .       .       .       .       .       .
              P62+N-1  <0>    blank
                       <8:1>  Ntwrs, CL N-1     Number of trigger towers in 
                                                cluster, Cluster N-1
                       <10:9> blank
                       <11>   Tower Count Overflow Bit, Cluster N-1
              NB:  This Tower Count quantity is the sum of all the tower counts 
                   from the other interceptors.  Individual tower counts also
                   have overflow bits.  The overflow bit is not carried over 
                   to the Cluster Memories (TL2D bank).
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 63, Interceptor 15, Iblock 3
          --------------------------------------------------------------       
                      Bit
       CDF-152                                               Page 141
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
              P63     <0>     Blank
                      <1>     CMX Muon Cluster Flag, Cluster 0
                      <2>     CMU/CMP Muon Cluster Flag, Cluster 0
              ...
              P63+N-1 <0>     Blank 
                      <1>     CMX Muon Cluster Flag, Cluster N-1
                      <2>     CMU/CMP Muon Cluster Flag, Cluster N-1
              NB:  These detector flags bits are valid only when for
                   Muon Clusters (Cluster Code 3).  (Disregard for all other
                   cluster types.)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
        
       The format of each word in every block from 0 to 59 is:
       Bits    Length(bits)    Name                    Description             
       ====    ============    ========                ===========             
       (0:11)     12           Crate Sum Output        The sum for that crate for one 
                                                       of the quantities EtCosphi,
                                                       Etsinphi,Ntowers,Et,y, y-squared
       (12:31)                                         not used.
        
          --------------------------------------------------------------
            Notes:
            1.  Number of Blocks.  There are 6 quantities per  crate,
                times  5  racks,  times  2  (EM/Had)  crates/rack =60
                quantities.  There is one block per  quantity.   Each
                interceptor    takes    4   quantities:    hence   15
                interceptors.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers .
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  This  Bank  is  of  variable  length.    Anyone   not
                depending   on   the   pointers  is  either  dead  or
                blissfully unaware.  WATCH OUT!
            5.  This bank contains the raw event-by-event  data  from
                the  interceptor boards .  These boards intercept the
                outputs from the Crate  sums  for  each  cluster  and
       CDF-152                                               Page 142
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                store  them  in  memory.  As there is a great deal of
                data it is not clear whether or not we will want this
                bank  in the raw data for all events, but it is clear
                it is an important diagnostic tool at least.
            6.  There are 15 interceptor boards.  Each  board  has  4
                blocks of data:  EM-A, EM-B,HAD-A,HAD-B, where EM and
                HAD refer to the EM and HAD trigger crates, and the A
                and    B   refer   to   2   of   the   6   quantities
                ETCosphi,ETSinphi,N (the number of towers),  ET,  Sum
                ETy, and Sum ETy2 for each cluster.
                               The correspondence of boards to detector components is:
                               _____           ___ ____        _____
                               Board           W/E Comp        Block
                                                           0     1           2      3
                               Interceptor 0   West: FEM: N,    ET     FHA: N,     ET
                               Interceptor 1   West: FEM: ETy,  ETy2   FHA: ETy,   ETy2
                               Interceptor 2   West: FEM: ETcos,ETsin  FHA: ETcos, ETsin
                               Interceptor 3   West: PEM: N,    ET     PHA: N,     ET
                               Interceptor 4   West: PEM: ETy,  ETy2   PHA: ETy,   ETy2
                               Interceptor 5   West: PEM: ETcos,ETsin  PHA: ETcos, ETsin
                               Interceptor 6   Cent: CEM: N,    ET     CHA: N,     ET
                               Interceptor 7   Cent: CEM: ETy,  ETy2   CHA: ETy,   ETy2
                               Interceptor 8   Cent: CEM: ETcos,ETsin  CHA: ETcos, ETsin
                               Interceptor 9   East: PEM: N,    ET     PHA: N,     ET
                               Interceptor 10  East: PEM: ETy,  ETy2   PHA: ETy,   ETy2
                               Interceptor 11  East: PEM: ETcos,ETsin  PHA: ETcos, ETsin
                               Interceptor 12  East: FEM: N,    ET     FHA: N,     ET
                               Interceptor 13  East: FEM: ETy,  ETy2   PHA: ETy,   ETy2
                               Interceptor 14  East: FEM: ETcos,ETsin  FHA: ETcos, ETsin
            7.  The way we suggest reading out this bank is first  to
                read  the number of digitizations NDIG latched by the
                inteceptor modules in a single-word transfer from the
                module,  and  then  do  block transfers.  The bank is
                organized so that each block  is  one  transfer.   In
                general  NDIG  will  be  the  number  of Level 1 sums
                digitized (usually 4, being the A,B,C,  and  D  sums)
                plus  the  number  of Level 2 'clusters'.  It will be
                the same for all interceptor modules.
            8.  For the 1988/89 run, the first four clusters are  the
                Level  1  Result  latch.   The remaining clusters are
                from Level 2.  For the 1992/93 run,  the  Crate  Sums
                were  not  used in Level 1 and the data for the first
                four clusters in TCSD is filled with dummy  data  for
       CDF-152                                               Page 143
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                backwards  compatibility,  followed  by  real Level 2
                clusters.  In the future these dummy clusters may  be
                deleted to save scan time and data space.
       CDF-152                                               Page 144
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.42  TFRD Bank - CDF FRED Detector Bank
                   This bank contains the raw event-by-event data from CDF FRED.
               Bank History
               ____________
               19-Aug-1986     HJF     Original Creation 
               27-Oct-1986     HJF     Add note on bunch crossing (good for Terry!)
                8-Jul-1988     MC      Add 3 words
            The TFRD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "TFRD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The TFRD bank format is:
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0             1       No. of Blocks
               1             3       Pointer to block 0, Event trigger data 
               2             7       End of Data Pointer
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, Event Trigger Data
          --------------------------------------------------------------
               3       CDF_FRED_DATA   L1 and L2 latched inputs and
                                       outputs, etc.
               4       CDF_LEVEL1      16 level 1 triggers
               5       LEVEL 0 DATA    Level 0 inputs and Level 0
                                       triggers
               6       BUNCH ID        ID of bunch which caused trigger
        
          --------------------------------------------------------------
               The format of CDF_FRED_DATA word 0 is:
       Bits    Length(bits)            Description             
       ====    ============            ===========             
       (0:11)     12                   Level 1 inputs
       (12:15)     4                   Level 1 RAM outputs
       (16:21)     6                   Level 2 Accept inputs
       (22:27)     6                   Level 2 Reject inputs
       (28:30)     3                   Bunch Identification # (A,B,C..)
       (31)        1                   Internal Level 2 Accept
       CDF-152                                               Page 145
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
          --------------------------------------------------------------
               The format of CDF_LEVEL1 word 1 is:
        
       Bits    Length(bits)            Description             
       ====    ============            ===========             
       (0:15)     16                   Level 1 triggers.  This word comes from
                                       bits (12:15) of the CDF FRED registers
                                       C0000026, C000002E, C0000036, C000003E.
       (16:31)    16                   blank
        
          --------------------------------------------------------------
               The format of LEVEL 0 DATA word 2 is:
       Bits    Length(bits)            Description             
       ====    ============            ===========             
       (0:11)     12                   Level 0 inputs
       (12)       1                    Level 0 accept
       (13)       1                    Level 0 inhibit
       (14)       1                    Level 0 query
       (15)       1                    Beam crossing
       (16:31)    16                   Level 0 triggers
        
          --------------------------------------------------------------
               The format of BUNCH ID word 3 is:
        
       Bits    Length(bits)            Description             
       ====    ============            ===========             
       (0:3)      4                    BUNCH ID
       (4:31)     28                   blank
        
          --------------------------------------------------------------
            Notes:
            1.  Number of Blocks.  There is only one block  read  out
                from  CDF  FRED.   There is, however, a great deal of
                information about the state of FRED  at  run  startup
                time:   this  information is in the TFRC block and is
                fixed for a given run.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The word count  for
                each Block is difference between adjacent Pointers .
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  This Bank is of fixed length.
       CDF-152                                               Page 146
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            5.  Word 2 comes from the level 0  latch,  word  0,  bits
                0:31.   The bit definitions correspond to the Level 0
                Scaler channels 0:31 in SCLD.
            6.  The bunch ID in word 3 comes form the level 0  latch,
                word 1, bits 0:3.
            7.  The data in this bank provide information read out by
                the  Trigger Scanner for each event which generates a
                L2A to the TS.  More details are given in CDF-364.
                 
                Bits 0 to 11 are the latched level 1 inputs which address the
                Level 1 lookup table (RAM).
                 
                Bits 12 to 15 are the outputs of the four RAMs. These in general
                will have different rate limiter values (set up at start of run).
                The Level 1 Accept is the OR of these four bits.  The four bits
                in the first word are repeated in the third word.  In addition
                the third word has the remaining 12 outputs of the rate limiters.
                 
                Bits 16 to 21 are the Level 2 Accept inputs from up to 6 Level 2
                Processors. These are OR'd or AND'd depending on whether the
                processors have been defined as normal or veto processors at run
                startup.
                 
                Bits 22 to 27 are the Level 2 Reject inputs from up to 6 Level 2
                Processors.
                 
                Bits 28 to 30 are the Tevatron Bunch Identification code from
                the Master Clock.  Since Level 0 is installed these bits will
                be latched at the wrong time and should be ignored.
       CDF-152                                               Page 147
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.43  TRCD Bank - Raw/Cas Sum Registers
       This bank contains the registers in the RAW/CAS boards which tell which towers
       were used in a given sum.  Each board-pair has 4 registers of 24 bits each, each
       bit corresponding to a tower in phi at the eta of that board-pair.  The reg-
       isters are overwritten in Level 2, so they are usually read out only in pre-run
       diagnostics looking for hot towers or single-tube triggers, etc.
               Bank History
               ____________
               26-Oct-1986     HJF     Original Creation 
               02-Nov-1986     HJF     Add description per Terry's comment
            The TRCD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "TRCD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The TRCD bank format is:
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0            10       No. of Blocks 
               1            P0       Pointer to block 0, FEM West RAW/CAS Crate
               2            P1       Pointer to block 1, FHA West RAW/CAS Crate
               3            P2       Pointer to block 2, PEM West RAW/CAS Crate
               4            P3       Pointer to block 3, PHA West RAW/CAS Crate
               5            P4       Pointer to block 4, CEM      RAW/CAS Crate
               6            P5       Pointer to block 5, CHA      RAW/CAS Crate
               7            P6       Pointer to block 6, PEM East RAW/CAS Crate
               8            P7       Pointer to block 7, PHA East RAW/CAS Crate
               9            P8       Pointer to block 8, FEM East RAW/CAS Crate
              10            P9       Pointer to block 9, FHA East RAW/CAS Crate
              11           P10       End of Data Pointer
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0,  FEM West RAW/CAS Crate
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P0       RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 0 (RAW_WEM_41) Sum Reg A
              P0+4     RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 1 (RAW_WEM_39) Sum Reg A
              P0+8     RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 2 (RAW_WEM_37) Sum Reg A
              P0+12    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 3 (RAW_WEM_35) Sum Reg A
              P0+16    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 4 (RAW_WEM_33) Sum Reg A
              P0+20    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 5 (RAW_WEM_31) Sum Reg A
              P0+24    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 6 (RAW_WEM_29) Sum Reg A
              P0+28    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 7 (RAW_WEM_27) Sum Reg A
              P0+32    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 8 (RAW_WEM_25) Sum Reg A
       CDF-152                                               Page 148
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
              P0+36    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 9 (RAW_WEM_24) Sum Reg A
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1,  FHA West RAW/CAS Crate
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P1       RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 0 (RAW_WHD_41) Sum Reg A
              P1+4     RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 1 (RAW_WHD_39) Sum Reg A
              P1+8     RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 2 (RAW_WHD_37) Sum Reg A
              P1+12    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 3 (RAW_WHD_35) Sum Reg A
              P1+16    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 4 (RAW_WHD_33) Sum Reg A
              P1+20    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 5 (RAW_WHD_31) Sum Reg A
              P1+24    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 6 (RAW_WHD_29) Sum Reg A
              P1+28    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 7 (RAW_WHD_27) Sum Reg A
              P1+32    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 8 (RAW_WHD_25) Sum Reg A
              P1+36    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 9 (RAW_WHD_24) Sum Reg A
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 2,  PEM West RAW/CAS Crate
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P2       RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower  9 (RAW_WEM_23) Sum Reg A
              P2+4     RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 10 (RAW_WEM_21) Sum Reg A
              P2+8     RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 11 (RAW_WEM_19) Sum Reg A
              P2+12    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 12 (RAW_WEM_17) Sum Reg A
              P2+16    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 13 (RAW_WEM_15) Sum Reg A
              P2+20    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 14 (RAW_WEM_13) Sum Reg A
              P2+24    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 15 (RAW_WEM_11) Sum Reg A
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 3,  PHA West RAW/CAS Crate
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P3       RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower  9 (RAW_WHD_23) Sum Reg A
              P3+4     RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 10 (RAW_WHD_21) Sum Reg A
              P3+8     RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 11 (RAW_WHD_19) Sum Reg A
              P3+12    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 12 (RAW_WHD_17) Sum Reg A
              P3+16    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 13 (RAW_WHD_15) Sum Reg A
              P3+20    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 14 (RAW_WHD_13) Sum Reg A
              P3+24    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 15 (RAW_WHD_11) Sum Reg A
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 4,  CEM RAW/CAS Crate
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P4       RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 16 (RAW_WEM_09) Sum Reg A
              P4+4     RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 17 (RAW_WEM_07) Sum Reg A
              P4+8     RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 18 (RAW_WEM_05) Sum Reg A
              P4+12    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 19 (RAW_WEM_03) Sum Reg A
              P4+16    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 20 (RAW_WEM_01) Sum Reg A
              P4+20    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 21 (RAW_EEM_01) Sum Reg A
              P4+24    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 22 (RAW_EEM_03) Sum Reg A
              P4+28    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 23 (RAW_EEM_05) Sum Reg A
              P4+32    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 24 (RAW_EEM_07) Sum Reg A
       CDF-152                                               Page 149
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
              P4+36    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 25 (RAW_EEM_09) Sum Reg A
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 5,   CHA RAW/CAS Crate
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P5       RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 16 (RAW_WHD_09) Sum Reg A
              P5+4     RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 17 (RAW_WHD_07) Sum Reg A
              P5+8     RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 18 (RAW_WHD_05) Sum Reg A
              P5+12    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 19 (RAW_WHD_03) Sum Reg A
              P5+16    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 20 (RAW_WHD_01) Sum Reg A
              P5+20    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 21 (RAW_EHD_01) Sum Reg A
              P5+24    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 22 (RAW_EHD_03) Sum Reg A
              P5+28    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 23 (RAW_EHD_05) Sum Reg A
              P5+32    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 24 (RAW_EHD_07) Sum Reg A
              P5+36    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 25 (RAW_EHD_09) Sum Reg A
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 6,  PEM East RAW/CAS Crate
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P6       RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 26 (RAW_EEM_11) Sum Reg A
              P6+4     RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 27 (RAW_EEM_13) Sum Reg A
              P6+8     RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 28 (RAW_EEM_15) Sum Reg A
              P6+12    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 29 (RAW_EEM_17) Sum Reg A
              P6+16    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 30 (RAW_EEM_19) Sum Reg A
              P6+20    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 31 (RAW_EEM_21) Sum Reg A
              P6+24    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 32 (RAW_EEM_23) Sum Reg A
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 7,  PHA East RAW/CAS Crate
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P7       RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 26 (RAW_EHD_11) Sum Reg A
              P7+4     RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 27 (RAW_EHD_13) Sum Reg A
              P7+8     RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 28 (RAW_EHD_15) Sum Reg A
              P7+12    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 29 (RAW_EHD_17) Sum Reg A
              P7+16    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 30 (RAW_EHD_19) Sum Reg A
              P7+20    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 31 (RAW_EHD_21) Sum Reg A
              P7+24    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 32 (RAW_EHD_23) Sum Reg A
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 8,  FEM East RAW/CAS Crate
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P8       RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 32 (RAW_EEM_24) Sum Reg A
              P8+4     RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 33 (RAW_EEM_25) Sum Reg A
              P8+8     RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 34 (RAW_EEM_27) Sum Reg A
              P8+12    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 35 (RAW_EEM_29) Sum Reg A
              P8+16    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 36 (RAW_EEM_31) Sum Reg A
              P8+20    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 37 (RAW_EEM_33) Sum Reg A
              P8+24    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 38 (RAW_EEM_35) Sum Reg A
              P8+28    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 39 (RAW_EEM_37) Sum Reg A
              P8+32    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 40 (RAW_EEM_39) Sum Reg A
              P8+36    RAW/CAS EM Trigger tower 41 (RAW_EEM_41) Sum Reg A
       CDF-152                                               Page 150
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 9,  FHA East RAW/CAS Crate
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P9       RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 32 (RAW_EHD_24) Sum Reg A
              P9+4     RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 33 (RAW_EHD_25) Sum Reg A
              P9+8     RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 34 (RAW_EHD_27) Sum Reg A
              P9+12    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 35 (RAW_EHD_29) Sum Reg A
              P9+16    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 36 (RAW_EHD_31) Sum Reg A
              P9+20    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 37 (RAW_EHD_33) Sum Reg A
              P9+24    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 38 (RAW_EHD_35) Sum Reg A
              P9+28    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 39 (RAW_EHD_37) Sum Reg A
              P9+32    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 40 (RAW_EHD_39) Sum Reg A
              P9+36    RAW/CAS HAD Trigger tower 41 (RAW_EHD_41) Sum Reg A
               
        
          --------------------------------------------------------------
          --------------------------------------------------------------
            Notes:
            1.  Number of Blocks.  There is  one  block  per  trigger
                crate, giving 10 crates total.  Five are EM, five are
                hadron.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers .
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  This  Bank  is  of  variable  length.    Anyone   not
                depending   on   the   pointers  is  either  dead  or
                blissfully unaware.  WATCH OUT!
            5.  This bank contains the raw event-by-event  data  from
                the RAW/CAS sum registers.  These registers will tell
                us which towers  were  used  in  the  last  'cluster'
                summed  by  the boards.  For example,when Level 1 was
                the last operation performed, these registers contain
                the  bit  map of the towers used in the Level 1 sums.
                As there is a great deal of data  we  will  not  want
                this bank      in  the  raw  data for steady running,
                but we will need it at the  start  of  every  running
                period for a diagnostic.
       CDF-152                                               Page 151
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            6.  In each RAW board there are four CAS  sum  registers,
                corresponding  to the four sum circuits on the board.
                The four are named Sum Reg A, B, C, and  D,  and  the
                order  of their operation is determined by the Timing
                Control program run at the time of data taking.  Each
                register    contains   24   bits,   with   each   bit
                corresponding  to  one  tower.   The  register   thus
                contains  24 towers in phi, all at the same eta.  The
                low order bit is phi=0.
            7.  The formats above list the address of only Sum Reg A.
                Sum Regs B,C, and D follow each Sum Reg A in the next
                three consecutive words.
            8.  The way we suggest reading  out  this  bank  is  four
                single-word transfers from the module.  The registers
                are described in UC/CDF trigger  note  TGN-25:   they
                are   in   data  space  addresses  (0:3).   All  four
                secondary addresses can  be  read  while  maintaining
                AS-AK lock as you would expect.
       CDF-152                                               Page 152
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.44  BFLD Bank - B Field Detector Bank
            This bank has DVM information for  the  Central  Solenoid
       and Forward Muon Toroid Magnets.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            01-Jul-88    JP          New mixed mode version
            01-May-92    KB          New REAL*4 version
            16-Feb-94    RK/KB       Definitions for words 6-10
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "BFLD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTR4 (Real*4)
            The BFLD bank data format is:
            Displacement 
             from data
               index      Description
            ------------  -----------
                 0        Solenoid DCCT                (DVM Ch 0)
                 1        Solenoid Dump switch DCCT    (DVM Ch 1)
                 2        Solenoid Hall Probe          (DVM Ch 2)
                 3        VREF                         (DVM Ch 3)
                 4        spare                        (DVM Ch 4)
                 5        FMU toroid current           (DVM Ch 5)
                 6        Metrolab NMR (#84436)
                 7        Metrolab NMR (#75747)
                 8        Dump Switch DCCT (#37895)    HP DVM
                 9        Magnet DCCT (#46058)         HP DVM
                10        FW Bell Hall Probe (#49741)  HP DVM
            Notes:
            1.  Items  0,1,2,3,  and  5  are  read  from  a  Transiac
                scanning  DVM  (2032)CAMAC  crate #1 in RR33H.  These
                should not  be  considered  precision  numbers  since
                amplifier  gains  and  offsets  and the DVM precision
                limit accuracy.
                a) Currents are in units of 1000 amps in floating 
                   point format.
                       
                b) Conversion factors are as follows:
                   Solenoid DCCT            1V  = 1000 Amps
       CDF-152                                               Page 153
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                   Solenoid Dump switch     1V  = 1000 Amps
                   Solenoid Hall Probe      1V  =    1 Tesla
                   VREF                     1V  = 1000 Amps
            2.  Items 6, 7 These are digital readouts of the Metralab
                NMR  units  via  a  RS232  interface located in CAMAC
                crate #1 in RR 33H.  The NMR probes  are  located  on
                the  East end of the CTC.  The units are milli-Gauss.
                The absolute accuracy of these devices is +/- 5 ppm ,
                relative  precision  is  +/-  0.1  ppm.  Stability is
                better than 2 ppm/year.  This is the most precise and
                stable monitor of the CDF B field.
            3.  Items 8,9,10  These  quantities  are  readout  via  a
                precision HP multimeter (model 34401A) then via RS232
                to a CAMAC C1080 module in RS232 interface located in
                CAMAC  crate  #1  in  RR  33H.  The units are volts x
                10**7.
                     a) For the DCCT's 10 V = 5000 amps.  So  to  get
                the  current you take the value in the bank divide by
                10**7 and multiply by 500.  Note  that  the  Solenoid
                DCCT  reads  the magnet current directly but the Dump
                Switch DCCT reads the magnet current  +  the  current
                flowing  through  the fast dump resistor.  (typically
                40-70 amps) It should be used  for  stability  checks
                only.
                     b) The hall probe measures Bz of the  field  but
                its  absolute accuracy is limited.  In particular the
                hall probe is subject to errors because of the  probe
                orientation  relative to the field direction.  To get
                the field in Tesla you take the value in location 10,
                divide by 10**7.  Again this value should be used for
                stability checks only.
            4.  This bank has no block pointers at the beginning, the
                first  word  pointed  to  by  the  data  index is the
                solenoid DCCT current.
       CDF-152                                               Page 154
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.45  CFHD Bank - Ctc Fast Track-finder Hit Bank
            This bank has Prompt/Delayed Hits  from  the  Latch  Card
       Shift Registers of the the CTC Fast Track-Finder
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CFHD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CFHD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0           10      Number of blocks
            1           12      Pointer to block 0, SL0 Prompt Hits
            2           27      Pointer to block 1, SL2 Prompt Hits
            3           51      Pointer to block 2, SL4 Prompt Hits
            4           87      Pointer to block 3, SL6 Prompt Hits
            5          135      Pointer to block 4, SL8 Prompt Hits
            6          195      Pointer to block 5, SL0 Delayed Hits
            7          210      Pointer to block 6, SL2 Delayed Hits
            8          234      Pointer to block 7, SL4 Delayed Hits
            9          270      Pointer to block 8, SL6 Delayed Hits
           10          318      Pointer to block 9, SL8 Delayed Hits
           11          378      Pointer to end of data + 1
                               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, Superlayer 0 Prompt Hits
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           12                   Data for CTC cells 0, 1 of SL0
           13                   Data for CTC cells 2, 3 of SL0
            .                      .
            .                      .
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, Superlayer 2 Prompt Hits
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           28                   Data for CTC cells 0, 1 of SL2
           29                   Data for CTC cells 2, 3 of SL2
            .                      .
            .                      .
            .                      .
            .                      .
                        etc.
       CDF-152                                               Page 155
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Data for cells 0,1              32 bits
               Data for cells 2,3              32 bits
               .....
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  Each data word has  2  12-bit  fields.   Each  12-bit
                field   contains   the   yes-no   information   about
                presence/absence of hit data for the 12  sense  wires
                of  a  CTC supercell ( 1 indicates presence of hit, 0
                absence).
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                 0:11    Data for Cell 0
                12:15    unused (= 0)
                16:27    Data for Cell 1
                28:31    unused (= 0)
            2.  Interior  to  each  12  bit  field,  the  bit  number
                corresponds  to  the  wire  number  in the supercell.
                i.e.  Wire 0 (bit 0) is the  wire  in  the  supercell
                with  smallest  radius,  Wire  11 (bit 11) is the one
                with largest radius.
       CDF-152                                               Page 156
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.46  CPTD Bank - CENTRAL PENN TRACK Detector Bank
            This bank has reconstructed  tracks  and  track  segments
       found   by  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  Level  2  Track
       Processor in the Central Tracking Chamber.
            The CPTD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "CPTD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       The CPTD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            6      Number of blocks
            1           P0      Pointer to block 0, reconstructed tracks.
            2           P1      Pointer to block 1, SL 8 track segments.
            3           P2      Pointer to block 2, SL 6 track segments.
            :            :          :    :    :
            6           P5      Pointer to block 5, SL 0 track segments.
            7           P6      Pointer to end of data + 1
                               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, Summary of Found Track Attributes.
          --------------------------------------------------------------     
           P0          NTRK     Number of tracks found by LINKER
           P0+1                 Track number 0
           P0+2                 I.D. of segments associated with track number 0
           P0+3                 Track number 1
           P0+4                 I.D. of segments associated with track number 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P0+(2*NTRK-1)        Track number NTRK-1
           P0+(2*NTRK)          I.D. of segments associated with track number NTRK-1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, Track segments for SL 8.
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P1          NSEG8    Number of Segments found in Super Layer 8
                                   (Sum of entries in all six FIFO's)
           P1+1                 SL 8 segment word, segment number 0
           P1+2                 SL 8 segment word, segment number 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P1+NSEG8             SL 8 segment word, segment number NSEG8-1
       CDF-152                                               Page 157
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
         --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 2, Track segments for SL 6.
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P2          NSEG6    Number of Segments found in Super Layer 6
                                   (Sum of entries in all six FIFO's)
           P2+1                 SL 6 segment word, segment number 0
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P2+NSEG6             SL 6 segment word, segment number NSEG6-1
                          .                      .
                          .                      .
                          .                      .
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 5, Track segments for SL 0.
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P5          NSEG0    Number of Segments found in Super Layer 0 
                                   (Sum of entries in all six FIFO's)
           P5+1                 SL 0 segment word, segment number 0
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P5+NSEG0             SL 0 segment word, segment number NSEG0-1
       CDF-152                                               Page 158
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  Block 0 -- Found Track attributes:
                1.  Word 0 -- Number of Found tracks
                    Bits     Contents
                    ----     --------
                    00:07    Number of tracks                         (0-255)
                             reconstructed by linker
                    08:31    Unused
                2.  Words 1,3,...,2*NTRK-1 -- Track Attributes
                    Bits     Contents
                    ----     --------
                    00:04    Pt bin                                    (1-31)
                    05:12    Z                                      (min-max)
                    13       Unused
                    14:16    Engine number                              (0-5)
                    17:18    Peakcontrol                                (0-3)
                    19:31    Unused
                3.  Words  2,4,...,2*NTRK  --   I.D.    of   segments
                    associated with this track
                                                                                      
                    Bits     Contents
                    ----     --------
                    00:08    Local azimuth  (SL8)
                    09:13    Cell number within an engine (SL8)        (0-21)
                    14:15    Unused
                    16:24    Local azimuth  (SL6)
                    25:29    Cell number within an engine (SL6)        (0-21)
                    30:31    Unused
            2.  Pt of the track is 31 bins and  bin  16  is  infinite
                momentum.   Bins  1-15  are negatively charged track,
                bins 17-31 are positively charged tracks.  The  exact
                momentum  corresponding to each bin is Run dependent,
                and is stored as part of the Run Conditions Bank.
            3.  The Z coordinate field is reserved for  later  use  -
                not implemented.
            4.  Peakcontrol  bits  in  the  track  attributes   block
                designate which of the associated segment I.D.  words
                (or both) are valid for this track.   The  bits  (11)
                mean  both are valid, the bits (10) mean only the SL8
                word is valid, and the bits (01) mean  only  the  SL6
                word  is  valid.   By defineition, we should not even
                store a track if neither is valid (00).
       CDF-152                                               Page 159
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            5.  Azimuth is defined relative  to  the  center  of  the
                super  cell  in  SL8 (by convention, with sense wires
                numbered from 0-11, the center is defined to  be  the
                field  wire  between  sense wires 5 and 6).  Units of
                azimuth are 0.8 milliradians.  The eight azimuth bits
                are  allocated  differently for each super layer - we
                have not completely defined the bit allocation yet.
            6.  Engines are numbered 0-5 in order of increasing  phi,
                with  engine  number  0  starting  at  phi  =  0  and
                extending to phi = pi/3.  Each  engine  represents  a
                "pie slice" of the CTC.
            7.  Cell number is defined within an Engine.
            8.  Blocks 1 through 5 -- Track segments:
                1.  Word 0 -- Number of segments found by FIFO
                    Bits     Contents
                    ----     --------
                    00:10    Number of segments in this SL           (0-1535)            
                    11:31    Unused
                2.  Words 1,2,...,NSEG -- Segment data
                    Bits     Contents
                    ----     --------
                    00:08    Local azimuth
                    09:13    Cell number                               (0-21)
                    14:16    Engine number                              (0-5)
                    17:31    Unused
            9.  Minimum (Maximum) bank length = 14 (8206) I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 160
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.47  TBMD Bank - Block Mover Bank
            This bank  contains  the  contents  of  the  block  mover
       boards.  There is one block mover card per RAW/CAS crate.  The
       block movers store information which gives  which  summer  was
       used  for  each  cluster (including the "normal" L1 clustering
       pass) and the data from this sum register  from  each  RAW/CAS
       pair in the crate.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            08-Nov-1991 B.  Badgett + SCE Original Creation
            The TBMD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "TBMD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The TBMD bank format is:
         Displacement
            (I*4)        Contents      Description
             0             10          No. of Blocks
             1             P0          Pointer to block 0, FEM West RAW/CAS Crate
             2             P1          Pointer to block 1, FHA West RAW/CAS Crate
             3             P2          Pointer to block 2, PEM West RAW/CAS Crate
             4             P3          Pointer to block 3, PHA West RAW/CAS Crate
             5             P4          Pointer to block 4, CEM      RAW/CAS Crate
             6             P5          Pointer to block 5, CHA      RAW/CAS Crate
             7             P6          Pointer to block 6, PEM East RAW/CAS Crate
             8             P7          Pointer to block 7, PHA East RAW/CAS Crate
             9             P8          Pointer to block 8, FEM East RAW/CAS Crate
            10             P9          Pointer to block 9, FHA East RAW/CAS Crate
            11            P10          End of Data Pointer
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 0, FEM West Block Mover
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0     FEM West Block mover register CSR C0000010
            P0+1   FEM West Block mover register CSR C0000011
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .     
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            P0+(N-1)*K+10  FEM West Block Mover Register CSR C000010+(N-1)*B + A
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 1, FHA West Block Mover
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0     FHA West Block mover register CSR C0000010
       CDF-152                                               Page 161
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            P0+1   FHA West Block mover register CSR C0000011
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .     
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            P0+(N-1)*K+10  FHA West Block Mover Register CSR C000010+(N-1)*B + A
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 2, PEM West Block Mover
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0     PEM West Block mover register CSR C0000010
            P0+1   PEM West Block mover register CSR C0000011
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .     
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            P0+(N-1)*K+7  PEM West Block Mover Register CSR C000010+(N-1)*8 + 7
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 3, PHA West Block Mover
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0     PHA West Block mover register CSR C0000010
            P0+1   PHA West Block mover register CSR C0000011
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .     
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            P0+(N-1)*K+7  PHA West Block Mover Register CSR C000010+(N-1)*8 + 7
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 4, CEM    Block Mover
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0     CEM Block mover register CSR C0000010
            P0+1   CEM Block mover register CSR C0000011
            .       .   .     .     .        .     
            .       .   .     .     .        .
            .       .   .     .     .        .
            P0+(N-1)*K+10  CEM Block Mover Register CSR C000010+(N-1)*B + A
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 5, CHA East Block Mover
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0     CHA Block mover register CSR C0000010
            P0+1   CHA Block mover register CSR C0000011
            .       .   .     .     .        .     
            .       .   .     .     .        .
            .       .   .     .     .        .
            P0+(N-1)*K+10  CHA West Block Mover Register CSR C000010+(N-1)*B + A
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 6, PEM East Block Mover
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0     PEM East Block mover register CSR C0000010
            P0+1   PEM East Block mover register CSR C0000011
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .     
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
       CDF-152                                               Page 162
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            P0+(N-1)*K+7  PEM east Block Mover Register CSR C000010+(N-1)*8 + 7
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 7, PHA East Block Mover
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0     PHA East Block mover register CSR C0000010
            P0+1   PHA East Block mover register CSR C0000011
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .     
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            P0+(N-1)*K+7  PHA east Block Mover Register CSR C000010+(N-1)*8 + 7
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 8, FEM East Block Mover
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0     FEM East Block mover register CSR C0000010
            P0+1   FEM East Block mover register CSR C0000011
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .     
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            P0+(N-1)*K+10  FEM east Block Mover Register CSR C000010+(N-1)*B + A
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 9, FHA East Block Mover
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0     FHA East Block mover register CSR C0000010
            P0+1   FHA East Block mover register CSR C0000011
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .     
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            .       .   .    .     .     .        .
            P0+(N-1)*K+10  FHA east Block Mover Register CSR C000010+(N-1)*B + A
        Notes:
        
        1. N stands for # clusters (including those from the "normal" L1 
           clustering pass) stored in block mover memory.  CSR 12 
           of the block mover board contains 
           N*K, where K=11 for the forward and central and K=8 for the
           plug, unless there is a fastbus error reading the crate sum.  
           If there is a fastbus error reading the crate sum, K=1.
        2. Unless a FASTBUS error occurs,
           CSR C0000010 is a copy of Crate Sum Register CSR C0000000.  Bits <10:9> give
           which CAS sum register was used (A=0,B=1,C=2,D=3).  Bit 31 will be 0.
           This word also contains
           other control bits, described in Trigger Note #43, "Description of the
           Crate Sum Boards". If a FASTBUS error occurs, bit 31 will be 1, and
           this word will contain
           bits    Length(bits)     Description
           ====    ============     ===========
          (16:0)   17               Encoded Fastbus Error status
                                           bits    Length(bits)     Description
                                           ====    ============     ===========
                                          (7:0)    8                block mover sequencer address at time of error
       CDF-152                                               Page 163
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                                           8       1                crate segment AK timeout
                                           9       1                crate segment DK timeout
                                           10      1                cable segment AK timeout (not applicable)
                                           11      1                cable segment DK timeout (not applicable)
                                           12      1                long timeout occurred
                                          (15:13)  3                fastbus SS status when error occured
                                           31      1                fastbus error flag (=1)
        3. Registers CSR C0000011 - C00001A (C000017 for plug) give the contents of
           that sum register for the CAS in slots 4,6,8,...,16 (10 for plug).
        4. There is one copy of (2) and (3) for each of the N clusters unless a FASTBUS
           error occurs when reading Crate Sum.  In this case, there is only a copy
           of (2).
       CDF-152                                               Page 164
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.48  CFWD Bank - CTC Fast Track Finder Track Data Bank
            The CFWD bank contains the list of tracks  found  by  the
       Freeman/Foster  CTC  Fast  Track Processor (CFT).  The list is
       ordered by ascending wire number (increasing CDF phi)  in  the
       CFT  wire  number  format.   For  each  track  found, the data
       recorded are:  Wire Number, CFT PT Bin ( 0  through  7  )  and
       Track Sign (+ or -).  In the equivalent simulation bank, CFWS,
       also included are the delta-phi bin and Majority Logic of  the
       Track.   For  Run  Ia  and  beyond,  there exists a compressed
       version called CFWQ (no CFWD data is lost in compression).
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            1987 Original Wire-list  per  Clock  Cyclce  Format,  see
       below
            30-Aug-1993 WFB Update format description for 1988/89 and
       1992/93 Runs
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CFWD"
            Bank Number :       1    Raw Data Bank
                                4    De-compressed CFWQ Bank
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            Compressed Bank : CFWQ,1   (for 1992 and beyond PADS)
            Equivalent Simulation Bank : CFWS,1
            The 1988/89 and 1992/93 CFWD Bank Format is:
         Displacement (I*4)     Contents       Decsription
         ------------           --------       -----------
               0                   1           Number of Blocks
               1                   P0 = 3      Pointer to Block 0
               2                   P1 = N+3    Pointer to End of Data
               P0+0                            Track Data, Track # 1 
               ...
               P0+(N-1)                        Track Data, Track # N 
         Where N = Number of Tracks Found by CFT, up to a maximum of 64
         The format of the Track Data is:
           Bits  
           <31:19>      Not used, blank
           <18>         Delta-phi bin (Simulation bank CFWS only, always 0 in CFWD)
           <17:16>      Majority Logic, 0 , 1 or 2 Misses  (Simulation Only) 
           <15>         Track Data Valid (1=Yes)
           <14:11>      Transverse Momemtum Code
                        <14:12>  Absolute Bin Number, 0 - 7 
                        <11>     Sign of the Track, 1=Negative, 0=Positive
           <10:0>       CFT Wire Number,  0 - 2047
       CDF-152                                               Page 165
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                        <10:7>   CTC TDC Module Number, 1 - 15
                        <6:0>    Channel Number within TDC, 0 - 95
         The PT Bins Correspond to nominal PT Values (used in mask creation) of:
                 0 - 7:  3.3, 4.0, 5.0, 6.5, 10.0, 15.0, 20.0, 30.0  GeV
         These were the values used in the 1988/89 and 1992/93 runs.  They may be
          changed in the future.
         They have a measured 90% efficiency points of:   
                 0 - 7:  3.0, 3.7, 4.8, 6.0, 9.2, 13.0, 16.7, 25.0 GeV
         These 90% Efficiency points can and do change with running conditions.
            The 1987 CFWD bank format is:
             This bank holds the list of wire numbers processed by the CTC Fast Track
       Processsor "Master Card" on each clock cycle.  This is diagnostic information
       and may eventually be dropped from the readout.
       .b;
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
       .lt
            Bank Name   :   "CFWD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CFWD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)    Contents        Description
        --------   --------        -----------
             0         1       Number of blocks
             1         3       Pointer to data for 1st block
             2                 Pointer to end-of-data +1
             3                 Single 32-bit word containing the Wire #s 
                                 processed on 1st and 2nd clock cycles.
             4                 Single 32-bit word containing the Wire #s
                                 processed on 3rd and 4th clock cycles.
             5                    etc.
             .                     .  
             .                     .   
             .                     .
           (last entry)        Single 32 bit word in which one of the fields is a
                               terminator word of 07FF (hex). If no such word is at
                               the end of the list, then the maximum size of the
                               wire # list was reached without seeing this
                               terminator entry from the hardware.
            ______
            NOTES:
       CDF-152                                               Page 166
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            1.  Each data word has two 11-bit fields as follows:
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                 0:10    Wire # processed on clock cycle N   (1st, 3rd, 5th, etc.)
                11:15    unused - bits are zero.
                16:26    Wire # processed on clock cycle N+1 (2nd, 4th, 6th, etc.)
                27:31    unused - bits are zero.
            2.  The minimum number of longwords of data is 8 and  the
                maximum is 721.
            3.  The maximum bank length is:
                   (3 header words)
                 + (1440 wires in CTC superlayer 8) / (2 wire numbers per word)
                 + (at most 1 terminator word)
                 = 724 I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 167
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.49  CPMD Bank - CENTRAL PENN TRACK Ram Dump Bank
            This bank is a structure to store the data  read  out  of
       the  front  end  rams on the CPT Time Memory boards.  The main
       purpose of this  is  for  debugging  and  for  monitoring  the
       validity of the data input to the Track Processor.
            The CPMD bank header values are:
                 Bank Name   :   "CPMD"
                 Bank Number :       1
                 Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CPMD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents     Description
       ------------  --------     -----------
            0           5         Number of blocks
            1         P0=7        Pointer to block 0, SL8 Time Memory data
            2         P1=P0+480   Pointer to block 0, SL6 Time Memory data
            3         P2=P1+384   Pointer to block 0, SL4 Time Memory data
            4         P3=P2+288   Pointer to block 0, SL2 Time Memory data
            5         P4=P3+192   Pointer to block 0, SL0 Time Memory data
            6         1479        Pointer to end of data + 1
         
                                  
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, Time Memory ram data, SL8
          --------------------------------------------------------------     
           P0          Low  order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 0
           P0+1        High order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 0
           P0+2        Low  order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 1
           P0+3        High order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 1
             .                          .
           P0+30       Low  order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 15
           P0+31       High order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 15
             .                          .
             .                          .
             .                          .
           P0+478      Low  order 32 bits for TM board 46 address 15
           P0+479      High order 32 bits for TM board 46 address 15
       CDF-152                                               Page 168
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, Time Memory ram data, SL6
          --------------------------------------------------------------     
           P1          Low  order 32 bits for TM board 20 address 0
           P1+1        High order 32 bits for TM board 20 address 0
           P1+2        Low  order 32 bits for TM board 20 address 1
           P1+3        High order 32 bits for TM board 20 address 1
             .                          .
           P1+30       Low  order 32 bits for TM board 20 address 15
           P1+31       High order 32 bits for TM board 20 address 15
             .                          .
             .                          .
             .                          .              
           P1+382      Low  order 32 bits for TM board 31 address 15
           P1+383      High order 32 bits for TM board 31 address 15
         
                                                                                 
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 2, Time Memory ram data, SL4
          --------------------------------------------------------------     
           P2          Low  order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 0
           P2+1        High order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 0
           P2+2        Low  order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 1
           P2+3        High order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 1
             .                          .
           P2+30       Low  order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 15
           P2+31       High order 32 bits for TM board 32 address 15
             .                          .
             .                          .
             .                          .
           P2+286      Low  order 32 bits for TM board 46 address 15
           P2+287      High order 32 bits for TM board 46 address 15
       CDF-152                                               Page 169
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 3, Time Memory ram data, SL2
          --------------------------------------------------------------     
           P3          Low  order 32 bits for TM board 5 address 0
           P3+1        High order 32 bits for TM board 5 address 0
           P3+2        Low  order 32 bits for TM board 5 address 1
           P3+3        High order 32 bits for TM board 5 address 1
             .                          .
           P3+30       Low  order 32 bits for TM board 5 address 15
           P3+31       High order 32 bits for TM board 5 address 15
             .                          .
             .                          .
             .                          .
           P3+190      Low  order 32 bits for TM board 10 address 15
           P3+191      High order 32 bits for TM board 10 address 15
                      
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 4, Time Memory ram data, SL0
          --------------------------------------------------------------     
           P4          Low  order 32 bits for TM board 1 address 0
           P4+1        High order 32 bits for TM board 1 address 0
           P4+2        Low  order 32 bits for TM board 1 address 1
           P4+3        High order 32 bits for TM board 1 address 1
             .                          .
           P4+30       Low  order 32 bits for TM board 1 address 15
           P4+31       High order 32 bits for TM board 1 address 15
             .                          .
             .                          .
             .                          .
           P4+126      Low  order 32 bits for TM board 4 address 15
           P4+127      High order 32 bits for TM board 4 address 15
                     
       CDF-152                                               Page 170
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  Blocks 0-4 -- Time Memory Ram Data  for  Axial  Super
                Layers 8-0
                1.  Word 0 -- TM Data- low order 32 bits
                    Bits     Contents
                    ----     --------
                    00:07    Wire 0 time hit cells 1-8 
                            (0-255)
                    08:15    Wire 1 time hit cells 1-8 
                            (0-255)
                    16:23    Wire 2 time hit cells 1-8 
                            (0-255)
                    24:31    Wire 3 time hit cells 1-8 
                            (0-255)
                2.  Word 1 -- TM Data- high order 32 bits
                    Bits     Contents
                    ----     --------
                    00:07    Wire 4 time hit cells 1-8 
                            (0-255)
                    08:15    Wire 5 time hit cells 1-8 
                            (0-255)
                    16:23    Wire 6 time hit cells 1-8 
                            (0-255)
                    24:31    Wire 7 time hit cells 1-8 
                            (0-255)
            2.  Minimum (Maximum)  bank  length  =  1479  (1479)  I*4
                words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 171
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.50  TTLD Bank - Level 2 Track List Bank
            This bank contains the contents of the Track List Board.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            11-Nov-1991 SCE Original Creation
            28-May-1992 WFB Revision before DAQ implementation
            6-Oct-1992 WFB Corrections in CMX chamber hit description
            Clarification of CFT track format.
            The TTLD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "TTLD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The TTLD bank format is:
         Displacement
            (I*4)        Contents      Description
             0             3           No. of Blocks
             1             P0          Pointer to block 0, summary 
             2             P1          Pointer to block 1, muon hits
             3             P2          Pointer to block 2, track list
             4             P3          End of Data Pointer
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 0, Summary Block
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
              Offset  Bits   Fastbus Address  Description
              ------  ----   ---------------  -----------
              P0     <0:31>  CSR C0000000     Track/Muon/Electron Summary Information
          The format for CSR C0000000 is
           bits    Length(bits)     Description
           ====    ============     ===========
           <7:0>    8               Number of tracks in track list
           <19:16>  4               Number of CMP gold muons
           <23:20>  4               Number of CMX gold muons
           <27:24>  4               Number of CES gold electrons
           <31:28>  4               Number of CPR gold electrons
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 1, Muon Trigger Hits
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
              Offset  Bits   Fastbus Address  Description
              ------  ----   ---------------  -----------
              P1     <0:23>  CSR C0000005     CMU Hits, East Chambers: 0-23
       CDF-152                                               Page 172
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
              P1+1   <0:23>  CSR C0000006     CMU Hits, East Chambers: 24-47
              P1+2   <0:23>  CSR C0000007     CMU Hits, East Chambers: 48-71
              P1+3   <0:23>  CSR C0000008     CMU Hits, West Chambers: 0-23
              P1+4   <0:23>  CSR C0000009     CMU Hits, West Chambers: 24-47
              P1+5   <0:23>  CSR C000000A     CMU Hits, West Chambers: 48-71
              P1+6   <0:23>  CSR C000000B     CMUP Hits Mapping to CMU Chambers 0-23
              P1+7   <0:23>  CSR C000000C     CMUP Hits Mapping to CMU Chambers 24-47
              P1+8   <0:23>  CSR C000000D     CMUP Hits Mapping to CMU Chambers 48-71
              P1+9   <0:23>  CSR C000000E     CMX Hits, East Chambers: 69-71,0-20
              P1+10  <0:23>  CSR C000000F     CMX Hits, East Chambers: 21-50
              P1+11  <0:23>  CSR C0000010     CMX Hits, East Chambers: 51-68
              P1+12  <0:23>  CSR C0000011     CMX Hits, West Chambers: 69-71,0-20
              P1+13  <0:23>  CSR C0000012     CMX Hits, West Chambers: 21-50
              P1+14  <0:23>  CSR C0000013     CMX Hits, West Chambers: 51-68
              Caveat:  Note how the chamber numbers for CMX are shifted by
                       three with respect to the bit number.  For each detector,
                       the chamber hits listed in the description start from the 
                       least signficant bit in the bank.
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 2, Track List
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
              Offset  Bits   Fastbus Address   Description
              ------  ----   ---------------   -----------
              P2      <0:26> CSR C0000017      CTC Track and Match Data, Track #1
              P2+1    <0:26> CSR C0000018      CTC Track and Match Data, Track #2
               .          .
               .          .
              P2+N-1  <0:26> CSR C0000017+N-1  CTC Track and Match Data, Track #N
             where
               N is the number of tracks in the track list, given by bits <7:0> of  
               CSR C0000000. (Maximum: N=233)  The tracks are sent to the Level 2
               Track List card via the CTCX and CTCF modules.
               During the 1992 Run 1A, initially the tracks will be provided by the
               CFT Tracker.  If at some point during the run the CPT Tracker replaces 
               the CFT in the Level 2 Trigger system, then the Track List will 
               receive CPT tracks instead.  Indeed, the Track List Board was built
               with the intention of working with the CPT to take advantage of its
               improved performance over the CFT.
               (The CFT and CPT both interface with the CTCX/CTCF modules.)
               For the CFT, the format of the phi is encoded:
                      <10:7>  CTC TDC module number, 1-15
                      <6:0>   Channel number within TDC, 0-95
               The Momentum (PT) is encoded:
                      <3:1>   Momentum bin number, 0-7
                      <0>     Sign of the track  (1=-,0=+)
               (Caveat: The ordering of the PT encoded bits is not the same as in
                        the banks TCSD or TL2D.)
       CDF-152                                               Page 173
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
               For the CPT, the format of phi has not yet been finalized, but is
               expected to be in units of milliradians.
               The format of the Track Word is:
               bits      length(bits)   Description
               ====      ============   ===========
               <10:0>     11            CTC wire adress (phi)
               <14:11>     4            Momentum (Pt)
               <18:15>     4            Central gold muon bits=(CMU+(CMP if required))
                                        <15> East Low
                                        <16> East High
                                        <17> West Low
                                        <18> West High
               <22:19>     4            Central Extension gold muon bits
                                        <19> East Low
                                        <20> East High
                                        <21> West Low
                                        <22> West High
               <24:23>     2            CES gold electron
                                        <23> East
                                        <24> West
               <26:25>     2            CPR gold electron 
                                        <25> East
                                        <26> West
       CDF-152                                               Page 174
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.51  LULD Bank - Telescope Counters Latch Data Bank
       This bank contains the raw data for 1 Struck 32-channel latch.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "LULD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4  (Integer*4)
            where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0             1       No. of Blocks
               1             3       1st Latch Block Pointer
               2             5       End of Data Pointer
               3                     BBC Latch (see notes)
               4                     BBC Latch (see notes)
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  There is 1 Block,  corresponding  to
                the 1 Latch Module.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers (being set to 2 for this bank).
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  This Bank is fixed length.
            5.  The telescope Latch is organised in the following manner:-
                       Bits  0-11 : East      0-11
                       Bits 12-23 : West      0-11
                       Bits 24-27 : East      0-4
                       Bits 28-31 : West      0-4
       CDF-152                                               Page 175
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.52  SVXD Bank - Silicon Vertex Detector Raw Data Bank
            This format describes the SVXD bank, which  contains  raw
       data from the SVX Detector.  It is defined to be used with the
       FastBus  based   readout   electronics   A   typical   readout
       configuration  assumes 1 Scanner (SSP) and 1 Sequencer sitting
       in one FB crate.  Seq 1 will scan six wedges on the  Top  West
       side  of  the  SVX  detector, Seq 2 - Bottom West, Seq 3 - Top
       East, and Seq 4 - Bottom  East.   The  data  is  divided  into
       sequencers (0-3), and subdivided into wedges (0-23).
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "SVXD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       where the format of the data is:-
       Type Displacement
               Contents   Description
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       I*4   0 NBLOCK=28  Number of Blocks
                               .......... Sequencer 0 ...........
       I*4   1 IPSEQ0     Offset to Sequencer 0 Description Block  (Block 0)
       I*4   2 IPWD00     Offset to Wedge  0 (West side, number 0) (Block 1)
       I*4   3 IPWD01     Offset to Wedge  1 (West side, number 1) (Block 2)
       I*4   4 IPWD02     Offset to Wedge  2 (West side, number 2) (Block 3)
       I*4   5 IPWD03     Offset to Wedge  3 (West side, number 3) (Block 4)
       I*4   6 IPWD04     Offset to Wedge  4 (West side, number 4) (Block 5)
       I*4   7 IPWD05     Offset to Wedge  5 (West side, number 5) (Block 6)
                               .......... Sequencer 1 ...........
       I*4   8 IPSEQ1     Offset to Sequencer 1 Description Block  (Block 7)
       I*4   9 IPWD06     Offset to Wedge  6 (West side, number 6) (Block 8)
       I*4  10 IPWD07     Offset to Wedge  7 (West side, number 7) (Block 9)
       I*4  11 IPWD08     Offset to Wedge  8 (West side, number 8) (Block 10)
       I*4  12 IPWD09     Offset to Wedge  9 (West side, number 9) (Block 11)
       I*4  13 IPWD10     Offset to Wedge 10 (West side, number 10) (Block 12)
       I*4  14 IPWD11     Offset to Wedge 11 (West side, number 11) (Block 13)
                               .......... Sequencer 2 ...........
       I*4  15 IPSEQ2     Offset to Sequencer 2 Description Block  (Block 14)
       I*4  16 IPWD12     Offset to Wedge 12 (East side, number 0) (Block 15)
       I*4  17 IPWD13     Offset to Wedge 13 (East side, number 1) (Block 16)
       I*4  18 IPWD14     Offset to Wedge 14 (East side, number 2) (Block 17)
       I*4  19 IPWD15     Offset to Wedge 15 (East side, number 3) (Block 18)
       I*4  20 IPWD16     Offset to Wedge 16 (East side, number 4) (Block 19)
       I*4  21 IPWD17     Offset to Wedge 17 (East side, number 5) (Block 20)
                               .......... Sequencer 3 ...........
       I*4  22 IPSEQ3     Offset to Sequencer 3 Description Block  (Block 21)
       I*4  23 IPWD18     Offset to Wedge 18 (East side, number 6) (Block 22)
       CDF-152                                               Page 176
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       I*4  24 IPWD19     Offset to Wedge 19 (East side, number 7) (Block 23)
       I*4  25 IPWD20     Offset to Wedge 20 (East side, number 8) (Block 24)
       I*4  26 IPWD21     Offset to Wedge 21 (East side, number 9) (Block 25)
       I*4  27 IPWD22     Offset to Wedge 22 (East side, number 10) (Block 26)
       I*4  28 IPWD23     Offset to Wedge 23 (East side, number 11) (Block 27)
                                                                                   
       I*4  29 Offset to the Last Data Word + 1   
       ================================================================================
       There are a total of four Sequencer Description Blocks, located in blocks 0, 7,
       14, and 21.  Each of the blocks describes the data for one sequencer.
       Sequencers are numbered from i=0 to 3.  The wedges in Sequencer i are numbered
       j+(i*6), where j=0,5.
       The End-of-Buffer Register contains the address of the last location in the
       Sequencer's Event Memory to which a data word was written.  In order to get
       the number of data words in a given wedge you must add 1 to the content of
       this register.
       Sequencer Description Blocks Format:
       Type Displacement
                       Contents   Description
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Blocks 0,7,14,21
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       I*4 IPSEQi      LWEDGEj   End-of-Buffer Register for Wedge j,   Sequencer i
       I*4 IPSEQi+1    LWEDGEj+1 End-of-Buffer Register for Wedge j+1, Sequencer i
       ... ........    ........
       I*4 IPSEQi+5    LWEDGEj+5 End-of-Buffer Register for Wedge j+5, Sequencer i
       I*4 IPSEQi+6              End-of-Buffer Register for Block 6
       I*4 IPSEQi+7              End-of-Buffer Register for Block 7
       I*4 IPSEQi+8              Execution Timer               (C000-0008)
       I*4 IPSEQi+9              SVX Status                    (C000-0009)
       I*4 IPSEQi+10             Wedge Priority                (C000-000A)   
       I*4 IPSEQi+11             Wedge Priority Mask           (C000-000B)  
       I*4 IPSEQi+12             External Conditions           (C000-000C)  
       I*4 IPSEQi+13             Instruction Execution Monitor (C000-000D)  
       I*4 IPSEQi+14   ICIPi     Controller ID            Register for Sequencer i
       I*4 IPSEQi+15   ICEPi     Controller Error         Register for Sequencer i
       I*4 IPSEQi+16   ICPPi     Controller Priority Mask Register for Sequencer i
       I*4 IPSEQi+17   ICDPi     Controller Diagnostic    Register for Sequencer i
       ================================================================================
       There are a total of 24 Wedge Data Blocks, located in blocks 1-6, 8-13, 15-20,
       and 22-27.  Each of the blocks describes the data for one wedge.  Preceeding the
       Channel Data Words are SVXDCN Wedge Control Words (see note 4).  the current
       version of SVXD uses SVXDCN=14.
       Wedge Data Blocks Format:
       Type Displacement       Contents (lower 16 bits)
       CDF-152                                               Page 177
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                                       Description
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Blocks 1 to 27 (excluding blocks 0, 7, 14, and 21)
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       I*4 IPWDnn              0000x   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4 IPWDnn+1            AAAAx   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4 IPWDnn+2            5555x   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4                     FFFFx   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4                     VCAL1   Charge injection DAC 1
       I*4                     VCAL2   Charge Injection DAC 2
       I*4                     OFFDAC  Offset DAC
       I*4                     CSR1    Digitizer settings, eg. gain
       I*4                     DigGPR  General Purpose register
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4 IPWDnn+13           DESR    Digitizer Error Status Register
       I*4 IPWDnn+SVXDCN               The first Channel Data Word for wedge nn
       ... ......                      ...................................
       I*4 IPWDnn+LWEDGEnn             The last Channel Data Word for wedge nn
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       ================================================================================
       Notes:
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       1. All words are I*4 type.
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       2. IPWDnn, the offset to the Wedge Data Block for wedge nn, points to the first
           word in the block (a Fixed Control Word), not to the first Channel Data
           Word.
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       3. Channel Data Words are 32 bit words composed of the following fields:
           LSB: Bits 0-11   12 Bit ADC value
                Bits 12-15  Not used
                Bits 16-22  CAD = Channel Address of the readout chip (0-127)
                Bits 23-26  CID = Readout Chip ID in daisy chain (0-14)
                Bits 27-29  N = Digitizer Number (ADC Module number)  (0-5)
           MSB: Bits 30-31  C = Crate/Controller Number (0-3)
           bit   |3 3|     |       |    2        |       |  1                    |
            #    |1 0|9 8 7|6 5 4 3|2 1 0 9 8 7 6|5 4 3 2|1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0|
           ------+---+-----+-------+-------------+-------+-----------------------+
                 |   |     |       |             |  not  |                       |
           value | C |  N  |  CID  |     CAD     | used  |       ADC DATA        |
           Bits 16-31 form the channel Logical ID (LID), which uniquely specifies each
           channel within the SVX.  There are a total of 46080 valid LID's.  An example
           of an invalid LID is when the Chip ID is set to 15.  In this case, the
       CDF-152                                               Page 178
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
           word is a Wedge Control Word, not an actual Channel Data Word.
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       4. The beginning of each Wedge Data Block contains SVXDCN Wedge Control Words
           from the Digitizer's internal registers.
           SVXDCN is stored as a parameter in C$INC:??????.INC (doesn't exist).
           Its value corresponds to the number of control words at the beginning of
           each Wedge Data Block.
           Four Fixed Control Words are used for diagnostics, and six Control Words
           are used for calibration.
           As of Dec 14, 1991: SVXDCN=14.
           Before Dec 14, 1991: SVXDCN=12.
           Wedge Control Words are 32 bit words composed of the following fields:
           LSB: Bits  0-15  data for this subaddress
                Bits 16-19  A = subaddress
                Bits 20-22  IDB = control word ID bits
                Bits 23-26  CID = Fake Readout Chip ID in daisy chain = 15
                Bits 27-29  N = Digitizer Number (ADC Module number)  (0-5)
           MSB: Bits 30-31  C = Crate/Controller Number (0-3)
           bit   |3 3|     |       |    2|       |          1                    |
            #    |1 0|9 8 7|6 5 4 3|2 1 0|9 8 7 6|5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0|
           ------+---+-----+-------+-----+-------+-------------------------------+
                 |   |     |  CID  |     |       |                               |
           value | C |  N  |1 1 1 1| IDB |   A   |             data              |
           NOTE: Bits 23-26 are always on for Wedge Control Words, corresponding to a
           Fake Chip ID of 15.
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       5. Some SVXD banks could contain the SVX Pattern Register Words instead of
           actual data.  In this case, the first four words in each Wedge Data Block
           (the Fixed Control Word for each wedge) will contain [FFFFx, 5555x, AAAAx,
           0000x] in the lower 16 bits instead of [0000x, AAAAx, 5555x, FFFFx].
           Instead of Channel Data Words, the Wedge Data Blocks will then contain the
           following HiLo Control Words:
       Type Displacement
                         Contents
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       I*4 IPWDnn+SVXDCN SVX register A8 for HiLo High for chip 00 of wedge nn
                         SVX register A9 for HiLo High for chip 00 of wedge nn
                         SVX register A8 for HiLo Low  for chip 00 of wedge nn
                         SVX register A9 for HiLo Low  for chip 00 of wedge nn
                         SVX register A8 for HiLo Low  for chip 01 of wedge nn
                         .....
                         SVX register A9 for HiLo Low  for chip 14 of wedge nn
           HiLo Control Words are 32 bit words, in the same format as Wedge Control
           Words.  The data sections (lower 16 bits) of the HiLo Control Words have
           the following format:
       CDF-152                                               Page 179
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
           bit   | 1                   1             |   |       |              |
            #    | 5   4   3   2   1   0   9   8   7 | 6 | 5   4 | 3   2   1   0|
           ------+-----------------------------------+---+-------+--------------+
           A8 Hi |                                   |   |       |              |
           value |CNV SCA SCI  0  TC1 HL1 WE1 RE1 NM |TM | 0   0 | line status  |
                 |                                   |   |       |              |
           A9 Hi |                                   |   |       |              |
           value | 0   0   0   0   0   0   0  PR  NM |TM | 0   0 |     CID      |
                 |                                   |                          |
           A8 Lo |                                   |                          |
           value |CNV SCA SCI  0  TC1 HL1 WE1 RE1 LA | 0   0   0   0   0   0  0 |
                 |                                   |                          |
           A9 Lo |                                   |                          |
           value | 0   0   0   0   0   0   0  PR  LA | 0   0   0   0   0   0  0 |
           CID = Readout Chip ID in daisy chain (0-14)
           TM  = Threshold Mode: 1=positive, 0=negative
           NM  = Neighbor Mode: 1=nbr logic, 0=no nbr logic
           RE1 = 0
           WE1 = 1
           HL1 = HiLo cycle: 1=Hi, 0=Lo
           TC1 = 0
           SCI = 0
           SCA = 0
           CNV = 0
           There are four HiLo Control Words for each chip in a given wedge, for a
           total of sixty HiLo Control Words per wedge.
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       6. Controller Register Words are 32 bit words, in the same format as Wedge
           Control Words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 180
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.53  VTRD Bank - VTPC Raw TDC Data Bank
            This bank has raw, unreformatted 1879 data for the VTPC
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            19-Nov-1987     JP      Original Creation
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "VTRD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The VTRD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            8      Number of blocks (phi-slices)
            1           P0      Pointer to block 0, data for phi-slice 0
            2           P1      Pointer to block 1, data for phi-slice 1
            .                       .    .    .
            .                       .    .    .
            8           P7      Pointer to block 7, data for phi-slice 7
            9           P8      pointer to end of data + 1
                               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, (phi-slice 0)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P0        NTDC2      Number of TDCs x 2 in phi-slice 0 (=8)
           P0+1        TL0      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 0
           P0+2        TT0      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 0
           P0+3        TL1      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 1
           P0+4        TT1      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P0+NTDC2+1           Pointer to first word of next block
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, (phi-slice 1)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P1        NTDC2      Number of TDCs x 2 in phi-slice 1 (=8)
           P1+1        TL0      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 0
           P1+2        TT0      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 0
           P1+3        TL1      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 1
           P1+4        TT1      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P1+NTDC2+1           Pointer to first word of next block
            .                      .
                        etc.
       CDF-152                                               Page 181
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The Data for each Block has the format:-
               TDC data word 0         32 bits
               TDC data word 1         32 bits
               .....
            Notes:
            1.  The TDC hits are not in order  by  time  or  channel.
                However,  they are also not totally randomly ordered.
                Each TDC block starts with all the data from the  set
                of  first  channels  in each TDC hextant (channels 0,
                16, 32, 48, 64, 80) ordered by  time  (NOT  channel).
                Then  comes all the data from channels 1, 17, 33, 49,
                65, and 81 ordered by time.  This pattern is repeated
                for the remaining 14 sets of channels.  Note that the
                data for a particular channel  does  appear  in  time
                order.   The  trailing  edge  data  follows  the same
                pattern, however the leading and trailing  edge  data
                is  NOT  in  matching order, they each must be sorted
                independently.
            2.  Definition of bit fields in the TDC hit word
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                 0:00    Phase bit
                 1:09    Number of TDC counts (2 ns/count) (0-511)
                16:22    TDC channel number
                             (0-127, but only 0-95 are legitimate)
                27:31    FASTBUS slot number where the TDC resides
            3.  The VTPC phi-slices each contain 4 TDCs for  a  total
                of 32 TDCs.
            4.  VTPC reformatted TDC data is saved in bank VTWD.
            5.  Minimum bank length = 90 I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 182
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.54  CTRD Bank - CTC Raw TDC Data Bank
            This bank has raw, unreformatted 1879 data for the CTC
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            19-Nov-1987     JP      Original Creation
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CTRD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CTRD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            9      Number of blocks (superlayers)
            1           P0      Pointer to block 0, data for superlayer 0
            2           P1      Pointer to block 1, data for superlayer 1
            .                       .    .    .
            .                       .    .    .
            9           P8      Pointer to block 8, data for superlayer 8
           10           P9      pointer to end of data + 1
                               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, (superlayer 0)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P0        NTDC2      Number of TDCs x 2 in superlayer 0
           P0+1        TL0      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 0
           P0+2        TT0      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 0
           P0+3        TL1      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 1
           P0+4        TT1      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P0+NTDC2+1           Pointer to first word of next block
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, (superlayer 1)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P1        NTDC2      Number of TDCs x 2 in superlayer 1
           P1+1        TL0      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 0
           P1+2        TT0      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 0
           P1+3        TL1      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 1
           P1+4        TT1      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P1+NTDC2+1           Pointer to first word of next block
            .                      .
                        etc.
       CDF-152                                               Page 183
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            The Data for each Block has the format:-
               TDC data word 0         32 bits
               TDC data word 1         32 bits
               .....
            Notes:
            1.  The TDC hits are not in order  by  time  or  channel.
                However,  they are also not totally randomly ordered.
                Each TDC block starts with all the data from the  set
                of  first  channels  in each TDC hextant (channels 0,
                16, 32, 48, 64, 80) ordered by  time  (NOT  channel).
                Then  comes all the data from channels 1, 17, 33, 49,
                65, and 81 ordered by time.  This pattern is repeated
                for the remaining 14 sets of channels.  Note that the
                data for a particular channel  does  appear  in  time
                order.   The  trailing  edge  data  follows  the same
                pattern, however the leading and trailing  edge  data
                is  NOT  in  matching order, they each must be sorted
                independently.
            2.  Definition of bit fields in the TDC hit word
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                 0:00    Phase bit
                 1:09    Number of TDC counts (2 ns/count) (0-511)
                16:22    TDC channel number 
                             (0-127, but only 0-95 are legitimate)
                27:31    FASTBUS slot number where the TDC resides
            3.  The CTC superlayers 0-8 contain respectively 4, 3, 6,
                4, 9, 6, 12, 7, 15 TDCs for a total of 66 TDCs.
            4.  CTC reformatted TDC data is saved in bank CTCD.
            5.  Minimum bank length = 161 I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 184
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.55  TUPD Bank -  Level  One  Trigger  Central  Muon  Upgrade
             Detector Bank
            This bank pertains to the contents of  the  Central  Muon
       Upgrade Level One
            Trigger  Cards  (MP1T).   These  boards  use  muon  drift
       chamber hits to make a
            prediction  via  a  look-up  table  as  to  the  possible
       5-degree units in Phi (in
            the Central Muon system)  the  muon(s)  could  have  come
       from.  This prediction
            is ultimately compared  to  Central  Muon  5-degree  unit
       hits.
            Each  MP1T  card's  crate  location  is  adjacent  to   a
       96-channel TDC.  The 96
            TDC signals act as inputs to  8  memories  on  each  MP1T
       board.  Each memory
            has a minimum Pt look-up table downloaded  into  it,  and
       has 4 outputs which
            correspond to 4 units of the 72 5-degree  units  in  Phi.
       Thus, specific
            patterns will cause one or more of these bits (there  are
       8x4 = 32 bits per
            card) to turn on.  Each  MP1T  card's  32-bit  output  is
       stored in the TUPD
            bank.
            The 32-bit outputs get merged into 11 bits.  Hence,  each
       MP1T card can at
            most span 55-degrees in Phi.  These  11-bits  get  mapped
       and ORed on the
            auxiliary backplane to the 72-bit bus  which  runs  along
       it, in such a way
            as  to  optimize  trigger   performance.    This   72-bit
       prediction, which can be
            read from any of the MP1T cards in  the  last  crate,  is
       also stored in the
       CDF-152                                               Page 185
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            TUPD bank.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            04-Dec-1991 M.  Krasberg Original Creation
            19-Jan-1991 S.  Hong  Change  order  of  72-bit  bus  CSR
       registers
            so raw data is easier to understand
            The TUPD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "TUPD"   
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The TUPD bank format is:
         Displacement
            (I*4)        Contents      Description
             0              3          No. of Blocks
             1             P0          Pointer to block 0, MP1T 00-06, 32-bit outputs
             2             P1          Pointer to block 1, MP1T 07-12, 32-bit outputs
             3             P2          Pointer to block 2, 72-bit bus on Bottom Crate
             4             P3          End of Data Pointer
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 0, MP1T Top Crate (rack 18I)
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0      MP1T_00 register CSR C0000003           (Top)
            P0+ 1   MP1T_01 register CSR C0000003           (Top)
            P0+ 2   MP1T_02 register CSR C0000003           (Top)
            P0+ 3   MP1T_03 register CSR C0000003           (Top)
            P0+ 4   MP1T_04 register CSR C0000003           (Top)
            P0+ 5   MP1T_05 register CSR C0000003           (Top)
            P0+ 6   MP1T_06 register CSR C0000003           (Top)
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 1, MP1T Bottom Crate (rack 18I)
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P1      MP1T_07 register CSR C0000003           (Bottom)
            P1+ 1   MP1T_08 register CSR C0000003           (Bottom)
            P1+ 2   MP1T_09 register CSR C0000003           (Bottom)
            P1+ 3   MP1T_10 register CSR C0000003           (Bottom)
            P1+ 4   MP1T_11 register CSR C0000003           (Bottom)
            P1+ 5   MP1T_12 register CSR C0000003           (Bottom)
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 2, MP1T Bottom Crate (rack 18I)
       CDF-152                                               Page 186
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P2     MP1T_09 register CSR C0000002            (Bits 48-71 of bus)
            P2+1   MP1T_09 register CSR C0000001            (Bits 24-47 of bus)
            P2+2   MP1T_09 register CSR C0000000            (Bits 00-23 of bus)
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Note: The next card may exist for Run 1B - omit it for now
                 Data for Block 1, MP1T Bottom Crate (rack 18I)
            P1+ 6   MP1T_13 register CSR C0000003           (Bottom)
       CDF-152                                               Page 187
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.56  TEXD Bank - Level One  Trigger  Central  Muon  Extension
             Detector Bank
            This bank pertains to the contents of  the  Central  Muon
       Extension Level One
            Trigger Cards (MX1T).  These cards are  very  similar  to
       the Central Muon MU1T
            cards.  Each card has two registers read out.  The  first
       24 bits of register
            C0000010 contains the low  threshold  triggers  for  wire
       pairs 00-47.  The first
            24 bits of register C0000011 contains the high  threshold
       triggers for wire
            pairs 00-47.  8 radially aligned wire  pairs  corresponds
       to 5 degrees in Phi.
            Therefore, each trigger card spans 30 degrees in Phi.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            19-Jan-1991 M.  Krasberg Original Creation
            The TEXD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "TEXD"   
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The TEXD bank format is:
         Displacement
            (I*4)        Contents      Description
             0              2          No. of Blocks
             1             P0          Pointer to block 0, MX1T 00-08
             2             P1          Pointer to block 1, MX1T 12-20
             3             P2          End of Data Pointer
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 0, MX1T Top Crate (rack 18H)
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P0      MX1T_00 register CSR C0000010           (Top)
            P0+ 1   MX1T_00 register CSR C0000011           (Top)
            P0+ 2   MX1T_01 register CSR C0000010           (Top)
            P0+ 3   MX1T_01 register CSR C0000011           (Top)
            P0+ 4   MX1T_02 register CSR C0000010           (Top)
       CDF-152                                               Page 188
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            P0+ 5   MX1T_02 register CSR C0000011           (Top)
            P0+ 6   MX1T_03 register CSR C0000010           (Top)
            P0+ 7   MX1T_03 register CSR C0000011           (Top)
            P0+ 8   MX1T_04 register CSR C0000010           (Top)
            P0+ 9   MX1T_04 register CSR C0000011           (Top)
            P0+10   MX1T_05 register CSR C0000010           (Top)
            P0+11   MX1T_05 register CSR C0000011           (Top)
            P0+12   MX1T_06 register CSR C0000010           (Top)
            P0+13   MX1T_06 register CSR C0000011           (Top)
            P0+14   MX1T_07 register CSR C0000010           (Top)
            P0+15   MX1T_07 register CSR C0000011           (Top)
            P0+16   MX1T_08 register CSR C0000010           (Top)
            P0+17   MX1T_08 register CSR C0000011           (Top)
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Data for Block 1, MX1T Bottom Crate (rack 18H)
         --------------------------------------------------------------------
            P1      MX1T_12 register CSR C0000010           (Bottom)
            P1+ 1   MX1T_12 register CSR C0000011           (Bottom)
            P1+ 2   MX1T_13 register CSR C0000010           (Bottom)
            P1+ 3   MX1T_13 register CSR C0000011           (Bottom)
            P1+ 4   MX1T_14 register CSR C0000010           (Bottom)
            P1+ 5   MX1T_14 register CSR C0000011           (Bottom)
            P1+ 6   MX1T_15 register CSR C0000010           (Bottom)
            P1+ 7   MX1T_15 register CSR C0000011           (Bottom)
            P1+ 8   MX1T_16 register CSR C0000010           (Bottom)
            P1+ 9   MX1T_16 register CSR C0000011           (Bottom)
            P1+10   MX1T_17 register CSR C0000010           (Bottom)
            P1+11   MX1T_17 register CSR C0000011           (Bottom)
            P1+12   MX1T_18 register CSR C0000010           (Bottom)
            P1+13   MX1T_18 register CSR C0000011           (Bottom)
            P1+14   MX1T_19 register CSR C0000010           (Bottom)
            P1+15   MX1T_19 register CSR C0000011           (Bottom)
            P1+16   MX1T_20 register CSR C0000010           (Bottom)
            P1+17   MX1T_20 register CSR C0000011           (Bottom)
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       CDF-152                                               Page 189
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.57  CEGD Bank - Central EM High Gain Calorimeter Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CEGD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                               Page 190
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bit  0     x16 Gain               (0)
                     Bit  1     PhotoMultiplier Tube   (0-1)
                     Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation  (0-9)
                     Bits 6-10  Azimuth Segmentation   (0-23)
                     Bits 11-12 Unused
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width          (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC  value  (normalised  to
                nanoCoulombs).
            3.  This bank only  has  x16  channels.   The  format  is
                identical to CEMD.
       CDF-152                                               Page 191
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.58  CMRD Bank - Central Muon Upgrade Scintillators  Raw  TDC
             Data Bank
            This bank  has  raw,  unreformatted  1879  data  for  the
       Central Muon Upgrade scintillators.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            16-May-1992      David A. Smith      Original Creation
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CMRD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CMRD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            1      Number of blocks 
            1           P0      Pointer to block 0, data for prototype counters
            2           P1      pointer to end of data + 1
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, (Prototype counters)
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P0        NTDC2      Number of TDCs x 2 in prototype array
           P0+1        TL0      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 0
           P0+2        TT0      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 0
           P0+3        TL1      Pointer to leading edge data from TDC 1
           P0+4        TT1      Pointer to trailing edge data from TDC 1
            .                      .
            .                      .
           P0+NTDC2+1           Pointer to first word of next block
            .                      .
                        etc.
            The Data for each Block has the format:-
               TDC data word 0         32 bits
               TDC data word 1         32 bits
               .....
            ______
            Notes:
       CDF-152                                               Page 192
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            1.  With the exception of the number of  blocks  of  data
                and  the  number  of TDCs associated with each block,
                CSP TDC data is the same as that  of  the  CSX,  CMP,
                CMX, CTC, and VTX.
            2.  The TDC hits are not in order  by  time  or  channel.
                However,  they are also not totally randomly ordered.
                Each TDC block starts with all the data from the  set
                of  first  channels  in each TDC hextant (channels 0,
                16, 32, 48, 64, 80) ordered by  time  (NOT  channel).
                Then  comes all the data from channels 1, 17, 33, 49,
                65, and 81 ordered by time.  This pattern is repeated
                for the remaining 14 sets of channels.  Note that the
                data for a particular channel  does  appear  in  time
                order.   The  trailing  edge  data  follows  the same
                pattern, however the leading and trailing  edge  data
                is  NOT  in  matching order, they each must be sorted
                independently.
            3.  Definition of bit fields in the TDC hit word
                          Bits    Contents
                          ----    --------
                          0:00    Phase bit
                          1:09    Number of TDC counts (4 ns/count) (0-511)
                         16:22    TDC channel number 
                                      (0-127, but only 0-95 are legitimate)
                         27:31    FASTBUS slot number where the TDC resides
            4.  All superlayers contain 1 TDC for a total of 4 TDCs
            5.  CSP reformatted TDC data is saved in bank CSPD.
            6.  Minimum bank length = 22 I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 193
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.59  ERRD Bank - Error Reporting Bank
            This bank has  a  summary  of  readout  and  reformatting
       errors detected by the hardware Event Builder.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            17-Jun-1988                Pekka Sinervo
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "ERRD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The ERRD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            1      Number of blocks
            1           P0      Pointer to block 0
            2                   Pointer to end of data + 1
            P0          NERR     Number of readout errors
                               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for first readout error
          --------------------------------------------------------------
         P0+1                  VMS error code for error
         P0+2          N1      Number of words of data associated with
                               1st readout error
         P0+3                  Data word 1
         P0+4                  Data word 2
            .                      .
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for second readout error
          --------------------------------------------------------------
         P0+N1+2+1             VMS error code for error
         P0+N1+2+2     N2      Number of words of data associated with
                               2nd readout error
         P0+N1+2+3             Data word 1
         P0+N1+2+4             Data word 2
            .                      .
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for next readout error
          --------------------------------------------------------------
            .                      .
            .                      .
            .                      .
                        etc.
       CDF-152                                               Page 194
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       CDF-152                                               Page 195
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  When a data acquisition error occurs when an event is
                being  read out of the detector, being reformatted in
                the Event Builder or being transferred from  the  EVB
                to  Level  3,  the  DAQ  system  has  to respond in a
                well-defined manner.  For this purpose, bank ERRD  is
                appended  to the event record.  The existence of this
                bank in an event record indicates that an  error  was
                detected.  (Bits in the trigger mask may also be used
                to flag errors.)
            2.  ERRD has a block of N+2 words for each error with N =
                number of data words included to help define/diagnose
                the error.  The bank has one block with the number of
                errors (NERR) defined by the first word in the block.
                The error entries are variable length.
            3.  VMS error codes  identify  the  source  and  type  of
                error.   The  number of words of data associated with
                the error also correspond  to  the  number  of  words
                specified  in the definition of the error code in the
                appropriate .MSG file.  The errors  detected  by  the
                Hardware EVB are defined in the file
                               EVB_MESSAGE_CODES.MSG.
            4.  The hardware EVB appends an ERRD bank to the  end  of
                an event record whenever a readout error has occured.
                This is done by writing ERRD  to  the  end  of  event
                record  after  the record has been pushed to the next
                stage in the DAQ pipeline.
            5.  There are four stages  of  the  event  readout  where
                error conditions can be detected:
                       1) Formatting of raw data in the scanners,
                       2) EVB reading data from scanners,
                       3) Reformatting of data by the EVB,
                       4) EVB writing data to the next stage in the pipeline.
            6.  When a readout  error  occurs  accessing  data  in  a
                scanner, the EVB attempts to read as much of the data
                in the scanner event buffer as possible, and attempts
                to   reformat  as  much  of  the  data  as  possible.
                However, for most scanner readout errors, the scanner
                data is probably abandoned.
            7.  Errors detected during reformatting are signalled and
                the  EVB  tries  to make as much sense of the scanner
                data  as  possible.   If  a  reasonable  attempt   at
                interpreting  the  corrupted  data fails, the scanner
                data is abandoned.
       CDF-152                                               Page 196
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            8.  If an error occurs when the  event  record  is  being
                written to the next stage in the pipeline, the EVB is
                forced to abandon the part of the event that was  not
                transferred  and  attempts to fix up the event record
                and append an ERRD bank to it.
       CDF-152                                               Page 197
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.60  ALMD Bank - MX Alarms And Limits Monitoring Bank
            This bank has Alarms and Limits monitoring data  from  MX
       scanners.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            1-July-88 WS        Original version
            This bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:
           Bank Name   :   "ALMD"
           Bank Number :       1
           Bank Type   :   BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:
           Displacement
              (I*2)        Contents    Description
                0             1        No. of Blocks
                1             3        Block Pointer
                2                      End of Data Pointer
                3                      Data for All Scanners
               ...           ...
                    etc.
            Notes:
            1.  The data monitoring all scanners  is  placed  in  one
                block with the following format:
                 
                    Cluster Width/Start Channel    16 bits
                    Channel contents               16 bits
                    ....
                    Cluster Width/Start Channel    16 bits
                    Channel contents               16 bits
                    ....
                       etc.
            2.  Cluster  Width/Start  Channel  is   a   16-bit   word
                specifying  the  width  of  the Cluster and the first
                Channel Identifier in  the  cluster.   This  word  is
                composed of the following fields:
                     Bit  0- 4  Monitoring Function
                     Bit  5-12  MX Scanner Number
                     Bit 13-15  Cluster Width (0:7 --> 1-8)
       CDF-152                                               Page 198
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            3.  Channel contents.  16 bit ADC value.
            4.  Monitoring Functions:
                     0 = Arith Board / -5v     6 = OX Board / -0.9v
                     1 = Addr Board  / -5v     7 = UM Board / -0.9v
                     2 = Seq Board   / -5v     8 = UM Board / -2v
                     3 = EM Board    / -5v     9 = EM Board / -2v
                     4 = OX Board    / -5v    10 = +5v Regulator
                     5 = UM Board    / -5v    11 = Temperature Monitor
            5.  Currently, there are 58 MX  scanners  used  for  data
                acquisition.    A  special  "Alarms  and  Limits"  MX
                monitors the power supplies and rack  temperature  of
                all  scanners.  In normal operation, the pedestal and
                thresholds will be set for  these  monitors  so  that
                they are only read out when their value falls outside
                the normal range.
       CDF-152                                               Page 199
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.61  CSPD Bank - Raw Data Bank For The Scintillators  Of  The
             Central Muon Upgrade
            This bank has TDC  data  for  the  scintillators  of  the
       Central Muon Upgrade.
            The CSP Detector Bank format for raw TDC data is  similar
       to  that  of  the  CSX  (Central  Scintillators  for  the Muon
       Extension), CMX (Central Muon Extension),  CMP  (Central  Muon
       Upgrade),  CTC, and VTX.  These detector banks all contain TDC
       hits from LRS 1879 TDCs read out by SSPs.
            For 1992, 12 CSP prototypes are being  installed.   These
       will be read out from a single TDC in a single block.
            The structure of the YBOS raw data bank is shown  in  the
       diagram  below.   The  standard  YBOS  header is followed by a
       control block, A, with pointers to the start  of  information.
       There  is only one pointer.  There is a sub-block of pointers,
       B0, directly followed by a sub-block of  wire  hit  data,  B1.
       Here,  the  term  "pointer" is an offset from the start of the
       current block rather than an absolute address.  All  data  are
       packed in I*4 words.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics.
            Bank Name   :   "CSPD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CSPD bank format is as follows.
          _______       ________
          Address       Contents
                      ________________________
          INDDAT+0    | Number of pointers   | Block A
                +1    | PAS# = pointer to    |
                 .    |        prototypes    | pointer
                 .    |                      | block
                +2    | Pointer - end of data|
                      ________________________
              PAS0    | Number of TDCs       | Block B0
              PAS0+1  | PC# = TDC pointers   |
                 .    |        "       "     | TDC pointer block
                 .    |        "       "     | for prototype array
                      ________________________
           PAS0 + PC0 | Data for TDC 0       | Block B1
                 .    |   "                  | Data for prototype array
           PAS0 + PCN | Data for TDC N       |
                 .    |   "                  |
                 .    |                      |
       CDF-152                                               Page 200
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            _____ __  _________ _____ _______ _____
            Block A:  Prototype array Pointer Block
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      NAS = # of prototype arrays (1) 
                       = # of pointer words - 1
            1+i    Pointers:
                     = pointer to word 0 of block B0(i)
                       for 0 < i < NAS-1
                     = pointer to end of YBOS bank + 1
                       for i = NAS
            _____ ______  ___ _______ _________ ___ ___ _______ _
            Block B0(i):  TDC pointer sub-block for Arc Section i
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      NTDC(i) = number of TDCs in prototype array
            1+j    Pointers:
                     = pointer to start of TDC j for 0 < j < NTDC(i) - 1
                     = pointer to "end-of-block + 1"
                       for j = NTDC(i)
            It is permissable, if the prototype section is  empty  of
       data,  that  the block B0(i) be omitted entirely.  The section
       pointer in block A MUST be present in all cases, though it may
       just  indicate  an  empty section by its pointer offset value.
       In blocks pertaining to sections with data, each  TDC  has  an
       entry in this pointer block even if there are no hit data.
            Entries in  these  TDC  pointer  blocks  are  defined  as
       follows.
          bits   0-15  pointer to start of hit data for TDC j
                16-31  available bits, potentially available to flag detected
                       corrupt or incomplete data
                       Bit 30 is set when the TDC is not fully read out.
                       (this condition arises when the are too many hits
                       in this TDC.   If this is so, various wire/hit
                       limits are invoked, and not all data present are
                       read out, in order to avoid overflowing buffer
                       size limits)
       CDF-152                                               Page 201
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            _____ ________  ___ ____ _________ ___ ___ _______ __ ___
            Block B1(i,j):  Hit data sub-block for Arc Section i, TDC
       _
       j
            TDC data have the following format.
          bits   0- 9  T = Leading edge TDC count.
                             (10 bits; bit 0 is the "phase" bit)
                10-18  L = Width of the pulse in counts.
                             (9 bits, aligned with bits 1-9)
                19-25  C = Channel number  within this TDC.
                             (0:95 are "legal" channels)
                27-29  E = Error word
                         = 1 Pulse structure error
                           2 Unused channel
                           3 Illegal channel (>95)
                           4 Miscellaneous
                   30  N = Flag bit, indicating that the data on this
                            wire were not completely read out.
                            N=1 flags this.)
                   31  S = Stop bit = 1 for last hit on this wire.
       Only channels with hit data appear in these  blocks.   The  96
       channels   0:95   are   potentially   legal   channels.    The
       scintillator arcs are read out  in  increasing  azimuth.   The
       lowest  numbered  channel on each side is at an azimuth of -45
       degrees.  The block of CSP data corresponds  to  the  detector
       section described below.
                          ________      __________________
                          Detector      Number of Channels
                          Location      Used       Unused
                   Prototype array      12         12:95
            --------------------------------------------
            Total number of channels    12         84
       In the 1992 run configuration, the signals of  every  section,
       after  being  discriminated,  go  in  one  TDC  which is fully
       contained in a single "block".
            There exists the possibility that the read out produces a
       different  number  of leading and trailing edge digitizations.
       In this case, by convention, the SSP fills  in  a  "0"  for  a
       missing  trailing  edge  associated  to  a leading edge, and a
       "511" for a leading edge that  is  missing  the  corresponding
       trailing edge.
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  Each arc section must be read out within an  integral
                number  of  TDC  modules,  thus  1 TDC per section is
                required.
       CDF-152                                               Page 202
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            2.  A total of 1 TDC module is required for the 1992 run.
       CDF-152                                               Page 203
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.62  TMXD Bank - MX Scanner Time Bank
            This bank has MX algorithm execution time data.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            1-Jul-88 WS Original version
            16-Apr-93 FL/KB Modified for 1992 Run
            This bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:
           Bank Name   : "TMXD"
           Bank Number :   1-4
           Bank Type   : BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:
           Displacement
              (I*2)      Contents        Description
                0        1               Number of Blocks
                1        P0=4            Pointer to Start of Data
                2        P1              End of Data Pointer
                3        0               Null Word
              .....      .....           .....
             IOFF+0      0-60            Scanner ID
             IOFF+1      1               Indicates New Bank Format
             IOFF+2      lower 16 bits   Total time (Scan time + MX refor. time)
             IOFF+3      upper 16 bits   Total time (Scan time + MX refor. time)
             IOFF+4      lower 16 bits   Scan time  
             IOFF+5      upper 16 bits   Scan time
             IOFF+6      -               Total # of channels in top UM list
             IOFF+7      -               Total # of channels in bot. UM list
             IOFF+8      -               Length of Raw Data Buffer
             IOFF+9      -               Number of accepted channels
             IOFF+10     -               Number of online channels on top port
             IOFF+11     -               Number of online channels on bot. port
              .....      .....           .....
                         etc.
            Notes:
            1.  Each MX scanner has a  32  bit,  "Real  Time"  clock,
                which is used to measure the time required for the MX
                program (algorithm) to complete  its  function.   The
                clock  is  started  upon  receiving  START-SCAN,  and
                stopped just before EOS is raised by the MX  program.
                Each clock tick represents 100 ns.
            2.  Each MX generates at  most  one  channel  (14  16-bit
                words)  of TMXD data.  This data will not be added to
                the Event Buffer (in the MX) if doing so would  cause
       CDF-152                                               Page 204
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                an overflow condition in that MX.
            3.  The individual TMXD data generated in the MX scanners
                is  grouped  into a small number (one or two) of TMXD
                banks by the event builder.
            4.  Each TMXD bank  consists  of  only  one  block.   The
                pattern    of    data    words    illustrated   above
                (displacements of IOFF+0 through IOFF+11) is repeated
                for  each  MX  scanner.   For the first scanner, IOFF
                equals 4; for the second  scanner,  IOFF  equals  16;
                etc.   The number of scanners for which there is data
                in a given TMXD bank can be obtained from the end  of
                data pointer:
                     N_Scnrs = (End_of_data_Pointer - 4) / 12
            5.  It is possible to  have  several  TMXD  banks  in  an
                event,  each  with  a different bank number.  This is
                due to the fact that when MX scanners  are  read  out
                with  the  hardware  event builder, data from central
                and wall MX scanners is reformatted  in  a  different
                reformatter  board  that  data  from plug and forward
                scanners (each reformatter board builds its own  TMXD
                bank).
            6.  The Scanner ID specifies the  MX  scanner  generating
                the   associated   timing   information.    The   bit
                assignment within the scanner ID is as follows:
                     Bit  0- 7  MX Scanner Number
                     Bit  8-12  not used = 0
                     Bit 13-15  Cluster Width = 0
       CDF-152                                               Page 205
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.63  PRMD Bank - RABBIT Card PROM Digital Data Bank
            This bank has ASCII identifiers for RABBIT cards.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            1-July-88 SH        Original version
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "PRMD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0             1       No. of Blocks
               1             3       Beginning of Data Pointer
               2                     End of Data Pointer
               3                     Beginning of Data
               ......
                           etc.
            Notes:
            1.  Data  from  all  MX  scanners  and  RABBIT  cards  is
                considered as one block with the following format:
                       Channel ID                      16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel ID                      16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                               Page 206
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       .....
                       Channel ID                      16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
                       Channel contents                16 bits
            2.  Channel ID is a 16 Bit word  specifying  the  Channel
                identifier  for  the following set of PROM characters
                (17  I*2  words  containing  32  characters  plus   2
                characters  of  padding).   Notice  NO  clustering is
                allowed for this bank.  The Channel  identifier  word
                is composed of the following fields:-
                     Bits  0- 4 Slot Number (0-31)
                     Bits  5- 7 Port/crate Number (0-7)
                     Bits  8-15 MX Number (0-255)
            3.  Channel   contents.     16    Bit    Digital    value
                (corresponding   to  two  ASCII  characters  of  PROM
                digital readout).
       CDF-152                                               Page 207
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.64  TODD Bank - Time Of Day Detector Bank
            This bank has the date and time.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            29-June-88 JP       Original version
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "TODD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The TODD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            1      Number of blocks
            1           P0      Pointer to block 0
            2                   Pointer to end of data + 1
                               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, Date and Time
          --------------------------------------------------------------
            P0                 0.1 seconds
            P0+1               Seconds
            P0+2               Minutes
            p0+3               Hours
            P0+4               Day
            P0+5               Month
            P0+6               Year
            Notes:
            1.  This date and time are read from a CAMAC module which
                is also used by Alarms and Limits.
            2.  Minimum (Maximum) bank length = 10 (10) I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 208
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.65  MTPD Bank - MX Test Partition Bank
       This bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            29-Aug-88  WS      Original version
           Bank Name   :    "MTPD"
           Bank Number :        1
           Bank Type   :    BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
            where the format of the data is:
           Displacement
              (I*2)        Contents    Description
                0             2        No. of Blocks
                1             4        Block Pointer
                2             n        Block Pointer
                3                      End of Data Pointer
                4                      Data from Top Port
               ...           ...       ...
                n                      Data from Bottom Port
               ...           ...       ...
                   etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Data read through the  TOP  port  on
                the  MX  is  placed  in the first block and data read
                through the BOTTOM port is placed in the second.
            2.  Block Pointers.  Specifies the Integer*2 displacement
                of  the  data  relative  to the Bank Data Index.  The
                word count  for  each  Block  is  determined  by  the
                difference between adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End  of  Data  Pointer.   Specifies   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the word following the last word in
                the data.
            4.  The data for each Block has the format:
                 
                    Logical ID                     16 bits
                    Channel contents               16 bits
                    ....
                    Logical ID                     16 bits
                    Channel contents               16 bits
                    ....
                       etc.
       CDF-152                                               Page 209
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            5.  Logical ID.  16 bit word specifying the logical  card
                and  channel  ID  of  each  channel  in  the  MX Test
                Partition.  This word is composed  of  the  following
                fields:
                     Bit  0- 5  Logical Channel ID
                     Bit  6-11  Logical Card ID
                     Bit 12-12  Not Used
                     Bit 13-15  Cluster Width (0:7 --> 1-8)
            6.  Channel contents.  16 bit ADC value.
            Notes:
            1.  Purpose.  The MX Test Partition (Rabbit  Scanner  99)
                is  used  to  test new and suspect MX scanners in the
                context of the full CDF Data Acquisition System.
            2.  Configuration.  The Test Partition currently includes
                two  Rabbit  crates, one connected to the TOP port on
                the MX and the other to the BOTTOM.  Each crate has 3
                SCA  (Strip)  cards  located  in  slots  4,  5 and 6.
                Logical card  IDs  are  assigned  to  each  card  and
                logical channel IDs are assigned to each sub-address.
       CDF-152                                               Page 210
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.66  CPRD Bank - Central Preradiator Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CPRD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                               Page 211
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                ????
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC  value  (normalised  to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                               Page 212
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.67  CMXD Bank - Central Muon Extension Raw Data Bank
            This bank has TDC data for the Central Muon Extension.
            The CMX Detector Bank format for raw TDC data is  similar
       to that of the CTC, VTX and CMP (Central Muon Upgrade).  These
       detector banks all contain TDC hits from LRS  1879  TDCs  read
       out by SSPs.
            The structure of the YBOS raw data bank is shown  in  the
       diagram  below.   The  standard  YBOS  header is followed by a
       control block, A, with pointers to the  start  of  information
       from  each  region.   There  are 8 such pointers.  Each of the
       eight  90-degree  quarter-sections  (QS)  is  organized  as  a
       sub-block of pointers, B0, directly followed by a sub-block of
       wire hit data, B1.  Here, the term "pointer" is an offset from
       the  start  of  the  current  block  rather  than  an absolute
       address.  All data are packed in I*4 words.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics.
            Bank Name   :   "CMXD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CMXD bank format is as follows.
          _______       ________
          Address       Contents
                      ________________________
          INDDAT+0    | Number of pointers   | Block A
                +1    | PQS# = pointers to   |
                 .    |        each QS       | Quarter Section pointer
                 .    |                      | block
                +9   | Pointer - end of data|
                      ________________________
              PQS0    | Number of TDCs       | Block B0
              PQS0+1  | PC# = TDC pointers   |
                 .    |        "       "     | TDC pointer block
                 .    |        "       "     | for Quarter Section
                      ________________________
           PQS0 + PC0 | Data for TDC 0       | Block B1
                 .    |   "                  |
                 .    |                      | Data for Quarter Section 0
           PQS0 + PCN | Data for TDC N       |
                 .    |   "                  |
                 .    |                      |
                      ________________________
              PQS1    | Number of TDCs       | TDC pointer block
                 .    | PC# = TDC Pointers   | for Quarter Section 1
                      ________________________
                      |                      |
                 .    | Data                 |
       CDF-152                                               Page 213
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                 .    |                      |
            _____ __  _______ _______ _______ _____
            Block A:  Quarter Section Pointer Block
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      NQS = # of Quarter Sections (8) 
                       = # of pointer words - 1
            1+i    Pointers:
                     = pointer to word 0 of block B0(i)
                       for 0 < i < NQS-1
                     = pointer to end of YBOS bank + 1
                       for i = NQS
            _____ ______  ___ _______ _________ ___ _______ _______ _
            Block B0(i):  TDC pointer sub-block for Quarter Section i
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      NTDC(i) = number of TDCs in Quarter Section i
            1+j    Pointers:
                     = pointer to start of TDC j for 0 < j < NTDC(i) - 1
                     = pointer to "end-of-block + 1"
                       for j = NTDC(i)
            It is permissable, if the entire quarter section is empty
       of  data,  that  the  block  B0(i)  be  omitted entirely.  The
       section pointer in block A  MUST  be  present  in  all  cases,
       though  it  may just indicate a missing quarter section by its
       pointer offset value.  In blocks pertaining to  sections  with
       data,  each  TDC  has  an  entry in this pointer block even if
       there are no hit data.
            Entries in  these  TDC  pointer  blocks  are  defined  as
       follows.
          bits   0-15  pointer to start of hit data for TDC j
                16-31  available bits, potentially available to flag detected
                       corrupt or incomplete data
                       Bit 30 is set when the TDC is not fully read out.
                       (this condition arises when the are too many hits
                       in this TDC.   If this is so, various wire/hit
                       limits are invoked, and not all data present are
                       read out, in order to avoid overflowing buffer
                       size limits)
       CDF-152                                               Page 214
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            _____ ________  ___ ____ _________ ___ _______ _______ __
            Block B1(i,j):  Hit data sub-block for Quarter Section i,
       ___ _
       TDC j
            TDC data have the following format.
          bits   0- 9  T = Leading edge TDC count.
                             (10 bits; bit 0 is the "phase" bit)
                10-18  L = Width of the pulse in counts.
                             (9 bits, aligned with bits 1-9)
                19-25  C = Channel number  within this TDC.
                             (0:95 are "legal" channels)
                27-29  E = Error word
                         = 1 Pulse structure error
                           2 Unused channel
                           3 Illegal channel (>95)
                           4 Miscellaneous
                   30  N = Flag bit, indicating that the data on this
                            wire were not completely read out.
                            N=1 flags this.)
                   31  S = Stop bit = 1 for last hit on this wire.
            Only channels with hit data appear in these blocks.   The
       96  channels  0:95  are  potentially  legal  channels.  In the
       actual read out of a wedge, tubes are read out  in  increasing
       radial  separation from the beam axis within a given azimuthal
       slice.  Slices are taken in increasing  azimuth.   The  lowest
       numbered channel on each side is at an azimuth of -45 degrees.
            There exists the possibility that the read out produces a
       different  number  of leading and trailing edge digitizations.
       In this case, by convention, the SSP fills  in  a  "0"  for  a
       missing  trailing  edge  associated with a leading edge, and a
       "511" for a leading edge that  is  missing  the  corresponding
       trailing edge.
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  There are an integral number of TDCs for each quarter
                section.   The mechanical unit for CMX is a 15 degree
                wedge with 48  physical  chambers.   Each  90  degree
                section  has  288  channels--one per chamber.  Thus 3
                TDCs are required per section.   All  legal  channels
                (96) of each TDC are used.
            2.  The 90 degree  sections  begin  at  CDF  phi  of  -45
                degrees  on  the  west side of the detector.  For the
                '91 run,  only  3  sections  on  each  side  will  be
                installed.   There  will  be no chambers on the floor
                (225-315 degrees).  Due to the solenoid chimney,  two
                wedges  on the east side are missing (75-105 degrees)
                in the '91 run.
       CDF-152                                               Page 215
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            3.  Thus, a total of 17 TDCs is required for '91.
            4.  A negative "Number of  QS  Pointers"  indicates  that
                error checking was run in the reformatting code.
            5.  The "Number of QS Pointers" (see address INDDAT+0) is
                8.
       CDF-152                                               Page 216
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
       7.68  CMPD Bank - Central Muon Upgrade Raw Data Bank
            This bank has TDC  data  for  the  Central  Muon  Upgrade
       Chambers.
            The CMP Detector Bank format for raw data is  similar  to
       that  of the CTC, VTX and CMX (Central Muon Extension).  These
       detector banks all contain TDC hits from LRS  1879  TDCs  read
       out by SSPs.
            The structure of the YBOS raw data bank is shown  in  the
       diagram  below.   The  standard  YBOS  header is followed by a
       control block, A, with pointers to the  start  of  information
       from  each region.  There are four such pointers.  Each of the
       four regions (RS) is organized as a sub-block of pointers, B0,
       directly  followed by a sub-block of wire hit data, B1.  Here,
       the term "pointer" is an offset from the start of the  current
       block rather than an absolute address.  All data are packed in
       I*4 words.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics.
            Bank Name   :   "CMPD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CMPD bank format is as follows.
          _______       ________
          Address       Contents
                      ________________________
          INDDAT+0    | Number of  pointers  | Block A
                +1    | PRS# = pointers to   |
                 .    |        each RS       | Region pointer
                 .    |                      | block
                +5   | Pointer - end of data|
                      ________________________
              PRS0    | Number of TDCs       | Block B0
              PRS0+1  | PC# = TDC pointers   | 
                 .    |        "       "     | TDC pointer block
                 .    |        "       "     | for Region 0
                      ________________________
           PRS0 + PC0 | Data for TDC 0       | Block B1
                 .    |   "                  |
                 .    |                      | Data for Region 0
           PRS0 + PCN | Data for TDC N       |
                 .    |   "                  |
                 .    |                      |
                      ________________________
              PRS1    | Number of TDCs       | TDC pointer block
                 .    | PC# = TDC Pointers   | for Region 1
                      ________________________
                      |                      |
       CDF-152                                               Page 217
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                 .    | Data                 |
                 .    |                      |
            _____ __  ______ _______ _____
            Block A:  Region Pointer Block
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      NRS = # of Regions (4)
                       = # of pointer words - 1
            1+i    Pointers:
                     = pointer to word 0 of block B0(i)
                       for 0 < i < NRS-1
                     = pointer to end of YBOS bank + 1
                       for i = NRS
            _____ ______  ___ _______ _________ ___ ______ _
            Block B0(i):  TDC pointer sub-block for Region i
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      NTDC(i) = number of TDCs in Region i
            1+j    Pointers:
                    = pointer to start of TDC j for 0 < j < NTDC(i) - 1
                    = pointer to "end-of-block + 1"
                      for j = NTDC(i)
            It is permissable, if the entire region is empty of data,
       that  the block B0(i) be omitted entirely.  The region pointer
       in block A MUST be present in all cases, though  it  may  just
       indicate  a  missing  region  by its pointer offset value.  In
       blocks pertaining to regions with data, each TDC has an  entry
       in this pointer block even if there are no hit data.
            Entries in  these  TDC  pointer  blocks  are  defined  as
       follows.
          bits   0-15  pointer to start of hit data for TDC j
                16-31  available bits, potentially available to flag detected
                       corrupt or incomplete data
                       Bit 30 is set when the TDC is not fully read out.
                       (This condition arises when the are too many hits
                       in this TDC.   If this is so, various wire/hit
                       limits are invoked, and not all data present are
                       read out, in order to avoid overflowing buffer
                       size limits)
       CDF-152                                               Page 218
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
            _____ ________  ___ ____ _________ ___ ______ __ ___ _
            Block B1(i,j):  Hit data sub-block for Region i, TDC j
            TDC data have the following format.
          bits   0- 9  T = Leading edge TDC count.
                             (10 bits; bit 0 is the "phase" bit)
                10-18  L = Width of the pulse in counts.
                             (9 bits, aligned with bits 1-9)
                19-25  C = Channel number  within this TDC.
                             (0:95 are "legal" channels)
                27-29  E = Error word
                         = 1 Pulse structure error
                           2 Unused channel
                           3 Illegal channel (>95)
                           4 Miscellaneous
                   30  N = Flag bit, indicating that the data on this
                            wire were not completely read out.
                            N=1 flags this.)
                   31  S = Stop bit = 1 for last hit on this wire.
            Only channels with hit data appear in these blocks.   The
       96  channels  0:95  are  potentially  legal  channels.  In the
       actual read out of a wedge, tubes are read out  in  increasing
       radial  separation from the beam axis within a given azimuthal
       slice.  Slices are taken in increasing  azimuth.   The  lowest
       numbered channel on each side is at an azimuth of -45 degrees.
            Only channels with hit data appear in these blocks.   The
       96  channels,  0:95,  are  potentially  legal  channels.   The
       chambers of the  detector  are  arranged  in  stacks  of  four
       chambers  on  a rectangular grid surrounding the detector.  In
       the read out of the detector, tubes are read out in increasing
       radial  separation  from  the  beam axis within a given stack.
       Stacks  are  read  out  in  increasing  azimuth.   The  lowest
       numbered  channel  (at  bottom  of  the  north  wall) is at an
       azimuth of approximately -45 degrees.
            There exists the possibility that the read out produces a
       different  number  of leading and trailing edge digitizations.
       In this case, by convention, the SSP fills  in  a  "0"  for  a
       missing  trailing  edge  associated with a leading edge, and a
       "511" for a leading edge that  is  missing  the  corresponding
       trailing edge.
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  There are an integral number of TDCs for each region.
                1991  Region         #TDCs
                      0 North Wall   3
                      1 Top          4
                      2 South Wall   3
       CDF-152                                               Page 219
       DETECTOR COMPONENT BANKS
                      3 Bottom       3
            2.  A total of 13 TDCs is required for '91.
            3.  A negative "Number of  RS  Pointers"  indicates  that
                error checking was run in the reformatting code.
            4.  The "Number of RS Pointers" (see address INDDAT+0) is
                4.
       CDF-152                                               Page 220
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8  CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
            This section describes the data structure for scanner and
       event  banks  for  calibration  of  the  detector components :
       Central Electromagnetic Calorimeter,Central Hadron Calorimeter
       and Endwall Calorimeter.  Formats exist both for runs in which
       the MX forms a calibration summary bank and for runs in  which
       a non-standard data format is required for the raw data.
       CDF-152                                               Page 221
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.1  VTWX Bank - VTpc Wire Calibration Summary Bank.
            This bank contains calibration summary  information  from
       the  VTPC  wires  for a number of events taken at a particular
       delay setting.  The overall structure is similar to  the  VTWD
       bank, however there are multiple words of information for each
       wire, and there is information for every wire in the chamber.
            The VTWX bank  begins  with  a  list  of  phi  bin  block
       pointers,  followed by the individual half-module data blocks.
       Each half-module data block begins with a list of octant block
       pointers, followed by the actual octant data blocks.  Finally,
       each octant data block contains exactly four 32 bit words  for
       every  wire, regardless of the number of hits observed in each
       event.  The TDC data are ordered by increasing wire address.
            The VTWX bank header values are:
       Bank Name   :    "VTWX"
       Bank Number :        1
       Bank Type   :   BNKTI4  (Integer*4)
            The VTWX bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            8      number of Phi Bin pointers
            1           M0      pointer to Phi Bin 0 data block
            2           M1      pointer to Phi Bin 1 data block
            .                         .
            .                         .
            8           M7      pointer to Phi Bin 7 data block
            9           M8      pointer to end of data + 1
         ----------------------------------------------------------
          M0       NEV/NHM      Number of Events/Number Half Modules
                                  bits 00-07: Number of half module
                                              pointers for phi 0 (=16)
                                  bits 15-31: Number of events taken
          M0+1          O0      pointer to half module 0 data block
          M0+2          O1      pointer to half module 1 data block
            .                         .
            .                         .
          M0+16         O15     pointer to half module 15 data block
          M0+17         O16     pointer to end of phi 0 data + 1
                   --------------------------------------
          M0+O0                 TDC data word 0 for half module 0
          M0+O0+1               TDC data word 1 for half module 0
            .                         .
            .                         .
          M0+O1-1               last TDC data word for half module 0
                   --------------------------------------
          M0+O1                 TDC data word 0 for half module 1
       CDF-152                                               Page 222
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
          M0+O1+1               TDC data word 1 for half module 1
            .                         .
            .                         .
          M0+O16-1              last TDC data word for half module 15
         ----------------------------------------------------------
          M1       NEV/NHM      number of half module pointers (bits 0-7)
                                and number of events (bits 15-31) for phi 1
          M1+1                  pointer to half module 0 data block
            .                         .
            .                         .
          M8-1                  last TDC data word for phi 7, half mod 15
            Notes:
            1.  The mapping from half modules to octants and  modules
                is:-
                half module 0 : octant  0-7, module 0
                            1 : octant 8-15, module 0
                            2 : octant  0-7, module 1
                            3 : octant 8-15, module 1
                         ....
            2.  For each wire there are 4 32 bit words containing the
                following information:
                word 0:
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                 0: 4    TDC slot number
                 5:11    TDC channel number
                12:18    TDC crate number
                19:23    wire number
                24:27    pointer to first data word for next wire
                28:31    reserved for failure code (filled in offline)
                word 1:
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                 0:15    Sum of times of leading edge of first hit
                16:31    Sum of widths of first hit for each event
                word 2:
                Sum of squares of leading edge time of first hit in
                each event
       CDF-152                                               Page 223
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
                word 3:
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                 0:15    Total number of hits observed
                16:31    Number of events with at least one hit
       CDF-152                                               Page 224
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.2  CTCX Bank - CTC Calibration Summary Bank
            This bank contains calibration summary  information  from
       the  CTC  wires  for  a number of events taken at a particular
       delay setting.  The overall structure is similar to  the  CTCD
       bank, however there are multiple words of information for each
       wire, and there is information for every wire in the chamber.
            The structure of this YBOS bank is shown in  the  diagram
       below.   The  standard  YBOS  header  is followed by a control
       block, A, with pointers to the start of information from  each
       super  layer.   Each  of  the inner (NSL-1) = 9 superlayers is
       organized as a sub-block of pointers, B0, directly followed by
       a  sub-block  of  wire  hit data, B1.  The data from the outer
       drift tube layers are not included.  There  are  exactly  four
       words  of  data  for  each  and  every wire, regardless of the
       actual number of TDC hits observed in each event.
          _______                  ________
          Address                  Contents
                      ________________________
                                              
          INDDAT+0    | Number of pointers   | Super Layer pointer
       block
                +2    | PSL# = pointers to   |
                 .    |        each SL       |
                      ________________________
                 .    |                      |
              PSL0    | Nevt/Ncells          | Block B0
              PSL0+1  | PC# = cell pointers  | 
                 .    |        "       "     | Cell pointer block
                 .    |        "       "     | for Super Layer 0
                      ________________________
                 .    |                      |
           PSL0 + PC0 | Data for Cell 0      | Block B1
                 .    |   "                  |
                 .    |                      | Data for Super Layer 0
           PSL0 + PCN | Data for Cell N      |
                 .    |   "                  |
                 .    |                      |
                      ________________________
                 .    |                      |
              PSL1    | Nevt/Ncells          | Cell pointer block
                 .    | Pointers             | for Super Layer 1
                      ________________________
                 .    |                      |
                 .    | Data                 |
                 .    |                      |
          
       CDF-152                                               Page 225
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
            __________________________________
            Block A: Super Layer Pointer Block
           ____           ________
           word           Contents
            0    NSL = # of super layers (10) = # of pointer words - 1
            1+i  Pointers:
                   = pointer to word 0 of block B0(i)
                     for 0 < i < NSL-1
                   = pointer to end of YBOS bank + 1
                     for i = NSL
            _____________________________________________________
            Block B0(i): Cell pointer sub-block for super layer i
           ____           ________
           word           Contents
            0      Number of events/NCELL(i) 
                   Number of events(bits 15-31) = Number of events taken
                   NCELL(i)(bits 0-7) = # of cells in super layer i
            1+j  Pointers:
                   = pointer to start of cell j
                     for 0 < j < NCELL(i) - 1
                   = pointer to "end-of-block + 1"
                     for j = NCELL(i)
            Each cell has an entry in  this  pointer  block  even  if
       there is no hit data.
            
       ___________________________________________________________
       Block B1(i,j): Hit data sub-block for super layer i, cell j
            TDC data for the inner 9 super layers has  the  following
       format:
       word 0:
          bits   0- 4  TDC slot number
                 5-11  TDC channel number
                12-18  TDC crate number
                19-23  wire number
                24-27  pointer to first data word for next wire
                28-31  reserved for failure code (filled in offline)
       word 1:
           bits  0-15 Sum of first leading edge time for each event (including phase)
           bits 16-31 Sum of widths of first hit for each event
       word 2:
           Sum of squares of first leading edge time for each event
       CDF-152                                               Page 226
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       word 3:
           bits  0-15  Total number of hits observed
           bits 16-31  Total number of events with at least one hit
       CDF-152                                               Page 227
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.3  CEMX Bank - Central EM Calorimeter MX Calibration Summary
            Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CEMX"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:
               Error flag packed with Logical Channel Address
               Calibration data for this channel
               ......
               Error flag packed with next Logical Channel Address
       CDF-152                                               Page 228
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               ......
       The Error Flag can be run type dependent and will  be  defined
       later.   However, zero implies good data.  The logical channel
       address is defined by analogy to CDF-152, with the omission of
       the cluster width bits.
            Bit  0     x16 (0) or x1 (1) Gain
            Bit  1     PhotoMultiplier Tube (0-1)
            Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-9)
            Bits 6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            The calibration data is dependent on run type:
               Pedestal Run Type:
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag, 
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: spare
                       lower 16 bits: Number of Reads on this subaddress
               Word 2: Mean Pedestal in counts*64
               Word 3: Pedestal Sigma**2 in counts**2*64
               Flasher Run Type:
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag, 
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: spare
                       lower 16 bits: Number of Reads on this subaddress
               Word 2: Mean Flasher response in counts*64
               Word 3: Flasher response Sigma**2 in counts**2*64
               Word 4: Mean Flasher/Pin in 10**-4 %
               Word 5: Sigma**2 Flasher/Pin in (10**-4) **2 %
               LED Run Type:
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag, 
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: spare
                       lower 16 bits: Number of Reads on this subaddress
               Word 2: Mean Flasher response in counts*64
               Word 3: Flasher response Sigma**2 in counts**2*64
               Word 4: Mean LED/Pin in 10**-4 %
               Word 5: Sigma**2 LED/Pin in (10**-4) **2 %
               Charge Injection Run Type: (N records for N DAC values)
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag, 
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: DAC value
                       lower 16 bits: Number of reads at this DAC value
               Word 2: Mean value from subaddress in counts*64
               Word 3: Sigma**2 from subaddress in (counts*64)**2
       CDF-152                                               Page 229
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.4  CHAX Bank - Central  Hadron  Calorimeter  MX  Calibration
            Summary Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CHAX"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:
               Error flag packed with Logical Channel Address
               Calibration data for this channel
               ......
               Error flag packed with next Logical Channel Address
       CDF-152                                               Page 230
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               ......
       The Error Flag can be run type dependent and will  be  defined
       later.   However, zero implies good data.  The logical channel
       address is defined by analogy to CDF-152, with the omission of
       the cluster width bits.
            Bit  0     x16 (0) or x1 (1) Gain
            Bit  1     PhotoMultiplier Tube (0-1)
            Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-7)
            Bits 6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            The calibration data is dependent on run type:
               Pedestal Run Type:
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag, 
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: spare
                       lower 16 bits: Number of Reads on this subaddress
               Word 2: Mean Pedestal in counts*64
               Word 3: Pedestal Sigma**2 in counts**2*64
               Laser Run Type:
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag, 
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: spare
                       lower 16 bits: Number of Reads on this subaddress
               Word 2: Mean Laser response in counts*64
               Word 3: Lase response Sigma**2 in counts**2*64
               Charge Injection Run Type: (N records for N DAC values)
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag, 
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: DAC value
                       lower 16 bits: Number of reads at this DAC value
               Word 2: Mean value from subaddress in counts*64
               Word 3: Sigma**2 from subaddress in (counts*64)**2
       CDF-152                                               Page 231
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.5  WHAX Bank - Endwall Calorimeter  MX  Calibration  Summary
            Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "WHAX"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:
               Error flag packed with Logical Channel Address
               Calibration data for this channel
               ......
               Error flag packed with next Logical Channel Address
       CDF-152                                               Page 232
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               ......
       The Error Flag can be run type dependent and will  be  defined
       later.   However, zero implies good data.  The logical channel
       address is defined by analogy to CDF-152, with the omission of
       the cluster width bits.
            Bit  0     x16 (0) or x1 (1) Gain
            Bit  1     PhotoMultiplier Tube (0-1)
            Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-5)
            Bits 6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            The calibration data is dependent on run type:
               Pedestal Run Type:
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag, 
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: spare
                       lower 16 bits: Number of Reads on this subaddress
               Word 2: Mean Pedestal in counts*64
               Word 3: Pedestal Sigma**2 in counts**2*64
               Charge Injection Run Type: (N records for N DAC values)
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag, 
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: DAC value
                       lower 16 bits: Number of reads at this DAC value
               Word 2: Mean value from subaddress in counts*64
               Word 3: Sigma**2 from subaddress in (counts*64)**2
       CDF-152                                               Page 233
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.6  CTPD Bank - Central  Calorimeter  Temperature  Probe  Raw
            Data Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CTPD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The data for this block has the format (I*2):
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
       CDF-152                                               Page 234
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               .
               .
       The logical channel address is  defined  by  analogy  to  bank
       CEMD,  with  the  omission  of the cluster width bits, all the
       geometry bits but the azimuth, and addition of  bits  for  the
       probe number.
            Bits  0-3   Probe Number (0-9)
            Bits  4-5   Unused
            Bits  6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            Bits 11-15  Unused
       CDF-152                                               Page 235
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.7  CTPX Bank -  Central  Calorimeter  Temperature  Probe  MX
            Calibration
            Summary Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CTPX"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:
               Error flag packed with Logical Channel Address
               Calibration data for this channel
       CDF-152                                               Page 236
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               ......
               Error flag packed with next Logical Channel Address
               ......
       The Error Flag is defined below.   Zero  always  implies  good
       data.   The  logical  channel address is defined by analogy to
       bank CEMD, with the omission of the cluster  width  bits,  all
       the  geometry  bits  but the azimuth, and addition of bits for
       the probe number.
            Bits  0-3   Probe Number (0-9)
            Bits  4-5   Unused
            Bits  6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            Bits 11-15  Unused
       CDF-152                                               Page 237
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.8  CSDD Bank - Central Calorimeter Cs-137 Source  Drive  Raw
            Data Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CSDD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The data for this block has the format (I*2):
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
       CDF-152                                               Page 238
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               .
               .
       The logical channel address is  defined  by  analogy  to  bank
       CEMD,  with  the  omission  of the cluster width bits, all the
       geometry bits but the azimuth, and addition of bits for source
       drive data word.
            Bits  0-2   Source Drive Datum (0-3)
            Bits  3-5   Unused
            Bits  6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            Bits 11-15  Unused
       CDF-152                                               Page 239
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.9  CSDX Bank - Central Calorimeter Cs-137  Source  Drive  MX
            Calibration
            Summary Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CSDX"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:
               Error flag packed with Logical Channel Address
               Calibration data for this channel
       CDF-152                                               Page 240
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               ......
               Error flag packed with next Logical Channel Address
               ......
       The Error Flag is defined below.   Zero  always  implies  good
       data.   The  logical  channel address is defined by analogy to
       bank CEMD, with the omission of the cluster  width  bits,  all
       the  geometry  bits  but the azimuth, and addition of bits for
       source drive data word.
            Bits  0-2   Source Drive Datum (0-3)
            Bits  3-5   Unused
            Bits  6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            Bits 11-15  Unused
       CDF-152                                               Page 241
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.10  CCDD Bank - Central Calorimeter Digital  Data  Raw  Data
             Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CCDD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The data for this block has the format (I*2):
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
       CDF-152                                               Page 242
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               .
               .
       The logical channel address is  defined  by  analogy  to  bank
       CEMD,  with  the  omission  of the cluster width bits, all the
       geometry bits but  the  azimuth,  and  addition  of  bits  for
       digital register.
            Bits  0-3   Digital Register (0-9)
            Bits  4-5   Unused
            Bits  6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            Bits 11-15  Unused
       CDF-152                                               Page 243
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.11  CECD Bank - Central EM Calorimeter Current  Channel  Raw
             Data Bank
       This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CECD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The data for this block has the format (I*2):
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
       CDF-152                                               Page 244
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               .
               .
       The logical channel address is defined by analogy to CDF-152, with the
       omission of the cluster width bits.
       .lt
            Bit  0     Unused
            Bit  1     PhotoMultiplier Tube (0-1)
            Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-9)
            Bits 6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
       CDF-152                                               Page 245
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.12  CHCD Bank - Central Hadron Calorimeter  Current  Channel
             Raw Data Bank
       This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CHCD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The data for this block has the format (I*2):
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
       CDF-152                                               Page 246
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               .
               .
       The logical channel address is defined by analogy to CDF-152, with the
       omission of the cluster width bits.
       .lt
            Bit   0     Unused
            Bit   1     PhotoMultiplier Tube (0-1)
            Bits  2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-7)
            Bits  6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            Bits 11-15  Unused
       CDF-152                                               Page 247
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.13  WHCD Bank - Endwall Calorimeter Current Channel Raw Data
             Bank
       This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "WHCD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The data for this block has the format (I*2):
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
       CDF-152                                               Page 248
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               .
               .
       The logical channel address is defined by analogy to CDF-152, with the
       omission of the cluster width bits.
            Bit  0     Unused
            Bit  1     PhotoMultiplier Tube (0-1)
            Bits 2-5   Rapidity Segmentation (0-5)
            Bits 6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
       CDF-152                                               Page 249
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.14  LSAD Bank - Hadron Calorimeter Laser System ADC Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "LSAD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0             1       No. of Blocks
               1             3       Block Pointer
               2                     End of Data Pointer
               3                     Data 
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to just one Block.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bit  0     x16 (0) or x1 (1) Gain
                     Bit  1     Unused
                     Bits 2-5   Phototube No.
                     Bits 6-10  Box No.
                     Bits 11-12 Unused
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
       CDF-152                                               Page 250
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC  value  (normalised  to
                ??)
       CDF-152                                               Page 251
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.15  LSTD Bank - Hadron Calorimeter Laser System TDC Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "LSTD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0             1       No. of Blocks
               1             3       Block Pointer
               2                     End of Data Pointer
               3                     Data 
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to one block.
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                     Bit  0-1   Not used (zero)
                     Bits 2-5   Phototube No.
                     Bits 6-10  Box No.
                     Bits 11-12 Unused
                     Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit TDC  value  (normalised  to
                ?????)
       CDF-152                                               Page 252
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.16  CPND Bank - Central EM Calorimeter PIN  Diode  Raw  Data
             Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CPND"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The data for this block has the format (I*2):
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel Data
       CDF-152                                               Page 253
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               .
               .
       The logical channel address is defined by analogy to CDF-152, with the
       omission of the cluster width bits.
       .lt
            Bits  0-2   PIN Diode (0-5)
            Bits  3-4   QVC (0), TVC (1), Ratio (2), Spare (3)
            Bit   5     Unused
            Bits  6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            Bits 11-15  Unused
       CDF-152                                               Page 254
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.17  CPNX  Bank  -  Central  EM  Calorimeter  PIN  Diode   MX
             Calibration
            Summary Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CPNX"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                then  the  East  Modules  taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*4
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*4
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  Wedge  West  0  (and  1 if two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:
               Error flag packed with Logical Channel Address
               Calibration data for this channel
       CDF-152                                               Page 255
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
               ......
               Error flag packed with next Logical Channel Address
               ......
       The Error Flag can be run type dependent and will  be  defined
       later.   However, zero implies good data.  The logical channel
       address is defined by analogy to CDF-152, with the omission of
       the cluster width bits.
            Bits  0-2   PIN Diode (0-5)
            Bits  3-4   QVC (0), TVC (1), Ratio (2), Spare (3)
            Bit   5     Unused
            Bits  6-10  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            Bits 11-15  Unused
            The calibration data is dependent on run type:
               Pedestal Run Type:
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag, 
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: spare
                       lower 16 bits: Number of Reads on this subaddress
               Word 2: Mean Pedestal in counts*64
               Word 3: Pedestal Sigma**2 in counts**2*64
               Flasher Run Type
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: spare
                       lower 16 bits: Number of Reads on this subaddress
               Word 2: Mean PIN Diode Response in counts*64
               Word 3: PIN Diode Sigma**2 in counts**2*64
               LED Run Type (0,1 or 2)
               Word 0: upper 16 bits: Error Flag
                       lower 16 bits: Logical channel address
               Word 1: upper 16 bits: spare
                       lower 16 bits: Number of Reads on this subaddress
               Word 2: Mean PIN Diode Response in counts*64
               Word 3: PIN Diode Sigma**2 in counts**2*64
       CDF-152                                               Page 256
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.18  SVXX Bank - Silicon Vertex Detector Xmode Data Bank
            This format describes the SVXX bank, which contains Xmode
       data from the SVX Detector.  It is defined to be used with the
       FastBus  based   readout   electronics   A   typical   readout
       configuration  assumes 1 Scanner (SSP) and 1 Sequencer sitting
       in one FB crate.  The data is divided into  sequencers  (0-3),
       and subdivided into wedges (0-23).
            A single SVXX bank will contain data for at most 1  wedge
       from  each  of  the  sequencers,  giving  a maximum total of 4
       wedges per SVXX bank.  To read  out  the  entire  detector,  a
       total  of 6 consecutive SVXX banks are needed.  The first bank
       will contain data for wedges 0, 6, 12, and 18.  The second for
       wedges 1, 7, 13, and 19, and so on.
            This Bank has the following Bank Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "SVXX"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
       The format of the header is:-
       Type Displacement
               Contents   Description
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       I*4   0 NBLOCK=28  Number of Blocks
                               .......... Sequencer 0 ...........
       I*4   1 IPSEQ0     Offset to Sequencer 0 Description Block  (Block 0)
       I*4   2 IPWD00     Offset to Wedge  0 (West side, number 0) (Block 1)
       I*4   3 IPWD01     Offset to Wedge  1 (West side, number 1) (Block 2)
       I*4   4 IPWD02     Offset to Wedge  2 (West side, number 2) (Block 3)
       I*4   5 IPWD03     Offset to Wedge  3 (West side, number 3) (Block 4)
       I*4   6 IPWD04     Offset to Wedge  4 (West side, number 4) (Block 5)
       I*4   7 IPWD05     Offset to Wedge  5 (West side, number 5) (Block 6)
                               .......... Sequencer 1 ...........
       I*4   8 IPSEQ1     Offset to Sequencer 1 Description Block  (Block 7)
       I*4   9 IPWD06     Offset to Wedge  6 (West side, number 6) (Block 8)
       I*4  10 IPWD07     Offset to Wedge  7 (West side, number 7) (Block 9)
       I*4  11 IPWD08     Offset to Wedge  8 (West side, number 8) (Block 10)
       I*4  12 IPWD09     Offset to Wedge  9 (West side, number 9) (Block 11)
       I*4  13 IPWD10     Offset to Wedge 10 (West side, number 10) (Block 12)
       I*4  14 IPWD11     Offset to Wedge 11 (West side, number 11) (Block 13)
                               .......... Sequencer 2 ...........
       I*4  15 IPSEQ2     Offset to Sequencer 2 Description Block  (Block 14)
       I*4  16 IPWD12     Offset to Wedge 12 (East side, number 0) (Block 15)
       I*4  17 IPWD13     Offset to Wedge 13 (East side, number 1) (Block 16)
       I*4  18 IPWD14     Offset to Wedge 14 (East side, number 2) (Block 17)
       I*4  19 IPWD15     Offset to Wedge 15 (East side, number 3) (Block 18)
       I*4  20 IPWD16     Offset to Wedge 16 (East side, number 4) (Block 19)
       CDF-152                                               Page 257
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       I*4  21 IPWD17     Offset to Wedge 17 (East side, number 5) (Block 20)
                               .......... Sequencer 3 ...........
       I*4  22 IPSEQ3     Offset to Sequencer 3 Description Block  (Block 21)
       I*4  23 IPWD18     Offset to Wedge 18 (East side, number 6) (Block 22)
       I*4  24 IPWD19     Offset to Wedge 19 (East side, number 7) (Block 23)
       I*4  25 IPWD20     Offset to Wedge 20 (East side, number 8) (Block 24)
       I*4  26 IPWD21     Offset to Wedge 21 (East side, number 9) (Block 25)
       I*4  27 IPWD22     Offset to Wedge 22 (East side, number 10) (Block 26)
       I*4  28 IPWD23     Offset to Wedge 23 (East side, number 11) (Block 27)
                                                                                   
       I*4  29 Offset to the Last Data Word + 1   
       ================================================================================
       ================================================================================
       There are a total of four Sequencer Description Blocks, located in blocks 0, 7,
       14, and 21.  Each of the blocks describes the data for one sequencer.
       Sequencers are numbered from i=0 to 3.  The wedges in Sequencer i are numbered
       j+(i*6), where j=0,5.
       The End-of-Buffer Register contains the address of the last location in the
       Sequencer's Event Memory to which a data word was written.  In order to get
       the number of data words in a given wedge you must add 1 to the content of
       this register.
       Sequencer Description Blocks Format:
       Type Displacement
                       Contents   Description
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Blocks 0,7,14,21
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       I*4 IPSEQi      LWEDGEj   End-of-Buffer Register for Wedge j,   Sequencer i
       I*4 IPSEQi+1    LWEDGEj+1 End-of-Buffer Register for Wedge j+1, Sequencer i
       ... ........    ........
       I*4 IPSEQi+5    LWEDGEj+5 End-of-Buffer Register for Wedge j+5, Sequencer i
       I*4 IPSEQi+6              End-of-Buffer Register for Block 6
       I*4 IPSEQi+7              End-of-Buffer Register for Block 7
       I*4 IPSEQi+8              Execution Timer               (C000-0008)
       I*4 IPSEQi+9              SVX Status                    (C000-0009)
       I*4 IPSEQi+10             Wedge Priority                (C000-000A)   
       I*4 IPSEQi+11             Wedge Priority Mask           (C000-000B)  
       I*4 IPSEQi+12             External Conditions           (C000-000C)  
       I*4 IPSEQi+13             Instruction Execution Monitor (C000-000D)  
       I*4 IPSEQi+14   ICIPi     Controller ID            Register for Sequencer i
       I*4 IPSEQi+15   ICEPi     Controller Error         Register for Sequencer i
       I*4 IPSEQi+16   ICPPi     Controller Priority Mask Register for Sequencer i
       I*4 IPSEQi+17   ICDPi     Controller Diagnostic    Register for Sequencer i
       ================================================================================
       ================================================================================
       There are a total of 24 Wedge Data Blocks, located in blocks 1-6, 8-13, 15-20,
       CDF-152                                               Page 258
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       and 22-27.  Each of the blocks describes the data for one wedge.  Preceeding the
       Channel Data Words are SVXDCN Wedge Control Words, 60 HiLo Control Words,
       another SVXDCN Wedge Control Words, and SVXXCN Xmode Control Words.
       If a block contains valid data, it should contain data for exactly 1920
       channels.  The current SVXX uses SVXDCN=14, SVXXCN=5 (see note 4).
       Wedge Data Blocks Format:
       Type Displacement       Contents (lower 16 bits)
                                       Description
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Blocks 1 to 27 (excluding blocks 0, 7, 14, and 21)
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       I*4 IPWDnn              FFFFx   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4 IPWDnn+1            AAAAx   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4 IPWDnn+2            5555x   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4                     0000x   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4                     VCAL1   Charge injection DAC 1
       I*4                     VCAL2   Charge Injection DAC 2
       I*4                     OFFDAC  Offset DAC
       I*4                     CSR1    Digitizer settings, eg. gain
       I*4                     DigGPR  General Purpose register
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4 IPWDnn+13           DESR    Digitizer Error Status Register
       I*4 IPWDnn+SVXDCN               first HiLo Control Word for wedge nn
       ...
       I*4 IPWDnn+SVXDCN+59            last HiLo Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4 IPWDnn+SVXDCN+60    0000x   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4                     AAAAx   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4                     5555x   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4                     FFFFx   Fixed Control Word for wedge nn
       I*4                     VCAL1   Charge injection DAC 1
       I*4                     VCAL2   Charge Injection DAC 2
       I*4                     OFFDAC  Offset DAC
       I*4                     CSR1    Digitizer settings, eg. gain
       I*4                     DigGPR  General Purpose register
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4                             junk...(see note 4)
       I*4                     DESR    Digitizer Error Status Register
       I*4 IPWDnn+2*SVXDCN+60  VCAL1   VCAL1 cross-check
       I*4                     VCAL2   VCAL2 cross-check
       I*4                             ADC offset
       I*4                             # of Xmode triggers
       I*4                     CHNWRD  # of words per channel
       I*4 IPWDnn+2*SVXDCN+SVXXCN      First dataword for for first channel
       CDF-152                                               Page 259
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       ... ......                      ...................................
       I*4 IPWDnn+LWEDGEnn-1           Last dataword for last channel
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       ================================================================================
       Notes:
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       1. All words are I*4 type.
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       2. IPWDnn, the offset to the Wedge Data Block for wedge nn, points to the first
           word in the block (a Fixed Control Word), not to the first Channel Data
           Word.
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       3. Channel Data Words are 32 bit integer words.  There should be exactly
           CHNWRD words per channel.  There should be exactly 1920 channels per wedge
           in a block containing valid data.
           For efficiency and threshold calculations, CHNWRD=1.
       I*4 IPWDnn+2SVXDCN+SVXXCN       # of latches for first channel
       I*4 IPWDnn+2SVXDCN+SVXXCN+1     # of latches for second channel
       ... ......                      ..................................
       I*4 IPWDnn+LWEDGEnn             # of latches for last channel
           For all other calculations, CHNWRD=2.
       I*4 IPWDnn+2SVXDCN+SVXXCN       Sum of ADC counts for first channel
       I*4 IPWDnn+2SVXDCN+SVXXCN+1     Sum of (ADC counts)**2 for first channel
       I*4 IPWDnn+2SVXDCN+SVXXCN+2     Sum of ADC counts for second channel
       ... ......                      ...................................
       I*4 IPWDnn+LWEDGEnn             Sum of (ADC counts)**2 for last channel
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       4. The beginning of each Wedge Data Block contains SVXDCN Wedge Control Words
           from the Digitizer's internal registers.
           SVXDCN is stored as a parameter in C$INC:??????.INC (desn't exist).
           Its value corresponds to the number of control words at the beginning of
           each Wedge Data Block.
           Four Fixed Control Words are used for diagnostics, and six Control Words
           are used for calibration.
           As of Dec 14, 1991: SVXDCN=14.
           Before Dec 14, 1991: SVXDCN=12.
           Following the Wedge Control Words are the HiLo Control Words, another
           SVXDCN Wedge Control Words, and SVXXCN Xmode Control Words.
           SVXXCN is stored as a parameter in C$INC:??????.INC (desn't exist).
           Currently, SVXXCN=5.
           Wedge Control Words are 32 bit words composed of the following fields:
           LSB: Bits  0-15  data for this subaddress
                Bits 16-19  A = subaddress
                Bits 20-22  IDB = control word ID bits
                Bits 23-26  CID = Fake Readout Chip ID in daisy chain = 15
                Bits 27-29  N = Digitizer Number (ADC Module number)  (0-5)
       CDF-152                                               Page 260
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
           MSB: Bits 30-31  C = Crate/Controller Number (0-3)
           bit   |3 3|     |       |    2|       |          1                    |
            #    |1 0|9 8 7|6 5 4 3|2 1 0|9 8 7 6|5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0|
           ------+---+-----+-------+-----+-------+-------------------------------+
                 |   |     |  CID  |     |       |                               |
           value | C |  N  |1 1 1 1| IDB |   A   |             data              |
           NOTE: Bits 23-26 are always on for Wedge Control Words, corresponding to a
           Fake Chip ID of 15.
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       5. The HiLo Control Words have the following format:
       Type Displacement
                         Contents
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       I*4 IPWDnn+SVXDCN SVX register A8 for HiLo High for chip 00 of wedge nn
                         SVX register A9 for HiLo High for chip 00 of wedge nn
                         SVX register A8 for HiLo Low  for chip 00 of wedge nn
                         SVX register A9 for HiLo Low  for chip 00 of wedge nn
                         SVX register A8 for HiLo Low  for chip 01 of wedge nn
                         .....
                         SVX register A9 for HiLo Low  for chip 14 of wedge nn
           HiLo Control Words are 32 bit words, in the same format as Wedge Control
           Words.  The data sections (lower 16 bits) of the HiLo Control Words have
           the following format:
           bit   | 1                   1             |   |       |              |
            #    | 5   4   3   2   1   0   9   8   7 | 6 | 5   4 | 3   2   1   0|
           ------+-----------------------------------+---+-------+--------------+
           A8 Hi |                                   |   |       |              |
           value |CNV SCA SCI  0  TC1 HL1 WE1 RE1 NM |TM | 0   0 | line status  |
                 |                                   |   |       |              |
           A9 Hi |                                   |   |       |              |
           value | 0   0   0   0   0   0   0  PR  NM |TM | 0   0 |     CID      |
                 |                                   |                          |
           A8 Lo |                                   |                          |
           value |CNV SCA SCI  0  TC1 HL1 WE1 RE1 LA | 0   0   0   0   0   0  0 |
                 |                                   |                          |
           A9 Lo |                                   |                          |
           value | 0   0   0   0   0   0   0  PR  LA | 0   0   0   0   0   0  0 |
           CID = Readout Chip ID in daisy chain (0-14)
           TM  = Threshold Mode: 1=positive, 0=negative
           NM  = Neighbor Mode: 1=nbr logic, 0=no nbr logic
           RE1 = 0
           WE1 = 1
           HL1 = HiLo cycle: 1=Hi, 0=Lo
           TC1 = 0
           SCI = 0
           SCA = 0
           CNV = 0
       CDF-152                                               Page 261
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
           There are four HiLo Control Words for each chip in a given wedge, for a
           total of sixty HiLo Control Words per wedge.
       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       6. Controller Register Words are 32 bit words, in the same format as Wedge
           Control Words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 262
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.19  CMXX Bank - Central Muon Extension  Calibration  Summary
             Bank
       This bank contains calibration summary  information  from  the
       Central Muon Extension wires for a number of events taken at a
       particular delay setting.  The overall structure is similar to
       the CMXD bank, however there are multiple words of information
       for each wire, and there is information for every wire in  the
       chamber.
            The structure of the YBOS raw data bank is shown  in  the
       diagram  below.   The  standard  YBOS  header is followed by a
       control block, A, with pointers to the  start  of  information
       from  each  region.   There  are 8 such pointers.  Each of the
       eight  90-degree  quarter-sections  (QS)  is  organized  as  a
       sub-block of pointers, B0, directly followed by a sub-block of
       wire hit data, B1.  There are exactly four words of  data  for
       each  and  every  wire, regardless of the actual number of TDC
       hits observed in each event.
               _______                  ________
               Address                  Contents
                           _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
                           _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
               INDDAT+0    | Number of pointers   | Quarter-section pointer
            block
                     +2    | PQS# = pointers to   |
                      .    |        each QS       |
                           __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
                      .    |_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ |
                   QSL0    | Nevt/Ncells          | Block B0
                   QSL0+1  | PC# = TDC pointers   | 
                      .    |        "       "     | TDC pointer block
                      .    |        "       "     | for QS 0
                           __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
                      .    |_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ |
                QSL0 + PC0 | Data for TDC 0       | Block B1
                      .    |   "                  |
                      .    |                      | Data for QS 0
                QSL0 + PCN | Data for TDC N       |
                      .    |   "                  |
                      .    |                      |
                           __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 
                      .    |_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ |
                   QSL1    | Nevt/NTDCs           | TDC pointer block
                      .    | Pointers             | for QS 1
                           __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
                      .    |_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ |
       CDF-152                                               Page 263
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
                      .    | Data                 |
                      .    |                      |
            _____ __  _______________ _______ _____
            Block A:  Quarter-Section Pointer Block
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      NQS = # of Quarter-Sections (8) 
                       = # of pointer words - 1
            1+i    Pointers:
                     = pointer to word 0 of block B0(i)
                       for 0 < i < NQS-1
                     = pointer to end of YBOS bank + 1
                       for i = NQS
            _____ ______  ___ _______ _________ ___ _______________ _
            Block B0(i):  TDC pointer sub-block for Quarter-Section i
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      Number of events/NTDC(i)
                        Number of events (bits 15-31) = Number of events taken
                        NTDC(i)(bits 0-7) = # of TDCsin QS i
            1+j    Pointers:
                     = pointer to start of TDC j for 0 < j < NTDC(i) - 1
                     = pointer to "end-of-block + 1"
                       for j = NTDC(i)
       Each cell has an entry in this pointer block even if there is no hit data.
            _____ ________  ___ ____ _________ ___ _______________ __
            Block B1(i,j):  Hit data sub-block for Quarter-Section i,
       ___ _
       TDC j
            TDC data have the following format.
          word 0:
            bits  0- 4  TDC slot number
                  5-11  TDC channel number
                 12-18  TDC crate number
                 19-23  wire number
                 24-27  pointer to first data word for next wire
                 28-31  reserved for failure code (filled in offline)
          word 1:
            bits  0-15 Sum of first leading edge time for each event (including phase)
            bits 16-31 Sum of widths of first hit for each event
            word 2:
                Sum of squares of first leading edge time for each event
            word 3:
                bits  0-15  Total number of hits observed
       CDF-152                                               Page 264
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
                bits 16-31  Total number of events with at least one hit
       CDF-152                                               Page 265
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
       8.20  CMPX Bank - Central  Muon  Upgrade  Calibration  Summary
             Bank
       This bank contains calibration summary  information  from  the
       Central  Muon  Upgrade wires for a number of events taken at a
       particular delay setting.  The overall structure is similar to
       the CMPD bank, however there are multiple words of information
       for each wire, and there is information for every wire in  the
       chamber.
            The structure of the YBOS raw data bank is shown  in  the
       diagram  below.   The  standard  YBOS  header is followed by a
       control block, A, with pointers to the  start  of  information
       from  each region.  There are four such pointers.  Each of the
       four regions (RS) is organized as a sub-block of pointers, B0,
       directly  followed by a sub-block of wire hit data, B1.  There
       are exactly four words  of  data  for  each  and  every  wire,
       regardless  of  the actual number of TDC hits observed in each
       event.
               _______                  ________
               Address                  Contents
                           _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
                           _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
               INDDAT+0    | Number of pointers   | Region pointer
            block
                     +2    | PRS# = pointers to   |
                      .    |        each RS       |
                           __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
                      .    |_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ |
                   RSL0    | Nevt/Ncells          | Block B0
                   RSL0+1  | PC# = TDC pointers   | 
                      .    |        "       "     | TDC pointer block
                      .    |        "       "     | for RS 0
                           __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
                      .    |_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ |
                RSL0 + PC0 | Data for TDC 0       | Block B1
                      .    |   "                  |
                      .    |                      | Data for RS 0
                RSL0 + PCN | Data for TDC N       |
                      .    |   "                  |
                      .    |                      |
                           __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 
                      .    |_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ |
                   RSL1    | Nevt/NTDCs           | TDC pointer block
                      .    | Pointers             | for RS 1
                           __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
                      .    |_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ |
       CDF-152                                               Page 266
       CALIBRATION EVENT BANKS
                      .    | Data                 |
                      .    |                      |
            _____ __  ______ _______ _____
            Block A:  Region Pointer Block
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      NRS = # of Regions (4) 
                       = # of pointer words - 1
            1+i    Pointers:
                     = pointer to word 0 of block B0(i)
                       for 0 < i < NRS-1
                     = pointer to end of YBOS bank + 1
                       for i = NRS
            _____ ______  ___ _______ _________ ___ ______ _
            Block B0(i):  TDC pointer sub-block for Region i
            ____   ________
            Word   Contents
            0      Number of events/NTDC(i)
                        Number of events (bits 15-31) = Number of events taken
                        NTDC(i)(bits 0-7) = # of TDCsin RS i
            1+j    Pointers:
                     = pointer to start of TDC j for 0 < j < NTDC(i) - 1
                     = pointer to "end-of-block + 1"
                       for j = NTDC(i)
       Each cell has an entry in this pointer block even if there is no hit data.
            _____ ________  ___ ____ _________ ___ ______ __ ___ _
            Block B1(i,j):  Hit data sub-block for Region i, TDC j
            TDC data have the following format.
          word 0:
            bits  0- 4  TDC slot number
                  5-11  TDC channel number
                 12-18  TDC crate number
                 19-23  wire number
                 24-27  pointer to first data word for next wire
                 28-31  reserved for failure code (filled in offline)
          word 1:
            bits  0-15 Sum of first leading edge time for each event (including phase)
            bits 16-31 Sum of widths of first hit for each event
            word 2:
                Sum of squares of first leading edge time for each event
            word 3:
                bits  0-15  Total number of hits observed
                bits 16-31  Total number of events with at least one hit
       CDF-152                                               Page 267
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9  TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
            This section describes the data structure for banks which
       are  only  produced  by  the  CDF  Test  Beam data acquisition
       system.  These banks should not  appear  in  the  output  data
       stream from the CDF detector.  The organization of these banks
       is identical to  that  of  the  detector  component  banks  in
       Section  7  of  this  note  and the bank component numbers are
       unique.
       CDF-152                                               Page 268
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9.1  UEMD Bank - Plug Upgrade EM Calorimeter Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "UEMD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  Number of Blocks.  Corresponds to  the  West  Modules
                and then the East Modules taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  UEM  West  0  (and  1  if  two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                               Page 269
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  ClusterWidth/StartChannel.  16  Bit  word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                   Bit  0     x16 (0) or x1 (1) Gain
                   Bits 1-2   Azimuthal Sub-segmentation(0-3)
                     0-3 if  0<=eta tower number<= 7 [8 eta towers]
                     0-1 if  8<=eta tower number<=13 [6 eta towers]
                     0   if 14<=eta tower number<=17 [4 eta towers]
                   Bits 3-7   Rapidity Segmentation (0-17)
                   Bits 8-12  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
                   Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC  value  (normalised  to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                               Page 270
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9.2  UHAD Bank - Plug Upgrade HAD Calorimeter Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "UHAD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            1.  Number of Blocks.  Corresponds to  the  West  Modules
                and then the East Modules taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  UHA  West  0  (and  1  if  two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               .....
               Channel contents                16 bits
       CDF-152                                               Page 271
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
            1.  ClusterWidth/StartChannel.  16  Bit  word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
                the following fields:-
                   Bit  0     x16 (0) or x1 (1) Gain
                   Bits 1-2   Azimuthal Sub-segmentation(0-3)
                     0-3 if  0<=eta tower number<= 7 [8 eta towers]
                     0-1 if  8<=eta tower number<=13 [6 eta towers]
                     0   if 14<=eta tower number<=17 [4 eta towers]
                   Bits 3-7   Rapidity Segmentation (0-17)
                   Bits 8-12  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
                   Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel contents.  16 Bit ADC  value  (normalised  to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                               Page 272
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9.3  UECD Bank - Plug Upgrade EM Calorimeter Currents Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "UECD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  Number of Blocks.  Corresponds to  the  West  Modules
                and then the East Modules taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  UEM  West  0  (and  1  if  two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format (I*2) :
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel contents
       CDF-152                                               Page 273
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel contents
               ..........
            1.  Logical Channel Address  is  defined  by  analogy  to
                CDF152, and it has no cluster width bits.
                   Bit  0     x16 (0) or x1 (1) Gain
                   Bits 1-2   Azimuthal Sub-segmentation(0-3)
                     0-3 if  0<=eta tower number<= 7 [8 eta towers]
                     0-1 if  8<=eta tower number<=13 [6 eta towers]
                     0   if 14<=eta tower number<=17 [4 eta towers]
                   Bits 3-7   Rapidity Segmentation (0-17)
                   Bits 8-12  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            2.  Channel  contents.   16  Bit  value  (normalised   to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                               Page 274
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9.4  UHCD Bank - Plug Upgrade HAD Calorimeter Currents Bank
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "UHCD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  Number of Blocks.  Corresponds to  the  West  Modules
                and then the East Modules taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies  the  next  Integer*2
                displacement  past  the  end  of  the  data.  Used to
                calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  For the special case of  the  beamline  tests,  where
                only one or two Wedge Modules are present, the number
                of blocks may be set to 1 and  the  number  of  block
                pointers  set  to  2 (pointer to 1st block and end of
                data pointer).  In this case  the  Wedge  corresponds
                always  to  UHA  West  0  (and  1  if  two wedges are
                present).
       The Data for each Block has the format (I*2) :
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel contents
       CDF-152                                               Page 275
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
               Logical Channel Address
               Channel contents
               ..........
            1.  Logical Channel Address  is  defined  by  analogy  to
                CDF152, and it has no cluster width bits.
                   Bit  0     x16 (0) or x1 (1) Gain
                   Bits 1-2   Azimuthal Sub-segmentation(0-3)
                     0-3 if  0<=eta tower number<= 7 [8 eta towers]
                     0-1 if  8<=eta tower number<=13 [6 eta towers]
                     0   if 14<=eta tower number<=17 [4 eta towers]
                   Bits 3-7   Rapidity Segmentation (0-17)
                   Bits 8-12  Azimuth Segmentation (0-23)
            2.  Channel  contents.   16  Bit  value  (normalised   to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                               Page 276
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9.5  UEPD Bank - Plug Upgrade EM Calorimeter Position Detector
       This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "UEPD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI2 (Integer*2)
       where the format of the data is:-
         Displacement
            (I*2)        Contents    Description
               0            24       No. of Blocks
               1            26       West Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              12                     West Modules 22-23 Pointer
              13                     East Modules 0-1 Pointer
               ......
              24                     East Modules 22-23 Pointer
              25                     End of Data Pointer
              26                     Data for West Modules 0-1
               ......
                           etc.
            ______
            Notes:
            1.  Number of Blocks.  Corresponds to  the  West  Modules
                and then the East Modules taken in pairs (12 West, 12
                East).
            2.  Block  Pointers.    These   specify   the   Integer*2
                displacement  of  the  data  for  the  relevant block
                relative to the Bank Data Index.  The  wordcount  for
                each  Block  is  determined by the difference between
                adjacent Pointers.
            3.  
                     End  of  Data  Pointer.   Specifies   the   next
                Integer*2  displacement  past  the  end  of the data.
                Used to calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       The Data for each Block has the format:-
               Cluster Width/Start Channel     16 bits
               Channel contents                16 bits
               ....
               Channel contents                16 bits
            1.  Cluster Width/Start Channel.  16 Bit word  specifying
                the  width  of  the  cluster  and  the  first Channel
                identifier in the cluster.  This word is composed  of
       CDF-152                                               Page 277
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
                the following fields:-
                   Bits 0-4   Channels in D(phi)=15 deg (0-31)
                   Bit  5-6   Phototube in D(phi)=15 deg (0-3)
                   Bit  7     dimensions, "a" (0) or "b" (1)
                   Bits 8-12  Module Number (0-23)
                   Bits 13-15 Cluster Width (0-7==>1-8)
            2.  Channel  contents.   16  Bit  value  (normalised   to
                nanoCoulombs).
       CDF-152                                               Page 278
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9.6  SABD Bank - Small Angle Beam Test Data
            This bank has the TDC data for the test beam chambers and
       the small angle prototype drift chamber.
               Bank History
               ____________
               15-Sep-1987     NG      Original Creation
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "SABD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The SABD bank format is:
           Address                  Contents
          --------        ------------------------------
                         !                              ! Block A 
         INDDAT+0        ! Number of SL pointers        !             
               +1        ! PSL0 = pointer to SL 0       ! Super Layer pointer
               +2        ! PSL1 = pointer - end of bank ! block
                         !                  +  1        !
                          ----------------------------
                         !                            !
             PSL0        ! Number of TDCs             ! Block B0(0)
             PSL0+1      ! PC0 =  pointer to TDC 0    !
             PSL0+2      ! PC1 =  pointer to "end_of_ ! TDC pointer block
                         !        block + 1"          ! for Super Layer 0
                         !                            !
                          ----------------------------
                         !                            ! Block B1(0,0)
            PSL0 + PC0   ! Data for TDC 0             ! 
                         !                            ! Data for Super Layer 0
                         !                            !
                         !                            !
       CDF-152                                               Page 279
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
         Block A : Super Layer Pointer Block
         -----------------------------------
                  Word             Contents
                 -------      -------------------------------------------------
                    0          NSL = # of Super Layers(1)
                                   = # of pointer words - 1
                   1+i         Pointers
                               = pointer to word 0 of block B0(0) for 
                                 for  0 < i < NSL-1
                               = pointer to end of YBOS bank + 1 for i = NSL
         Block B0(0) : TDC pointer sub_block for Super - Layer 0
         --------------------------------------------------------
                  Word             Contents
                  -----       -----------------------------------------------------
                   0            NTDC(0) = number of TDCs in Super - Layer 0 = 1
           
                  1+j           Pointers
                                = pointer to start of TDC i for 
                                  0 < j < NTDC(i)-1
                                = pointer to "end-of-block + 1" for j=NTDC(i)
            The same comments as for the corresponding block of the CTCD bank apply
       to this block.
          Block B1(0,0) : TDC hit data sub_block for Super_Layer 0, TDC 0
          ---------------------------------------------------------------
          1) TDC data have the same format as in the CTCD bank i.e:
           bits  0 -> 9   T = Leading edge of TDC count
            ''  10 -> 18  L = Trailing edge clock count 
                              ( 9 bits, aligned with bits 1 -> 9 )
            ''  19 -> 25  C = Channel number within this TDC
                              ( 0 : 95 are "legal" channels )
            ''  30        N = Flag bit, indicating that the data on this wire
                              were not completely read out.
            ''  31        S = Stop bit = 1 for last hit on this wire
          2) TDC channels 0 -> 15 are reserved for the 16 wires of the test
             beam chambers.
             Channels 16 -> 31 are empty.
             Channels 32 -> 37 are reserved for the wires and the delay line signals 
             of the prototype small angle chamber.
          3) The same comments as for the corresponding block of the CTCD bank apply
             to this block.
       CDF-152                                               Page 280
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  For this bank the name "Super Layer" refers  to  data
                organization  rather  than  physical structure of the
                hardware detector.
            2.  Minimum (Maximum) bank length = 3 (1446) I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 281
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9.7  LSCD Bank - Test Beam Latch And Scaler Data Bank
            This bank has the test beam scaler and latch module data
               Bank History
               ____________
               15-Sep-1987     NG      Original Creation
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "LSCD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The LSCD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
        INDDAT+0                Number of blocks ( = 2 )
               1          P0    Pointer to block 0 - Scaler Data
               2          P1    Pointer to block 1 - Latch  Data
               3          P2    Pointer to end of data
       -----------------------------------------------------------------
                               Data for Block 0
       -----------------------------------------------------------------
              P0               Data for 1st channel - Scaler Module # 1
              P0+1             Data for 2nd channel - Scaler Module # 1
              .                  .
              .                  .
              .                  .
              P0+31           Data for 32nd channel - Scaler Module # 1
       -----------------------------------------------------------------
                               Data for Block 1
       -----------------------------------------------------------------
              P1              Latch Bits  1 -> 32
              P1+1            Latch Bits 33 -> 64
            Notes:
            1.  Both the scaler and the latch block data are  32  bit
                words.
            2.  The  exact  content  of  the  scaler  and  the  latch
                channels is not known yet.
       CDF-152                                               Page 282
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
            3.  Minimum (Maximum) bank length = 38 (38) I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 283
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9.8  TBCD Bank - Test Beam Camac Data Bank
            This bank contains data read out from the Test-beam CAMAC
       crate  thru  the  Struck  320.   Block  0 contains test status
       words.  Blocks 1-2 are the CAMAC ADC  and  TDC  data  for  the
       small angle prototype scintillators.
               Bank History
               ____________
                7-Oct-1987     DB      Original Creation
               21-Oct-1987     NG      Add blocks 1-2
            The TBCD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "TBCD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The TBCD bank format is:
         Displacement    
            (I*4)        Contents    Description
               0             3       No. of Blocks
               1            P0       Pointer to block 0 containing CAMAC words
               2            P1       Pointer to block 1 - ADC Data
               3            P2       Pointer to block 2 - TDC Data
               4                     End of Data Pointer
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, CAMAC status words
          --------------------------------------------------------------
              P0                     CS (Clear and Strobe) width word
              P0+1                   Trigger mask word
              P0+2                   Not used     
              P0+3                   Magnet shunt reading
       -----------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1 - Small Angle ADC Data
       -----------------------------------------------------------------
              P1                     Data for 1st channel - ADC Module # 1
              P1+1                   Data for 2nd channel - ADC Module # 1
              .                        .            .           .
              .                        .            .           .
              P1+11                  Data for 12th channel - ADC Module # 1
       ------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 2 - Small Angle TDC Data
       -----------------------------------------------------------------
              P2                     Data for 1st channel - TDC Module # 1
              P2+1                   Data for 2nd channel - TDC Module # 1
              .                        .            .           .
              .                        .            .           .
              P2+7                   Data for 8th channel - TDC Module # 1
       ------------------------------------------------------------------
       CDF-152                                               Page 284
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  The CS (Clear and Strobe) gate width word  bit  field
                definition:
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                  0:09   M mantissa 
                 10:12   C charactistic
                 13      L latch bit
                 14:15   D delayed pulse width
                The CS width is according to the delay set by the
                2323 CAMAC delay gate generator.  This is given by
                Duration = M*10**C in nanoseconds for L=0.  L=1 is
                for latch mode, and is not used.
                The pulse has a width of:    D=0   10 ns
                                               1   30 ns
                                               2  100 ns
                                               3  300 ns
            2.  The trigger mask word has bit 0=1 for beam,  bit  1=1
                for  muons,  and  bit  2=1  for  pedestal/calibration
                triggers.
            3.  Shunt word contains the digitized shunt reading.
            4.  The ADC in Block 1 is a LeCroy 2249A.  It has  10-bit
                resolution.  The ADC block data are 32-bit words.
            5.  The TDC in Block 2 is a LeCroy 2228A.  It has  11-bit
                resolution.  The TDC block data are 32-bit words.
            6.  The 1st channel, of both the ADC and  TDC  in  blocks
                1-2,  has  the  data  from the upstream scintillator.
                The second channel has the data from  the  downstream
                scintillator.  The other channels are empty.
            7.  Fixed bank length = 5 + 4 + 12 + 8 = 29 I*4 words.
       CDF-152                                               Page 285
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9.9  TBSD Bank - Test Beam Stand Positions Data Bank
            This  bank  contains  the  positions  of  the  test  beam
       calorimeter  stands,  read out of the CAMAC PC thru the Struck
       320 (FASTBUS branch driver).
               Bank History
               ____________
               21-May-1990     BD      Original Creation
            The TBSD bank header values are:
        
            Bank Name   :   "TBSD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
        
            The TBSD bank format is:
        
        
         Displacement     Contents     Description
        --------------   ----------   -------------
        
               0             1         Number of blocks
               1             3         Pointer to first block of data
               2            12         Pointer to end of data
        
               3                       Error flag (see notes)
               4                       Position conversion factor (see notes)
               5                       Position of Forward Horizontal axis
               6                       Position of Forward Vertical axis
               7                       Position of Wedge Horizontal axis
               8                       Position of Wedge Vertical axis
               9                       Position of Plug Horizontal axis
              10                       Position of PHA Vertical axis
              11                       Position of PEM Rotational axis
       CDF-152                                               Page 286
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  The "Error flag"  word  should  be  tested  for  each
                event.   If  it  is  non-zero then the stand position
                data is not valid and should not be used.  If  it  is
                non-zero,  then the bit pattern provides a diagnostic
                indication of why the position read-out failed.
            2.  The axis positions are  multiplied  by  a  conversion
                factor  and then recorded as integers.  The positions
                should be  divided  by  this  conversion  factor  (be
                careful  to  insure that the division is done in Real
                arithmetic).  Here is an example  of  converting  the
                Plug  horizontal  axis  position  (note, if the Error
                flag is zero, then  the  conversion  factor  will  be
                non-zero):
                     PLUGH = IW(INDDAT+9) / FLOAT(IW(INDDAT+4))
       CDF-152                                               Page 287
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9.10  SVTD Bank - SVX Temperature Detector Bank
            This bank contains the  temperature  readout  information
       for the SVX east and west barrels.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            17-Apr-1992    R. Hughes    Original Version
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "SVTD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTR4 (Real*4)
            The SVTD bank data format is:
            
            Displacement
             from data
               index      Description
            ------------  -----------
                 0        West Temp at Wedge 2 Layer 2             (DVM Ch 0)
                 1        West Temp at Wedge 8 Layer 2             (DVM Ch 1)
                 2        West Spare                               (DVM Ch 2)
                 3        West Temp at Wedge 9 Layer 4             (DVM Ch 3)
                 4        West Temp at Wedge 2 Layer 3             (DVM Ch 4)
                 5        West Temp at Wedge 2 Layer 1             (DVM Ch 5)
                 6        West Temp at Wedge 2 Layer 4             (DVM Ch 6)
                 7        West Temp at Wedge 8 Layer 3             (DVM Ch 7)
                 8        West Temp at Readout BH Wedge 6 Layer 4  (DVM Ch 8)
                 9        West Temp at Readout BH Wedge 8 Layer 2  (DVM Ch 9)
                10        West Temp at Readout BH Wedge 2 Layer 4  (DVM Ch 10)
                11        West Temp at Readout BH Wedge 8 Layer 4  (DVM Ch 11)
                12        East Temp at Wedge 2 Layer 1             (DVM Ch 16)
                13        East Temp at Wedge 2 Layer 2             (DVM Ch 17)
                14        East Temp at Wedge 1 Layer 3             (DVM Ch 18)
                15        East Temp at Wedge 2 Layer 4             (DVM Ch 19)
                16        East Temp at Wedge 8 Layer 1             (DVM Ch 20)
                17        East Temp at Dummy BH Wedge 5 Layer 4    (DVM Ch 21)
                18        East Temp at Wedge 9 Layer 4             (DVM Ch 22)
                19        East Temp at Readout BH Wedge 1 Layer 4  (DVM Ch 23)
                20        East Temp at Readout BH Wedge 3 Layer 4  (DVM Ch 24)
                21        East Temp at Readout BH Wedge 7 Layer 1  (DVM Ch 25)
                22        East Temp at Readout BH Wedge 7 Layer 4  (DVM Ch 26)
                23        East Temp at Dummy BH Wedge 1 Layer 4    (DVM Ch 27)
            Notes:
       CDF-152                                               Page 288
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
            1.  Data is read from a  Scanning  DVM  (2032)  in  CAMAC
                crate #1 in RR33H.
            2.  The conversion factor from SAM voltage to temperature
                is:
                     10 mV = 1 Degree Kelvin.
            3.  This bank has no block pointers at the beginning, the
                first  word  pointed to by the data index is the West
                Temp at Wedge 2 Layer 2.
       CDF-152                                               Page 289
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
       9.11  MAGD Bank - Test Beam MT5E-String Current Data
            This bank contains the current in the MT5E magnet  string
       in  the  test  beam.   It  is  read from a SAM module thru the
       Struck 320 (FASTBUS  branch  driver).   This  reading  of  the
       current  was  implimented  for  use  in low current (momentum)
       running
               Bank History
               ____________
               16-Aug-1990     BD      Original Creation
            The MAGD bank header values are:
            Bank Name   :   "MAGD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The MAGD bank format is:
         Displacement     Contents     Description
        --------------   ----------   -------------
               0             1         Number of blocks
               1             3         Pointer to first block of data
               2             4         Pointer to end of data
               3                       Magnet current
       CDF-152                                               Page 290
       TEST BEAM DATA BANKS
            Notes:
            1.  The magnet current is read from a SAM  (Scanning  ADC
                module),  so  the  value  is  actually  in VAX Real*4
                format.  The testbeam DAQ  system  is  not  setup  to
                readout  Real*4  data.   This  data  bank can only be
                (easily) used on a VAX machine.
       CDF-152                                               Page 291
       LEVEL 3 BANKS
       10  LEVEL 3 BANKS
            This section describes the data structure for banks which
       are  only used in the DAQ pipeline from Hardware Event Builder
       to Level 3 to the Buffer  Multiplexor  process.   These  banks
       normally  do  not appear in the event record output to tape or
       disk.  Level 3 and the Buffer Multiplexor use these  banks  to
       verify  the  event  record status in Level 3 memory and report
       results.  YBOS  banks  produced  by  Level  3  algorithms  are
       typically standard offline module banks and are not defined in
       this document.
       CDF-152                                               Page 292
       LEVEL 3 BANKS
       10.1  L3HD Bank - Level 3 Header Bank
            This bank has status words and record  pointers  used  by
       Level  3  and  the  Buffer  Multiplexor  to  access  blocks of
       detector  banks  within  the  event  record.   Event  data  is
       transferred   to/from  Level  3  processors  as  a  contiguous
       sequence of YBOS banks.  The first bank in this  event  record
       is always L3HD.
            The event record produced by the hardware  Event  Builder
       is organized as blocks of YBOS banks preceeded by an exclusive
       word count:
              Address                  Contents
                0      Exclusive 32-bit word count including bank L3HD
                       and all blocks of YBOS banks.
                1      Start of Bank L3HD with pointers (P0, P1, ...) to
                       each block of YBOS banks.
               P0      Start of YBOS banks for block 0.
                .       .      .       .
                .       .      .       .
               P1      Start of YBOS banks for block 1.
                .       .      .       .
                .       .      .       .
                .       .      .       .
               PN      Start of YBOS banks for block N.
                .       .      .       .
                .       .      .       .
            The exclusive word count can be used to read  the  entire
       logical    record    including   bank   L3HD.    Level3   node
       steering/control code uses information in bank L3HD to specify
       the  type  of  action to be performed (program initialization,
       run initialization, event analysis, etc.) and the target  YBOS
       array  for  each  block  or set of YBOS banks.  Similarly, the
       Buffer Multiplexor can use this  information  to  read  blocks
       within the logical record.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "L3HD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The L3HD bank format is:
       Displacement
       CDF-152                                               Page 293
       LEVEL 3 BANKS
          (I*4)      Contents  Description
       ------------  --------  -----------
               0       ACTYPE  Type of algorithm entry to be executed
               1       NB      Number of Blocks
               2               EVB status word
               3               BFM event ID
               4               Level 3 status word
               5    P0 (=111)  Offset of 1st word in block 0
               6    LNG0       Length of block 0
               7               ID of target YBOS array
               8               Record type
               9               Block Status word
               10   P1         Offset of 1st word in block 1
               11   LNG1       Length of block 1
               12              ID of target YBOS array
               13              Record type
               14              Block Status word
               15   P2         Offset of 1st word in block 2
               .    .          .       .       .
               .    .          .       .       .
               .    .          .       .       .
               100  P19        Offset of 1st word in block 19
               .    .          .       .       .
               .    .          .       .       .
               .    .          .       .       .
            Notes:
            1.  L3HD is defined as a fixed  length  bank  allowing  a
                maximum of 20 data blocks.  Since the total length of
                bank L3HD including YBOS  header  words  is  110  I*4
                words, block 0 always begins at offset P0=111.
            2.  Each block starts with the first word  of  the  first
                YBOS  bank  in  the block, i.e.,.  the four character
                bank name.
            3.  YBOS displacements in the above L3HD bank  definition
                are defined relative to the YBOS data index INDDAT.
            4.  Event   records   have   the    following    absolute
                displacements:
                Displacement   Contents
                   0           Exclusive word count
                   1           Bank name       = 'L3HD'        
                   2           Bank number     =  1
                   3           Bank pointer    =  0
       CDF-152                                               Page 294
       LEVEL 3 BANKS
                   4           Bank length     =  106
                   5           Bank type       =  3   (I*4)
                   6           First data word = ACTYPE - type of entry
            5.  ACTYPE specifies algorithm/module entry points  which
                are  called for the type of data in the input buffer.
                Level 3 supports the following data and corresponding
                entry points:
                      ACTYPE     Description
                       1       Grand initialization
                       2       Run initialization
                       3       Event analysis
                       4       End run
                       5       End job/program termination
                       25      Calibration & YHIST initialization.
                     ACTYPE=25 has been used by Level 3 for  separate
                calibration and YHIST initialization.
            6.  The fixed YBOS bank length allows  a  maximum  of  20
                blocks or sets of YBOS banks.
            7.  NB is the number of blocks of YBOS banks  used  in  a
                particular  logical  record  (Min  =  1,  Max  = 20).
                Unused block entries in bank L3HD are set to zero  by
                the EVB which creates bank L3HD.
            8.  Pointer  words  (P0,  P1,  etc.)  are  event   record
                displacements relative to the first word transferred,
                i.e.  the exclusive word count.
            9.  The block length (LNG#) is the number of I*4 words in
                a block.
           10.  Each block is transferred from the  L3  input  buffer
                (WIN) to a YBOS array with a call to BNREAD.  Routine
                BNREAD is a Level 3  version  of  the  standard  YBOS
                BAREAD routine.  The block length is passed to BNREAD
                as an input argument while BAREAD assumes  the  first
                word  in  the  input  array  is the logical record or
                block length.  Conversion from  VAX  to  Motorola/IBM
                byte  ordering  can  be done as necessary during this
                copy.
           11.  The node program copies all YBOS banks  in  an  input
                block  to  a  target YBOS array which is specified by
                the 3rd  word  in  a  bank  L3HD  block  entry.   The
                following  YBOS  primary  and  secondary  arrays  are
                currently supported:
       CDF-152                                               Page 295
       LEVEL 3 BANKS
                       Array ID in L3HD    YBOS Array Name
                               1               BCS
                               2               CALII4
                               3               HBCS
                               4               ANPKI4
           12.  The BFM event ID is the event  ID  generated  by  the
                Buffer Manager and received by the Event Builder.
           13.  The Level  3  status  word  in  L3HD  is  defined  as
                follows:
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                0-23   Reserved for module status flags.
                  24   Node program unable to execute a YBOS read
                       of a block in the event record.
                  25   Node failed to execute the Analysis Control
                       modules.
                  26   Node unable to append new banks to the event
                       record after completion of all filter modules.
                27-31  Undefined.
           14.  "Record Type" specifies the type of data in one block
                or  set  of YBOS banks.  DAQ record types are defined
                in RUN$LIBRARY:RECORD_TYPES.INC
           15.  The record received by Level 3 have  multiple  blocks
                with  different  record  types, but all blocks in one
                logical record are associated with a single  analysis
                control action as specified by ACTYPE.
           16.  The Block Status word has the following status flags:
                 Bits    Contents
                 ----    --------
                   0   Copy to target YBOS array complete.
                   1   Block with un-reformatted TDC banks.
                   2   Block with reformatted TDC banks generated by
                Level 3.
                   3   Block with filter module output banks
                generated by
                       Level 3.
                   4   End of Data (ENDD) bank from Event Builder.
                 5:31  not used.
                     The EVB sets Block Status =  0  (2)  for  normal
                (un-reformatted) YBOS banks.  The algorithm executing
                on a Level 3 node sets Bit 0 after a block  of  banks
                has been copied to the target YBOS array.
           17.  The hardware EVB makes bank  L3HD  using  information
                provided  by each EVB reformatter module.  Since this
                is done before the push to Level 3, the  presence  of
       CDF-152                                               Page 296
       LEVEL 3 BANKS
                block  pointers  and  word  counts  in  L3HD  is  not
                sufficient to define a successful transfer.  The  EVB
                Status  word  in  L3HD is rewritten after the push to
                Level 3 if an error occurs during the  FASTBUS  write
                operations.   Bit  assignments in the EVB status word
                are identical to the "Fastbus  error"  field  in  the
                EVCL  trigger  mask  (see  description of bits 5:9 in
                EVCL trigger mask).
           18.  The hardware EVB reads MX and SSP scanners on FASTBUS
                cable  segments 82 and 84.  The EVB normally produces
                event  records  with   the   follwoing   L3HD   block
                structure:
                       Block 0 = Banks LRID and EVCL which are generated by the EVB.
                       Block 1 = Segment 84 MX scanners and any SSP scanners which do
                                 not have raw tracking data.
                       Block 2 = Segment 84 SSP scanners with raw un-reformatted LeCroy
                                 1879 TDC banks (CTRD).
                       Block 3 = Segment 82 MX scanners and any SSP scanners which do
                                 not have raw tracking data.
                       Block 4 = Segment 82 SSP scanners with raw un-reformatted LeCroy
                                 1879 TDC banks (VTRD, FTRD and SARD).
                       Block 5 = End of Data Bank  (ENDD).
           19.  The Level 3 algorithm which reformats LeCroy 1879 TDC
                data  adds  these  banks  to  the  end of the logical
                record and updates the next  unused  block  entry  in
                L3HD, e.g., block 6 in the above example.  The record
                word count is updated, the number of blocks  in  L3HD
                (NB)  is  incremented and a pointer for the new block
                is added to L3HD.
       CDF-152                                               Page 297
       LEVEL 3 BANKS
       10.2  ENDD Bank - End Of Data Bank
            Bank ENDD is generated by the hardware EVB and output  at
       the  end of each event record.  Block 0 is always present.  It
       provides a few words which  the  Buffer  Multiplexor  uses  to
       verify  that  the  words  output at the end of each record are
       consistent with the record length  and  structure  defined  in
       header  bank  L3HD.  Blocks 1 and 2 should be empty for normal
       data acquisition.  The  hardware  EVB  can  be  instructed  to
       generate  a test pattern which can be used to check the EVB ->
       L3 -> Buffer Multiplexor data transfers.
            ____ _______
            Bank History
            26-Apr-1988 AB/TC  Original version.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "ENDD"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The ENDD bank format is:
       Displacement
          (I*4)      Contents   Description
       ------------  --------   -----------
            0            3      Number of blocks
            1           P0=5    Pointer to block 0, Event ID
            2           P1      Pointer to block 1, pattern definition
            3           P2      Pointer to block 2, test pattern
            4                   Pointer to end of data + 1
                               
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 0, Event Identification
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P0                   Event ID from BFM
           P0+1                 Check word = 'AAAAAAAA' hex
           P0+2                 Check word = '55555555' hex
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 1, Test Pattern Definition
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P1          NPAT     Number of I*4 pattern words
           P1+1                 Base pattern word
           P1+2                 Increment pattern word
           P1+3                 Complement pattern flag
       CDF-152                                               Page 298
       LEVEL 3 BANKS
          --------------------------------------------------------------
                       Data for Block 2, Test Pattern
          --------------------------------------------------------------
           P2                   Test pattern word  0
           P2+1                 Test pattern word  1
           P2+2                 Test pattern word  2
            .                   .      .       .
            .                   .      .       .
           P2+NPAT-1            Test pattern word NPAT-1
            Notes:
            1.  Bank  ENDD  is  always  generated  with   3   blocks.
                Pointers  P1  and  P2  can be checked to determine if
                test pattern data is included with the bank.
            2.  The EVB always outputs bank ENDD at the  end  of  the
                physical record.  YBOS banks generated by Level 3 are
                added to the record following bank ENDD.  The  offset
                of the bank name (ENDD) relative to the first word in
                the Level 3 event buffer (exclusive record length) is
                provided in bank L3HD.
            3.  The Event ID in block 0 is the  identifier  generated
                by  the  Buffer  Manager  and  sent to the EVB with a
                "pull event" message.  The same event ID is output in
                bank L3HD.
            4.  The Buffer Multiplexor reads this bank from  Level  3
                and checks for valid ID and pattern words.  Bank ENDD
                is normally not included in the event  record  output
                to tape.
            5.  Block  1  provides  for  a   general   test   pattern
                definition.   The initial implementation uses a fixed
                test pattern as defined below.
            6.  NPAT = End of data pointer - P2.
            7.  The version 1 test pattern has 4000 hex  words.   The
                lower halfword increments by 4 and the upper halfword
                increments by 1.  Every other word  is  complemented.
                The pattern data in block 2 starts as follows:
                       P2              00000000  hex
                       P2+1            FFFEFFFB
                       P2+2            00020008
                       P2+3            FFFCFFF3
                       P2+4            00040010
                       P2+5            FFFAFFEB
                       P2+6            00060018
                        .               .   .
       CDF-152                                               Page 299
       LEVEL 3 BANKS
                        .               .   .
       CDF-152                                               Page 300
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
       11  ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
            This section describes the data structure for banks  used
       with  the  Alarms  and  Limits  system.   These  banks are not
       prepared by the Event Builder and are not  included  in  event
       data records.
       CDF-152                                               Page 301
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
       11.1  FMUH Bank - Forward Muon High Voltage Bank
            This bank contains the Actual or Set  High  Voltages,  or
       the  Upper  or  Lower Tolerances thereof, for the Forward Muon
       Chamber.  Which set of values is actually present in  a  given
       bank is determined by the DataBase Attribute.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "FMUH"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The FMUH bank format is:
       Displacement
       from INDDAT     Data Type       Description
       ------------    ---------   --------------------------------
              0           I*4      Number of Blocks ( = 16)
              1           I*4      Pointer to West A tube Front
              2           I*4      Pointer to West A tube Rear
              3           I*4      Pointer to West B tube Front
              :                      :
              8           I*4      Pointer to West D tube Rear
              9           I*4      Pointer to East A tube Front
              :                      :
       IW(INDDAT+0)       I*4      Pointer to East D tube Rear
       IW(INDDAT+0)+1     I*4      Pointer to End of Data + 1
       IW(INDDAT+0)+2     I*4      Attribute Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+3     I*4      Run Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+4     I*4      Creation Date 
       IW(INDDAT+0)+5     I*4      Creation Time
       IW(INDDAT+1)                Data for FMU
              :                      :
            Notes:
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to 4 A-D  tubes  at  the
                West Front and Rear, and at the East Front and Rear.
            2.  Block Pointers.  These specify  the  displacement  of
                the  data for the relevant block relative to the Bank
                Data Index INDDAT.  The wordcount for each  Block  is
                determined   by   the   difference  between  adjacent
                Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies the  displacement  of
                the  first  data word past the end of the data.  Used
                to calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       CDF-152                                               Page 302
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
            4.  Attribute Number.  This is the  Integer  returned  by
                DBTRNA  when translating the Attribute Name.  This is
                normally the YBOS bank number of this bank.   Keeping
                an  extra  'copy'  of  this  number  inside  the bank
                maintains the interpretability of  the  data  if  the
                bank must be renumbered for some reason.
            5.  Creation Date, Creation Time.  The  format  of  these
                words is the same as the corresponding information in
                the LRID bank.
            6.  The Data for each Block has the format:-
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel HV          (R*4)
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel HV          (R*4)
                        :       :          :
                    Channel Address.  This word is composed of  the  following
                    fields:-
                         Bit   0    Unused
                         Bit  1-5   Channel Number (0-23)
                         Bit  6-7   Tube Number    (0-3)  ! (A-D)
                         Bit  8     Front/Rear     (0-1)   
                         Bit  9     West/East      (0-1)
                         Bit 10-15  Unused
                    Bit-Mask parameters to  decode  the  channel  address  are
                    defined in Alalin$Source:FMUHV.INC.
                    Channel Data.  Actual or Set Value  of  High  Voltage,  or
                    Upper   or  Lower  Tolerance  thereof,  according  to  the
                    DataBase Attribute.
       CDF-152                                               Page 303
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
       11.2  FTCH Bank - Forward Tracking High Voltage Bank
            This bank contains the Actual or Set  High  Voltages,  or
       the  Upper  or  Lower  Tolerances  thereof,  for  the  Forward
       Tracking Chamber Which set of values is actually present in  a
       given bank is determined by the DataBase Attribute.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "FTCH"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The FTCH bank format is:
       Displacement
       from INDDAT     Data Type       Description
       ------------    ---------   --------------------------------
              0           I*4      Number of Blocks ( = 1)
              1           I*4      Pointer to first and only Block
       IW(INDDAT+0)+1     I*4      Pointer to End of Data + 1
       IW(INDDAT+0)+2     I*4      Attribute Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+3     I*4      Run Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+4     I*4      Creation Date 
       IW(INDDAT+0)+5     I*4      Creation Time
       IW(INDDAT+1)                Data for FTC
              :                         :
            Notes:
            1.  No.  of  Blocks.   Block  Pointer  and  End  of  Data
                Pointer.   For  compatibility  with other banks, this
                structure has been kept even though the FTC bank is a
                fixed length bank.
            2.  Attribute Number.  This is the  Integer  returned  by
                DBTRNA  when translating the Attribute Name.  This is
                normally the YBOS bank number of this bank.   Keeping
                an  extra  'copy'  of  this  number  inside  the bank
                maintains the interpretability of  the  data  if  the
                bank must be renumbered for some reason.
            3.  Creation Date, Creation Time.  The  format  of  these
                words is the same as the corresponding information in
                the LRID bank.
            4.  The Data for a Block has the format:-
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel Data        (R*4)
       CDF-152                                               Page 304
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel Data        (R*4)
                        :       :          :
                    Channel Address.  This word is composed of  the  following
                    fields:-
                         Bit  0     Unused
                         Bits 1     FTC HV Number (1)
                         Bits 2-31  Unused 
                    Bit-Mask parameters to  decode  the  channel  address  are
                    defined in Alalin$Source:FTCHV.INC.
                    Channel Data.  Actual or Set Value  of  High  Voltage,  or
                    Upper   or  Lower  Tolerance  thereof,  according  to  the
                    DataBase Attribute.
       CDF-152                                               Page 305
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
       11.3  CESH Bank - Central Strip High Voltage Bank
            This bank contains the Actual or Set  High  Voltages,  or
       the  Upper  or Lower Tolerances thereof, for the Central Strip
       Chamber.  Which set of values is actually present in  a  given
       bank is determined by the DataBase Attribute.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CESH"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CESH bank format is:
       Displacement
       from INDDAT     Data Type       Description
       ------------    ---------   --------------------------------
              0           I*4      Number of Blocks ( = 1)
              1           I*4      Pointer to first and only Block
       IW(INDDAT+0)+1     I*4      Pointer to End of Data + 1
       IW(INDDAT+0)+2     I*4      Attribute Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+3     I*4      Run Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+4     I*4      Creation Date 
       IW(INDDAT+0)+5     I*4      Creation Time
       IW(INDDAT+1)                Data for CES
              :                         :
            Notes:
            1.  No.  of  Blocks.   Block  Pointer  and  End  of  Data
                Pointer.   For  compatibility  with other banks, this
                structure has been kept even though the CES bank is a
                fixed length bank.
            2.  Attribute Number.  This is the  Integer  returned  by
                DBTRNA  when translating the Attribute Name.  This is
                normally the YBOS bank number of this bank.   Keeping
                an  extra  'copy'  of  this  number  inside  the bank
                maintains the interpretability of  the  data  if  the
                bank must be renumbered for some reason.
            3.  Creation Date, Creation Time.  The  format  of  these
                words is the same as the corresponding information in
                the LRID bank.
            4.  The Data for a Block has the format:-
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel Data        (R*4)
       CDF-152                                               Page 306
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel Data        (R*4)
                        :       :          :
                    Channel Address.  This word is composed of  the  following
                    fields:-
                         Bit  0     Unused
                         Bits 1-3   STRIP Number (1-4), Crack (5)            
                         Bits 4-31  Unused 
                    Bit-Mask parameters to  decode  the  channel  address  are
                    defined in Alalin$Source:CESHV.INC.
                    Channel Data.  Actual or Set Value  of  High  Voltage,  or
                    Upper   or  Lower  Tolerance  thereof,  according  to  the
                    DataBase Attribute.
       CDF-152                                               Page 307
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
       11.4  CMUH Bank - Central Muon High Voltage Bank
            This bank contains the Actual or Set  High  Voltages  and
       chamber  currents,  or  the Upper or Lower Tolerances thereof,
       for the Central Muon Chamber.  Which set of values is actually
       present  in  a  given  bank  is  determined  by  the  DataBase
       Attribute.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CMUH"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CMUH bank format is:
       Displacement
       from INDDAT     Data Type       Description
       ------------    ---------   --------------------------------
              0           I*4      Number of Blocks ( = 8)
              1           I*4      Pointer to West Module 0-5
              :                      :
              4           I*4      Pointer to West Module 18-23
              :                      :
              5           I*4      Pointer to East Module 0-5
       IW(INDDAT+0)       I*4      Pointer to East Module 18-23
       IW(INDDAT+0)+1     I*4      Pointer to End of Data + 1
       IW(INDDAT+0)+2     I*4      Attribute Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+3     I*4      Run Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+4     I*4      Creation Date 
       IW(INDDAT+0)+5     I*4      Creation Time
       IW(INDDAT+1)                Data for CMU
              :                      :
            Notes:
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to the West Modules  and
                the East Modules taken in pairs (4 West, 4 East).
            2.  Block Pointers.  These specify  the  displacement  of
                the  data for the relevant block relative to the Bank
                Data Index INDDAT.  The wordcount for each  Block  is
                determined   by   the   difference  between  adjacent
                Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies the  displacement  of
                the  first  data word past the end of the data.  Used
                to calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
       CDF-152                                               Page 308
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
            4.  Attribute Number.  This is the  Integer  returned  by
                DBTRNA  when translating the Attribute Name.  This is
                normally the YBOS bank number of this bank.   Keeping
                an  extra  'copy'  of  this  number  inside  the bank
                maintains the interpretability of  the  data  if  the
                bank must be renumbered for some reason.
            5.  Creation Date, Creation Time.  The  format  of  these
                words is the same as the corresponding information in
                the LRID bank.
            6.  The Data for each Block has the format:-
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel HV          (R*4)
                     Channel Current     (R*4)
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel HV          (R*4)
                     Channel Current     (R*4)
                        :       :          :
                    Channel Address.  This word is composed of  the  following
                    fields:-
                         Bit   0    Unused
                         Bit  1-5   WEDGE Number (0-23)  
                         Bit   6    WEST/EAST (0-1) 
                         Bit  7-15  Unused
                    Bit-Mask       parameters       are       defined       in
                    Alalin$Source:CMUHV.INC.
                    Channel Data.  Actual or Set Value  of  High  Voltage  and
                    current, or Upper or Lower Tolerance thereof, according to
                    the DataBase Attribute.
       CDF-152                                               Page 309
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
       11.5  CDTH Bank - Central Drift Tube High Voltage Bank
            This bank contains the Actual or Set  High  Voltages  and
       chamber  currents,  or  the Upper or Lower Tolerances thereof,
       for the Central Drift Tubes Which set of  values  is  actually
       present  in  a  given  bank  is  determined  by  the  DataBase
       Attribute.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "CDTH"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The CDTH bank format is:
       Displacement
       from INDDAT     Data Type       Description
       ------------    ---------   --------------------------------
              0           I*4      Number of Blocks ( = 6)
              1           I*4      Pointer to Sector A and B
              :                      :
              4           I*4      Pointer to Sector G and H
              :                      :
       IW(INDDAT+0)       I*4      Pointer to Sector K and L
       IW(INDDAT+0)+1     I*4      Pointer to End of Data + 1
       IW(INDDAT+0)+2     I*4      Attribute Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+3     I*4      Run Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+4     I*4      Creation Date 
       IW(INDDAT+0)+5     I*4      Creation Time
       IW(INDDAT+1)                Data for CDT
              :                      :
            Notes:
            1.  No.  of Blocks.  Corresponds to 6 Pair Sectors (  AB,
                CD,...KL ).
            2.  Block Pointers.  These specify  the  displacement  of
                the  data for the relevant block relative to the Bank
                Data Index INDDAT.  The wordcount for each  Block  is
                determined   by   the   difference  between  adjacent
                Pointers.
            3.  End of Data Pointer.  Specifies the  displacement  of
                the  first  data word past the end of the data.  Used
                to calculate the wordcount for the last Block.
            4.  Attribute Number.  This is the  Integer  returned  by
                DBTRNA  when translating the Attribute Name.  This is
                normally the YBOS bank number of this bank.   Keeping
       CDF-152                                               Page 310
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
                an  extra  'copy'  of  this  number  inside  the bank
                maintains the interpretability of  the  data  if  the
                bank must be renumbered for some reason.
            5.  Creation Date, Creation Time.  The  format  of  these
                words is the same as the corresponding information in
                the LRID bank.
            6.  The Data for each Block has the format:-
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel HV          (R*4)
                     Channel Current     (R*4)
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel HV          (R*4)
                     Channel Current     (R*4)
                        :       :          :
                    Channel Address.  This word is composed of  the  following
                    fields:-
                         Bit   0    Unused
                         Bit  1-3   Tube   of Sector 2  (1-7)    
                         Bit  4-7   SECTOR2 (0-11)  (A-L)
                         Bit  8-10  Tube   of Sector 1 (1-7)
                         Bit  11-14 SECTOR1 (0-11)  (A-L)
                         Bit  15  Unused
                    Bit-Mask       parameters       are       defined       in
                    Alalin$Source:CDTHV.INC.
                    Channel Data.  Actual or Set Value  of  High  Voltage  and
                    current, or Upper or Lower Tolerance thereof, according to
                    the DataBase Attribute.
       CDF-152                                               Page 311
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
       11.6  VTPH Bank - VTPC High Voltage Bank
            This bank contains the Actual or Set  High  Voltages,  or
       the Upper or Lower Tolerances thereof, for the Vertex Tracking
       Chamber Which set of values is actually  present  in  a  given
       bank is determined by the DataBase Attribute.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "VTPH"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The VTPH bank format is:
       Displacement
       from INDDAT     Data Type       Description
       ------------    ---------   --------------------------------
              0           I*4      Number of Blocks ( = 1)
              1           I*4      Pointer to first and only Block
       IW(INDDAT+0)+1     I*4      Pointer to End of Data + 1
       IW(INDDAT+0)+2     I*4      Attribute Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+3     I*4      Run Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+4     I*4      Creation Date 
       IW(INDDAT+0)+5     I*4      Creation Time
       IW(INDDAT+1)                Data for VTPC
              :                       :
            Notes:
            1.  No.  of  Blocks.   Block  Pointer  and  End  of  Data
                Pointer.   For  compatibility  with other banks, this
                structure has been kept even though the VTPC bank  is
                a fixed length bank.
            2.  Attribute Number.  This is the  Integer  returned  by
                DBTRNA  when translating the Attribute Name.  This is
                normally the YBOS bank number of this bank.   Keeping
                an  extra  'copy'  of  this  number  inside  the bank
                maintains the interpretability of  the  data  if  the
                bank must be renumbered for some reason.
            3.  Creation Date, Creation Time.  The  format  of  these
                words is the same as the corresponding information in
                the LRID bank.
            4.  The Data for a Block has the format:-
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel Data        (R*4)
       CDF-152                                               Page 312
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel Data        (R*4)
                        :       :          :
                    Channel Address.  This word is composed of  the  following
                    fields:-
                         Bit   0    Unused
                         Bit  1-2   HV Number (0-2)            
                         Bit  3-6   Half Module Number (0-15)     
                         Bit  7     East/West (0-1)
                         Bit  8-15  Unused 
                    Bit-Mask parameters to  decode  the  channel  address  are
                    defined in Alalin$Source:VTPHV.INC.
                    Channel Data.  Actual or Set Value  of  High  Voltage,  or
                    Upper   or  Lower  Tolerance  thereof,  according  to  the
                    DataBase Attribute.
       CDF-152                                               Page 313
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
       11.7  VTTH Bank - CTC And VTPC Temperature Tolerance Bank
            This bank contains the Actual or Set Temperature, or  the
       Upper  or Lower Tolerances thereof, for the CTC and VTPC Which
       set  of  values  is  actually  present  in  a  given  bank  is
       determined by the DataBase Attribute.
            This Bank has the following Bank Header Characteristics:-
            Bank Name   :   "VTTH"
            Bank Number :       1
            Bank Type   :  BNKTI4 (Integer*4)
            The VTTH bank format is:
       Displacement
       from INDDAT     Data Type       Description
       ------------    ---------   --------------------------------
              0           I*4      Number of Blocks ( = 1)
              1           I*4      Pointer to first and only Block
       IW(INDDAT+0)+1     I*4      Pointer to End of Data + 1
       IW(INDDAT+0)+2     I*4      Attribute Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+3     I*4      Run Number
       IW(INDDAT+0)+4     I*4      Creation Date 
       IW(INDDAT+0)+5     I*4      Creation Time
       IW(INDDAT+1)                Temperature 
              :                      :
            Notes:
            1.  No.  of  Blocks.   Block  Pointer  and  End  of  Data
                Pointer.   For  compatibility  with other banks, this
                structure has been kept even though the VTT bank is a
                fixed length bank.
            2.  Attribute Number.  This is the  Integer  returned  by
                DBTRNA  when translating the Attribute Name.  This is
                normally the YBOS bank number of this bank.   Keeping
                an  extra  'copy'  of  this  number  inside  the bank
                maintains the interpretability of  the  data  if  the
                bank must be renumbered for some reason.
            3.  Creation Date, Creation Time.  The  format  of  these
                words is the same as the corresponding information in
                the LRID bank.
            4.  The Data for a Block has the format:-
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel Data        (R*4)
       CDF-152                                               Page 314
       ALARMS AND LIMITS BANKS
                     Channel Address     (I*4)
                     Channel Data        (R*4)
                        :       :          :
                    Channel Address.  This word is composed of  the  following
                    fields:-
                         Bit   0    Unused
                         Bit  1-5   Temperature Number( 0-31)
                         Bit  6-7   Detector ( 0:VTPC, 1:CTC, 
                                               2:Room__temperature)
                         Bit   8    West/East( 0:West, 1:East)
                         Bit   9    Top/Btm  ( 0:Top,  1:Bottom )
                         Bit 10-11  Position in the CTC 
                                    For CTC  ( 1: Inner diameter, 
                                               2:Outer diameter,3:Face)
                                    For VTPC ( 1: HMD3, 2:HMD7, 3:HMD8) 
                         Bit 12-15  Unused
                    Bit-Mask parameters to  decode  the  channel  address  are
                    defined in Alalin$Source:VTPTMP.INC.
                    Channel Data.  Actual or  Set  Value  of  Temperature,  or
                    Upper   or  Lower  Tolerance  thereof,  according  to  the
                    DataBase Attribute.

                                 APPENDIX A
                        ___________ _______ ________
                        DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VERSIONS
       A.1  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.00 AND V1.00
            1.  The Bank Type word has been redefined  and  extended.
                This  effects  the format of all data banks described
                in this note.
            2.  New mechanisms within YBOS have been added to  access
                the  data within a Bank.  Thus displacements within a
                Bank are given relative  to  the  base  returned  via
                these mechanisms.
            3.  Pointers  within  Banks  are  redefined  to   specify
                offsets  relative  to  the base address obtained from
                the data access mechanisms described above.
            4.  Scanner  Oriented  Banks  are  described  in  another
                document.
            5.  The Logical  Record  Types  have  been  redefined  to
                include  a Calibration Event Type.  This differs from
                a normal Event only in its type and the fact that  it
                will not be written onto the raw data tapes.
            6.  The word numbering scheme  within  a  bank  has  been
                clarified  with  separate  offsets  for Integer*4 and
                Integer*2 relative addressing.
            7.  The format of the  LRID  bank  has  been  changed  to
                accommodate  a  counter  of  the number of records of
                each type rather than just an inclusive counter.   In
                addition  these counters have been redefined to start
                at 1 rather than 0.  The Process ID has been extended
                to include a Version and Release number.
            8.  The Format of the  EVCL  Bank  has  been  changed  to
                accommodate a 128-bit Trigger Mask.
       ___________ _______ ________
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VERSIONS                          Page A-2
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.00 AND V1.00
            9.  More Run Types have been defined.
           10.  More Process IDs have been defined.
           11.  Banks for the Intermediate Tracking Chambers  are  no
                longer defined since these Chambers no longer exist.
           12.  The Central Tracking Chamber and Vertex  TPC  are  no
                longer  readout by RABBIT Scanners, but using the SSP
                (SLAC  Scanner  Processor).   The  data  format   has
                therefore changed significantly.
       A.2  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.3 AND V2.2
            1.  Definition for bank FESD deleted - no such data.
            2.  Banks CPTD, CDTD, FMCD and FTAD added.
            3.  Bank FHAD changed from 24 to 8 blocks.
            4.  Banks FMUD, and FMSD modified.
            5.  Definition of Bank EVCL modified to use word  13  for
                Run  Conditions  and  word  14  for  a one word error
                summary instead of two error words.  The bank  length
                is unchanged.
            6.  Section which defines detector component  numbers  is
                updated  to agree with current component bank file in
                Run$Library.
            7.  Run Type and Record Type tables  in  Appendix  B  are
                updated  to agree with current tables in Run$Library.
                There are minor corrections to sections B.5  and  B.6
                and additons to B.4.
            8.  Calibration bank definitions have  been  deleted  for
                CEQD,  CEID,  CHQD  and WHQD.  Run Type now specifies
                the format of channel data words for such calibration
                and  the  bank  format is the same as for event data,
                e.g.  CEMD.
       ___________ _______ ________
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VERSIONS                          Page A-3
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.31 AND V2.3
       A.3  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.31 AND V2.3
            1.  CCRD - changed # of blocks from 8 to 16.
            2.  CPND and CPNX - updated channel address definition.
            3.  New central calorimetry  banks:   CTPD,  CTPX,  CSDD,
                CSDX, CCDD.
            4.  TL1D - updates to bank definition.
            5.  New trigger banks:  TL2D, TFRD, TRCD, TCSD.
            6.  FMUD - minor changes in bank notes.
       A.4  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.32 AND V2.31
            1.  FTAD - new definition of tbg ID word.
            2.  VTPD - new definition of this  bank.   It  is  now  a
                monotype bank.
            3.  VTWX, CTCX, FTCX - new SSP calibration summary banks.
            4.  CPTD - major revision of this bank definition.
            5.  CDTD - interchanged tube and plane fields in  channel
                ID, and changed order of tubes in sector blocks.
       A.5  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.33 AND V2.32
            1.  TCSD - changed from I*2 to I*4.
            2.  FHWD - description  of  Start  Channel/Cluster  Width
                word for data taken in Jan-March 1987 run.
            3.  BFLD - new bank.
            4.  CFHD - new bank.
            5.  CTCD - note on cell pointer block.
       ___________ _______ ________
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VERSIONS                          Page A-4
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.34 AND V2.33
       A.6  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.34 AND V2.33
            1.  FTAX - new bank.
            2.  VTPX - new bank.
            3.  FTAD - each end of a wire pair is  accessed  via  the
                cell in which it resides.
            4.  WHAD and WHTD - max rapidity segmentation is 5.
       A.7  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.4 AND V2.34 - MARCH 5, 1987
            1.  CTCD - new  bank  format.   Although  this  bank  for
                Central  Tracking  TDC  data  has the same name as in
                earlier versions of  this  note,  there  is  a  major
                format  change.  Software used to access bank CTCD as
                defined in previous versions of CDF152 will not  work
                with this new format.  For this version, the SSP does
                not sort TDC data by  channel  number.   This  change
                from  superlayer/cell/wire  to superlayer/TDC/channel
                format was made at about Run 6215.
            2.  VTWD - new bank format similar to new CTCD.
            3.  FMTD - new Forward Muon Timing bank.
            4.  SFCD - new Forward Silicon CAMAC bank.
            5.  BBLD - changed number of blocks  to  1  and  inverted
                order  of  32-bit words for beam and halo latch data.
                In earlier versions only 1 block had latch data,  but
                it was the 2nd block.
            6.  SCLD - increased number of scalers from 4 to 8.
            7.  FTAX - fix minor document error (2 block pointers.)
            8.  EVCL - fix minor document error (see  TS  Start  Scan
                Word.)
       A.8  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.41 AND V2.4 - MARCH 20, 1987
       ___________ _______ ________
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VERSIONS                          Page A-5
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.41 AND V2.4 - MARCH 20, 1987
            1.  FMUD - correct bit definitions for TDC data words.
            2.  FMSD - correct bit definition for ADC data word.
            3.  Older versions of CDF152 have incorrect forward  muon
                TDC and ADC bit definitions.
       A.9  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.42 AND V2.41 - MARCH 26, 1987
            1.  CFPD - new Ctc Fast track-finder Pattern data bank.
            2.  CFWD - new Ctc Fast track-finder Wirelist data bank.
            3.  LATD -  new  Misc  Latch,  ADC  and  TDC  data  bank.
                Preliminary definition of this bank.
            4.  SCLD - add scalers 9 and 10 for central muon.
            5.  SFCD - add notes on Fwd Si registers and scalers.
       A.10  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.43 AND V2.42 - APRIL 15, 1987
            1.  TCMD  -  new  data  bank  for  Trigger  Central  Muon
                Matchbox.
       A.11  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.44 AND V2.43 - MAY 26, 1987
            1.  CPMD - new bank for debugging Central PENN Tracking.
            2.  LATD - update to bank format.  The bank was generated
                in this format starting with Run 7373.
       A.12  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.5 AND V2.44 - SEPT 22, 1987
       ___________ _______ ________
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VERSIONS                          Page A-6
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.5 AND V2.44 - SEPT 22, 1987
            1.  New Section 9 for unique Test Beam banks.
            2.  SABD - new bank for test beam Small Angle detector.
            3.  SATD - new bank for Small  Angle  drift  chamber  TDC
                data.
            4.  LSCD - new bank for test beam Latch and Scaler data.
            5.  Fixed minor errors in comments on  banks  PESD,  CTCD
                and TCSD.
       A.13  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.51 AND V2.5 - OCT 1, 1987
            1.  SVXD - new bank for Silicon Vertex test beam data.
       A.14  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.52 AND V2.51 - OCT 7, 1987
            1.  TBCD - new bank for Test Beam Camac data.
       A.15  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.53 AND V2.52 - OCT 28, 1987
            1.  SFCD - add blocks 2-3 with CAMAC ADC and TDC data for
                small angle scintillators.
            2.  TBCD - add blocks 1-2 with ADC and TDC data for small
                angle prototype scintillators.
       A.16  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.6 AND V2.53 - NOV 20, 1987
            1.  VTRD - new VTPC bank for unreformatted TDC data.
       ___________ _______ ________
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VERSIONS                          Page A-7
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.6 AND V2.53 - NOV 20, 1987
            2.  CTRD - new CTC bank for unreformatted TDC data.
            3.  FTRD - new FTC bank for unreformatted TDC data.
            4.  SARD - new SAC bank for unreformatted TDC data.
       A.17  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.61 AND V2.6 - DEC 27, 1987
            1.  CSID - new bank for Central 90 degree crack modules.
       A.18  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.70 AND V2.61 - APR 26, 1988
            1.  TCSD - add description for blocks 60-62.
            2.  CEGD - new bank for x16 Central EM channels.
            3.  FHXD - new bank for Forward Hadron calorimeter  anode
                planes.
       A.19  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.80 AND V2.70 - JUNE 20, 1988
            1.  TAGC - new Trigger mask tag bank for users/consumers.
            2.  TAGD - new Trigger mask tag  bank  for  internal  DAQ
                pipeline.
            3.  ERRD - new Error Report bank for readout errors  from
                scanners and the hardware EVB.
            4.  SCLD - number of scalers changed to 9.
            5.  EVCL - added definition of trigger mask.
            6.  New Section 10 with banks with EVB/L3/BMX banks.
            7.  ENDD - new Level 3 bank in section 10.
       ___________ _______ ________
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VERSIONS                          Page A-8
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.90 AND V2.80 - JULY 8, 1988
       A.20  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V2.90 AND V2.80 - JULY 8, 1988
            1.  ALMD - new MX Alarms and Limits bank.
            2.  IMXD - new MX image/diagnostic bank.
            3.  TMXD - new MX execution time bank.
            4.  PRMD - new RABBIT card ID bank.
            5.  TODD - new date and time bank.
            6.  BFLD - bank type changed from R*4 to  Mixed  and  new
                DVM channel definitions.
            7.  TCMD - modified description of Cluster Bus  Interface
                data in block 2.
            8.  LATD - added one word (MR intensity) to end of  block
                0.
            9.  SCLD - changed number of scalers from 9 to 14.
           10.  TFRD - added 3 words and replaced Notes.
       A.21  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V3.00 AND V2.90 - AUGUST 30, 1988
            1.  L3HD - new Level 3 Header bank.
            2.  FMCD - major modifications.
            3.  BFLD - add solenoid NMR word.
            4.  EVCL - add  definition  of  FASTBUS  error  field  in
                trigger mask.
            5.  LATD - add new 24-bit CAMAC latch and trigger inhibit
                words.
            6.  MTPD - new MX test bank.
            7.  TL2D - add  three  blocks  (10-12)  for  new  Mercury
                modules.
            8.  SCLD - add Level 2 scaler (block 15)  and  definition
                of  scaler  channels  taken  from  Note  TGN 67 dated
                28-Jul-1988.
       ___________ _______ ________
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VERSIONS                          Page A-9
       DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V3.00 AND V2.90 - AUGUST 30, 1988
            9.  New Alarms and Limits section.
       A.22  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V3.10 AND V3.00 - MARCH, 1990
            1.  CPRD - New Central Preradiator bank.
            2.  Updated prose.
       A.23  DIFFERENCES BETWEEN V3.11 AND V3.10 - JUNE 1990
            1.  TBSD - New Test Beam Stand Data bank
            2.  Updated prose.

                                 APPENDIX B
                            _______ ___________
                            VARIOUS DEFINITIONS
       B.1  EXPERIMENT TYPES
            The following Experiment Types have been defined:-
            Type   0     CDF Physics (88-89 run)
                   1     Cosmic Ray Test Stand
                   2     Test Beam 1 (NW)
                   3     Test Beam 2 (Meson)
                   4     Offline Simulation
                   5     Test Beam (1991)
                   6     P.I.G. 
                   7     CDF Physics (Run1A, 1992)
            Further Experiment Types will be specified  as  required.
       During  Run1A,  these  values were defined for the Data Logger
       and          the          Level3           system           in
       Analysis_Control$Library:Ancomp_Exp_ID.Inc and for Run_Control
       in Run$Work:Get_Experiment_Type.Cdf.
       B.2  RUN TYPES
            The following Run Types have been defined:-
            Type   0     Undefined
                   1     Physics
                   2     Cosmic Ray
                   3     Central EM LED
                   4     Pedestals
                   5     Central EM Source
                   6     Central Hadron Source
                   7     Wall Hadron Source
                   8     Central EM Flasher
                   9     Central Hadron Laser
                  10     PM Charge Injection
                  11     Central EM Strip Charge Injection
                  12     Central Muon Source
                  13     Gas Calorimeter Charge Injection
                  14     Hadron TDC
       _______ ___________
       VARIOUS DEFINITIONS
       RUN TYPES
                  15     Central Muon TDC
                  16     PM Current Injection
                  17     Central EM Line Source
                  18     Central Hadron Line Source
                  19     Wall Hadron Line Source
                  20     Laser Source
                  21     Laser Pedestal
                  22     LeCroy 1879 CAT
                  23     LeCroy 1879 ASD
                  24     LeCroy 1879 Preamplifier
                  25     Gas Calorimeter Wire Pulse
                  26     Gas Calorimeter Time Constant
                  27     Forward Muon Wire Pulse
                  28     Forward Muon Scintillator Pulse
                  29     Trigger Calibration
                  31     EWE Calibration
                  32     Simulated Physics Trigger
            Further Run Types will be specified as required.   During
       Run1A, these values were defined in Run$Library:Run_Types.Inc.
       B.3  RECORD TYPES
            The following Record Types have been defined:-
            Type   0     Event Record
                   1     Calibration Event
                   2     Begin Run Record
                   3     End Run Record
                   4     Calibration Record
                   5     Geometry Record
                   6     Comment Record
                   7     Beam Status Record
                   8     Magnet Status Record
                   9     Histogram Record
                  10     Error Log Record
                 512     Calibration Begin Run Record
                 513     Calibration End Run Record
            Further Record  Types  will  be  specified  as  required.
       During  Run1A,  the  record  types  used  by  Run_Control were
       defined in Run$Library:Record_Types.Inc.
       B.4  CDF COMPUTER IDS
            The following Computer IDs have been defined:-
            201     B0UV02
            203     CDFTB
       _______ ___________
       VARIOUS DEFINITIONS
       CDF COMPUTER IDS
            205     PIGCON
            301     FASTBUS Hardware Development 730 (Node CDFHRD)
            302     Cosmic Ray Test Stand 730 (Node CDFCRT)
            303     PIG Electronics Development 730 (Node CDFPIG)
            304     FASTBUS Software Development 730 (Node CDFDSG)
            305     NW Testbeam 730 (Node CDFNW)
            306     Trigger Development 730 (Node CDFTRG)
            321     B0UV01
            322     CDFTBA
            351     B0CC01
            352     B0CC02
            421     B0CC03
            422     B0CC04
            423     B0CC05
            424     B0BM01
            501     B0 Test 750 (Node B0SCCA)
            502     B0 Test 750 (Node B0SCCB)
            503     B0 Test 750 (Node B0SCCC)
            641     B0SCCF
            801     KEK 780 (Node CDF)
            802     Offline 780 (Node CDFSFT)
            803     Online 780 (Node B0HOST)
            821     B0SCCZ
            822     B0SCCD
            823     B0SCCE
            Further Computer  IDs  will  be  specified  as  required.
       During Run1A, these values were defined for the Data Logger in
       Analysis_Control$Library:Ancomp_Exp_ID.Inc.
       B.5  PARTITION NUMBERS
            The following assignments have been  made  for  Partition
       Numbers:-
            0     Used to indicate all active partitions
            1-15  Active partitions
       B.6  PROCESS IDS
            The following Process Identifiers have been defined:-
       _______ ___________
       VARIOUS DEFINITIONS
       PROCESS IDS
            0     RUN CONTROL
            1     MIDAS
            2     CDFGEN/CDFSIM/CDFANA
            3     VTPC 
            Further  Process  Identifiers  will   be   specified   as
       required.